In the never ending policy of propagandizing America, one of this year's most publicized movies is “American Sniper”. This was a story supposedly taken from a book written by Chris Kyle, relating his experiences while serving as a sniper in the U.S. military.

I have not seen the movie, but I have seen reviews. One of the points made on this movie is that it contradicts views expressed in the book. The subject video covers an interview from former Minnesota governor and former Navy seal, Jesse Ventura. He speaks on his knowledge of Kyle and the duties performed which became the subject of the book and movie.

If companies are going to make movies glorifying war and those who kill in it, the least they can do is not charge us for watching them.

Bruce                                                    New World Order News






I hope to make this the last post on vaccines for a while. Today, I spent some time reading replies to the subject video. Many of the replies very closely reflected talking points from the pharmaceutical industry and government spokesmen. I am urging everyone to be careful about not getting emotional in a subject which has become life and death.

I'll just cover a couple of false assumptions. First, the decline in disease mortality is due to the advent of vaccines. Actually, these declines were well underway before mass vaccination programs. Better sanitation, air conditioning and nutrition are more likely causes. If vaccines were the cause, other diseases for which there is no vaccine, like tuberculosis, would not have declined as all other communicable diseases. Second, vaccines contain dead virus's of the subject diseases. In fact all vaccines contain many harmful ingredients unrelated to disease prevention. Some of those are aluminum, mercury, MSG, anti freeze and squalene.

Instead of arguing while millions are getting sick, we all need to do our own research. That's what I did. I would much rather have a safe vaccine that protected me and my loved ones from diseases. Unfortunately, like the search for the “Fountain of Youth”, it simply doesn't exist.

Bruce                             New World Order News








I have reposted my comments of January 8, 2015, below. They concern the sad and needless death of a 3 year old child after receiving the flu vaccine. I ended my comments with the frustration that parents aren't listening and more will die as they subject their children to this sinister killer.

Now, we have another story of the death of a 5 year old child from the flu. This child was also vaccinated. I have also posted the sad story of her death.

Here's what I couldn't find. After going through a dozen or so, articles covering this story, no where is it mentioned when the vaccine was dispensed to this 5 year old child. Although I can't say for sure, I would be willing to bet this child got the vaccine and then a short time later she got the deadly influenza.

Bruce                          New World Order News



A few days ago I promised to followup on the consequences of taking this year's flu vaccine. I expressed my frustration on the zombielike obedience to our government masters in taking various vaccines. I predicted that more will die as people roll up their sleeves and the sleeves of their children in succumbing to the intimidation of doctors, schools and government facilities.

So here we are. The subject video covers the tragic death of a healthy 3 year old girl in Iowa after taking the flu vaccine. The hospital where she was taken said she died of complications from 2 different kinds of flu. Both of these flu's were covered in the vaccine.

So now she's dead and a family is devastated. It's too late for them, but if you or someone you know is still considering this vaccine, please view the video. Sadly, I expect I'll be making more reports like this in the future.


A 5-Year-Old Girl Just Died of the Very Strain of Flu
Freedom Outpost ^ | 1/27/2015 | Melissa Melton

Posted on 1/27/2015, 8:08:31 AM by HomerBohn

Cue the pro-vaccine crowd's b.s. arguments as to why this is doesn't matter and we should all keep taking the risk shooting up our children in the hopes this won't happen to us.

Via Daily Mail:

A five-year-old girl has died in hospital three days after developing a strain of the flu that she was vaccinated against – as a deadly outbreak of the virus continues to sweep across the country.

Keira Driscoll was prescribed steroids and a nebulizer at a Quick Care clinic after she started feeling unwell with a cough and a fever at her home in Clark County, Las Vegas, last Sunday.

But just hours later, she collapsed. Her mother, Tiffany Driscoll, frantically performed CPR on her small body, before she was rushed to hospital. There, she was found to have influenza A.

Despite medics' best efforts, Keira could not be resuscitated and she was placed on life support. On Tuesday, her parents made the heartbreaking decision to turn off the machine the next day.

The vaccine… didn't magically save her. Why? Because vaccines are not magical saviors (despite what Big Pharma and its biggest customer, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, would have people believe).

The CDC just got done admitting last week that more than 3/4ths of the people who take the shot this year are going to get the flu anyway but the agency stupidly continues to tell people to get the shot they admit probably won't protect them from diddly squat!

Why? Someone has money to make, obviously.

That's after the CDC admitted this year's flu vaccine is the wrong strain. They're saying it's maybe 23% effective. Not very good odds, and yet again, like we live in crazy land, they're still telling people to get the shot anyway even though they know it's ineffective.

The seasonal flu isn't supposed to be "deadly" anyway, just by the way. The reason so many things like the flu or even measles are deadly these days is because so many people are nutritionally deficient. Maybe if our food wasn't junk, and our water and air weren't poisoned, we'd be hearing a lot less of these stories in the first place.

The fact of the matter is, even the studies that have come out to compare vaccinated with unvaccinated people have shown that the flu vaccine is not nearly as effective in people who have received previous flu vaccines! This study, published in the journal Clinical Infectious Diseases, looked at 7,315 enrollments during eight seasons and ultimately found:

Vaccine-induced protection was greatest for individuals not vaccinated during the prior 5 years.

Wait… WHAT?

Here are the details:

In the analysis using 5 years of historical vaccination data, current season vaccine effectiveness (VE) against H3N2 was significantly higher among vaccinated individuals with no prior vaccination history (65%; 95% confidence interval [CI], 36%–80%) compared with vaccinated individuals with a frequent vaccination history (24%; 95% CI, 3%–41%; P = .01). VE against B was 75% (95% CI, 50%–87%) and 48% (95% CI, 29%–62%), respectively (P = .05). Similar findings were observed when analysis was restricted to adults 18–49 years.

Let's just take that first number against H3N2. Sixty-five percent? That's the general rate of vaccine effectiveness? Well WOO HOO. What about the other 45%???

Sixty-five percent isn't even that high anyway considering these people are taking a shot filled with chemicals and heavy metals that bypasses their natural immune systems and all the risks that go along with that. But that 65% protection is for unvaccinated people.

Check out the protection for the good little citizens who take their government-recommended flu cocktail every year: 24%.


Even against flu strain B, those same vaccinated people only get 48% protection.

How well does that bode for people running around like chickens with their heads cut off shrieking, "Don't forget to get your flu vaccine every year or you'll die THE SKY IS FALLING THE SKY IS FALLING AHHHHHH!!!"

Think about if you bought anything and it only worked 24% or 48% of the time…? Wouldn't you throw that piece of crap in the garbage or return it to the store for a refund? Or would you just dutifully keep buying pieces of crap that suck?

Well, too late with a vaccine; you already shot yourself up with heavy metals, antibiotics, genetically modified viruses, preservatives like formaldehyde and emulsifiers like polysorbate 80 — which has been linked to gastrointestinal problems, heart attacks, strokes, impaired immunity and tumor growth for starters — and which studies have shown helps all the other chemicals in said shot more easily bypass your blood brain barrier and permeate your gut.

In fact, this whole situation has caused a flu vaccine "paradox":

Pharmaceutical companies and the larger medical community absolutely don't want studies conducted that compare the health of unvaccinated individuals to those who get regular vaccines – even when they find a troubling "paradox." Yet, this story showing the results of seasonal flu vaccines can already show a link to unintended consequences. They say since building more sensitive immune testing equipment, that they haven't seen increase in (seasonal?) flu illnesses among vaccine recipients versus unvaccinated individuals. They are dubbing it a "blunted protection to seasonal flu." From CBC:

But researchers in several countries have found a blunting or "interference" effect between previous seasonal vaccines and reduced levels of vaccine protection in later years for some strains.

What?? If vaccines are supposed to "immunize" or give the immune system a boost, and the CDC in the U.S. is telling everyone to go ahead and get ineffective flu vaccines for added protection – then how can past vaccines run "interference" and knock out the effects of future vaccines? This attempt at damage control doesn't make any sense…. [emphasis added]

No, it doesn't make any sense. It never did. It never will.

Even though this little girl died from the very strain of flu the people who sold her parents the vaccination promised it would protect their baby from, the establishment media is pathetically still trying to twist this in a pro-vaccaination agenda light, calling this year's flu season a "deadly epidemic" and scaremongering just like they always do every single year per the script.

You know how many kids have died of the flu (children who likely already had compromised immune systems and other health issues to begin with) this year? Fifty-six.

You want to know what a real "deadly epidemic" is?

Try 100,000 people dying EVERY YEAR after taking pharmaceutical drugs AS PRESCRIBED. (That doesn't even begin to count the thousands who die from abusing their prescriptions or we'd be here all day.)

Every time someone dies it's sad, especially when a child passes away who was just starting to live her life, but ask yourself, "Which of these things is a real deadly epidemic?" (Hint: It's not the flu.)

But hey, go get your vaccines because the government, which was forced to admit the vaccines don't even work this year, said so.
The selected RSS channel is unavailable now.








In order to maintain control, those in charge, whether it is Europe or the U.S. or any other country, have to control the language. In recent years, legalized theft of average people's money is called “austerity”. Anyone who violently opposes invasion of their country is called a “terrorist or militant”. Anyone who questions government accounts of 911 is called a “conspiracy theorist”. There are literally hundreds of examples. Lose control of the language and lose control.

Yesterday, in Greece, a large plurality of Greek voters have finally figured it out. Their central government went on a spending binge. Years of reckless spending funded by reckless borrowing sent their economy into the toilet. International bankers offered still more loans at obscene interest rates to Greece. In order to pay these loans, the Greek people had to give up a few simple things, like eating, medical care, education, clothing and housing. They called it austerity.

Billions of Euros have been funneled into the hands of a few. Greek real estate, public utilities and historical sites have been taken because of inability to make these payments. So they threw the old government out and voted in a government pledged to ending this. Right on cue, the new government has been characterized by those in control in Europe and the U.S. as “Communist, left wing, radical and so on”. They just never quit because they can't. Let's hope this is the beginning a a huge wake up call for the rest of us.

Bruce                     New World Order News



Greece elections: Merkel has lost, hope has won

Bryan MacDonald is a Russia-based Irish journalist and media commentator who focuses on Russia and its hinterlands and international geo-politics.

Published time: January 25, 2015 23:11

Supporters of radical leftist Syriza party chant slogans and wave Greek national and other flags after winning elections in Athens, January 25, 2015. (Reuters/Alkis Konstantinidis)

Supporters of radical leftist Syriza party chant slogans and wave Greek national and other flags after winning elections in Athens, January 25, 2015. (Reuters/Alkis Konstantinidis)

Syriza’s landslide victory in this weekend’s Greek elections has immediately been called a ‘political earthquake’. It’s more accurate to say that Greek voters have gatecrashed the Euro elites’ party and let off a grenade.

Megalomania is a condition characterized by delusional fantasies of power and relevance, combined with inflated self-esteem. There are sufferers all over Europe but they can most frequently be spotted in Brussels, at the EU’s headquarters. There’s something about the institution; contact with it can turn a perfectly decent person into an eminently dislikable sort in short order.

In the aftermath of Greece’s seismic election, I assumed the eurocrat elite would follow the diktat,
“if you have nothing nice to say, say nothing at all.” So, I cranked up the Twitter machine and within 5 seconds, I encountered this ‘gem’ from our old friend Carl Bildt. Bildt was the the Swedish Foreign Minster – and one of America’s favourite European poodles – until his own electorate voted him out last year.

Bildt’s Tweet is important because it reveals a mindset among the elite. They extol the benefits of democracy for others, while pouring scorn on the results, if they fail to suit their own agendas. An example was when they forced Ireland to vote again (twice) after initial rejections of EU treaties. Or when they speak of bringing free elections to the Middle East while refusing to deal with Palestine’s elected government, or even recognise the state’s existence.

Two-party systems

For decades, the eurocrats had it their own way. Every member state operated a ‘Tweedledee and Tweedledum’ system, where both dominant parties expressed fealty to the EU ‘project.’ Hence, when the former were voted out, Tweedledum would only make superficial changes, largely restricted to domestic matters. As national elites benefited from the Brussels’ gravy train, with its fat pensions and perks, they system was designed so that ‘important people’ wouldn’t rock the boat.

Supporters of radical leftist Syriza party celebrate in Athens January 25, 2015. (Reuters/Yannis Behrakis)

Supporters of radical leftist Syriza party celebrate in Athens January 25, 2015. (Reuters/Yannis Behrakis)

That tradition changed on Sunday. Greece’s establishment parties, New Democracy (ND) and PASOK were knocked off their perch by Syriza, founded only 11 years ago. In 2004, the radical leftist grouping secured only 3.3 percent of the vote and 6 seats. On Sunday, exit polls suggested Syriza would win around 38 percent of popular support, leading to about 150 parliamentary slots. It’s worth noting that PASOK had already been crippled during the 4 other ballots Athens has held since 2007, but ND were the outgoing government.

What happens next will be key. Syriza has won power on a fervent pledge to cancel the Brussels-imposed austerity programme which has reduced Greeks to penury. Now, we are in unchartered waters. If the incoming Prime Minister, Alexis Tsipras, backtracks on his promises, the prospects are unclear. Should he maintain his hardline stance, there’s little doubt that Greece will be forced out of the euro currency zone. However, if Europe (read Germany) relents to his demands, the floodgates would open for radical, populist parties all over the continent.

View image |

Effects of a ‘Grexit'

Of course, the biggest nightmare for the eurocrats would be if Greece left the Euro, and even the entire union, and became a success story. A resurgent Greece, freed from the shackles of Merkelism, starting to prosper, would serve as a beacon for other put upon nations. Merkel and her fellow euro power-brokers are now faced with an existential choice. Giving in to Tsipras would risk a political tsunami of radical European administrations. On the other hand, standing firm could lead to a Greek exit and others following them out the door, leaving a diminished bloc for Brussels to rule.

The head of radical leftist Syriza party Alexis Tsipras raises his fist to supporters after winning the elections in Athens January 25, 2015. (Reuters/Giorgos Moutafis)

The head of radical leftist Syriza party Alexis Tsipras raises his fist to supporters after winning the elections in Athens January 25, 2015. (Reuters/Giorgos Moutafis)

Spain and Ireland are the next eurozone strugglers where elections are due. In Madrid, Podemos, who are riding high in opinion polls, are essentially a copy of Syriza. Whatever about Greece, a Spanish euro exit would surely mean the end for the single currency. Meanwhile, in Dublin, Sinn Fein (the former political wing of the IRA) echoes many of the radical left policy platforms with some heavy nationalism added to the mix. British security services believe that it leader, Gerry Adams, is a former IRA commander (which he strongly denies).

As of now, Podemos look likely to form the next Spanish government. However, Ireland’s economy is improving (less to do with benefits of austerity and more to do with demographics and the US recovery) and my guess is that Sinn Fein will narrowly lose out to the pro-Europe Fine Gael, who are in situ.

One wonders what Merkel, the chief architect of austerity, makes of it all? Europe’s economic crisis presented her with a historic opportunity to build a united continent with Germany at its centre. The Chancellor has blown it, and she’s entitled to feel nervous now. Syriza’s victory reminds Europeans that there is another way and that fealty to neoliberalism isn’t the only show in town.

A ‘forgetful’ Germany

In 1953, the London agreement granted generous debt relief to (West) Germany, which had previously buckled under a credit mountain in the Weimar Republic-era. Half of what it owed to the rest of the world was written off. West Germany, freed from the shackles, boomed during the subsequent wirtschaftswunder (‘economic miracle’). This was in addition to Marshall Aid which Bonn, and other parts of Europe, had received from the USA a few years earlier.

Supporters of opposition leader and head of radical leftist Syriza party Alexis Tsipras cheer at exit poll results in Athens, January 25, 2015. (Reuters/Marko Djurica)

Supporters of opposition leader and head of radical leftist Syriza party Alexis Tsipras cheer at exit poll results in Athens, January 25, 2015. (Reuters/Marko Djurica)

Nevertheless, when the so-called PIIGS (Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece and Spain) began to creak under a pile of loans, Germany decided not to do unto others as had been done unto it. Merkel spearheaded a counter-productive austerity drive and the arrogant Berlin media blamed the PIIGS for their own misfortune. How they laughed at stories of homeless, abandoned horses in Dublin and ‘lazy’ siesta-loving Andalusians. They aren’t as smug now.

Merkel has one last chance to change course. To do this she has to embrace the concept of forgiveness and permit the eurozone’s victims to write off portions of their debt. This would allow public sector salaries to rise and pensions to be increased, thus rekindling economic growth by boosting consumer demand. In turn, a rising tide would help to alleviate the hardship of Europe’s ‘lost generation’ of youth.

If Merkel doesn’t perform an uncharacteristic u-turn, the EU, as we know it, is finished. With that, Germany’s opportunity to lead the continent, which flickered briefly, will be extinguished.

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.




LaRouche Warns:Global Thermonuclear Showdown


It only has to happen once. I am referring to the headline warning of thermonuclear war. Yes, I know, this has been the warning since the 1950's. Our government masters would have us believe that since we have not had a nuclear war, we never will. If that logic is true, then we could also conclude that since we have not yet died, we never will.


History shows that all wars are motivated by economics. It could be a nation is going through an economic collapse or a nation desires the wealth of another. Either way, you have war. Unlike the wars of the past, having 8 or more nations with enough weapons to destroy life on Earth, this next war cannot be fought.


In the past, I have referred to our government masters as “insaniacs”. There are a lot of reasons, but right up on top is the view that starting wars in Iraq and Afghanistan and Libya and Serbia and Ukraine is a path to prosperity, is, in itself, insane. The United States may indeed, have more firepower than either Russia or China, but if we use what we have and they use what they have, we are all gone.

Bruce                            New World Order News


LaRouche Warns: Wall Street's Growing Desperation Is Fueling Global Thermonuclear Showdown


Wall Street is on the edge of another financial tsunami, and this is driving the world towards general war, with the latest provocations in Ukraine serving as the immediate trigger for confrontation with Russia.

As Citibank was the latest of the Wall Street too-big-to-fail banks to post serious fourth-quarter losses, and as the Wall Street banks were announcing 50,000 layoffs, half-way around the globe the Ukrainian government was launching new provocations against Russia, meeting with top NATO generals and announcing a draft to call up 100,000 new troops to launch a military offensive against its own citizens in eastern Ukraine.

Russian officials have made clear that, while they are pushing for a diplomatic solution to the crisis in eastern Ukraine—starting with an immediate cease-fire and a resumption of direct talks between Kiev and the eastern Ukrainian leaders—they will not cave in to NATO blackmail. In statements on Wednesday, both Foreign Minister Lavrov and Putin spokesman Peskov made clear that they understand the NATO actions to be nothing short of an all-out campaign to overthrow Putin and make Russia the victim of the latest color revolution. This kind of madness can lead the world to thermonuclear extinction at any moment.

Russia has boosted its strategic strike capability and announced a new military doctrine, making clear that they understand the nature of the asymmetric assault on the current Russian leadership.

Lyndon LaRouche, in discussion with his Policy Committee colleagues on Wednesday, emphasized that Russia is prepared to respond preemptively to the ongoing US and NATO provocations, and this can mean the obliteration of the United States if the current Obama trajectory is not ended now. That, he clarified, means crushing Wall Street, which is the driving force behind the imminent war danger.

President Obama's Tuesday night State of the Union Address contained blatant provocations against both Russia and China, and his words did not go unnoticed in Moscow and Beijing. It was a disgusting Nuremberg Rally, with Democrats groveling in front of a president who has destroyed the party and the country—on behalf of Wall Street and London.

LaRouche was blunt:

"Obama's State of the Union address was clinically insane, filled with the most corrupt, rotten, foolish, idiotic statements. And what was worse, the audience was cheering him on like a pack of idiots. It was an echo of the Nuremberg Rallies of Nazi Germany."

"This is why we are facing an immediate danger of thermonuclear war."

Wall Street and London are not only bankrupt, facing an immediate blowout of their quadrillion-dollar derivatives bubble. They are driven by the belief that war can be the solution to their imminent demise, which makes them pathologically dangerous to the very survival of the human race.

It is in this context that the Wall Street rally by the LaRouche Political Action Committee on January 20 brought reality to the heart of the financial district. Thousands of passers-by were confronted with the reality of the Wall Street bankruptcy, the war danger, and the urgent need to revive the Hamiltonian alternative, starting with the immediate reinstatement of Glass- Steagall.

It is that option, alone, that can set the world as a whole, back on a course of development, which is now already underway with the initiatives of the BRICS countries, led by China. At this week's World Economic Forum at Davos, Switzerland, the role of China in launching a new global economic paradigm is being openly admitted.

The vital question is whether the reality of the imminent war danger and the role of Wall Street and London in pushing the planet to the brink of annihilation will be acknowledged and acted upon in time.

Thursday, January 22, 2015





Leading Russians Rebuff Obama's Posturing

Yesterday's annual year-in-review press conference by Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov and a lengthy interview with President Vladimir Putin's press secretary, Dmitri Peskov, were timed in such a way, that each could respond to Barack Obama's nasty bluster against Russia during his State of the Union, January 20th. Each of these Russian officials counterposed to Obama's delusions of power, the reality of the rising strength and influence of the Eurasian nations and the BRICS alliance.

This is what Obama said:

"We're upholding the principle that bigger nations can't bully the small—by opposing Russian aggression, supporting Ukraine's democracy, and reassuring our NATO allies. Last year, as we were doing the hard work of imposing sanctions along with our allies, some suggested that Mr. Putin's aggression was a masterful display of strategy and strength. Well, today, it is America that stands strong and united with our allies, while Russia is isolated, with its economy in tatters."

Peskov, in an interview to the nationally circulated Argumenty i Fakty newspaper, reiterated what Putin himself said last month, that
"it is not a matter of Crimea or Ukraine; if it had not been Crimea, they would have come up with another pretext" for "being on Russia's case."

Peskov charged that people in the West were

"trying to portray Putin as a party to the [internal Ukrainian] conflict, to isolate him in international politics, to suffocate Russia economically in their own interests, and to get Putin overthrown, while at the same time demanding that he settle the crisis in a neighboring country."

Asked about a recent remark by German Chancellor Angela Merkel, that Putin would not be invited to this year's G-7 summit, Peskov noted that Putin was not expecting that. "On the other hand," he added,
"one could ask what the point of the G-7 is, anyway; what decisions can it take without the participation of Russia, India, and China?"

Lavrov took up Russian-American relations several times in his two-hour press conference, stating in his opening remarks:
"We hear a lot of statements by our Western partners, about the need to isolate Russia further. U.S. President Obama found it appropriate to state this yesterday in his State of the Union message."

But, countered Lavrov,
"Such attempts are fruitless. Russia will never take the road of self-isolation, suspiciousness, and looking for enemies."

As examples of Russia's foreign policy outreach, Lavrov cited, besides Moscow's diplomatic efforts related to Ukraine, its engagement in multilateral formats such as the G20, the BRICS, and the Shanghai Cooperation Organization. As host of the summits of the latter two organizations this summer in Ufa, Lavrov said that Russia would seek to animate their operations.
"In the BRICS framework, this means above all the coordination of economic documents such as an economic partnership strategy and a road map for investment cooperation."

Lavrov went on to discuss Russia's engagement with other nations of the Asia-Pacific Region, China in particular, as well as the offers from the new Eurasian Economic Union for free-trade relations with the European Union.

Returning to the problem of Obama, in answer to a question about Russia-U.S. ties, Lavrov said:

"The Americans have taken the pathway toward confrontation, and are not in the least critical in evaluating their own actions. Yesterday's speech by President Obama shows a philosophy centered on just one thing: 'we're number one, and everyone else should recognize this,' which is slightly old-fashioned and out of whack with today's realities. The foreign policy philosophy of the USA is even more aggressive: it wants to be not merely primus inter pares, but to dominate the world."

Lavrov said he thought that reality was already forcing Washington to realize that this doesn't work, because international cooperation really is required on a whole range of matters. Furthermore, he said, returning to the theme of the rest of the world's development,
"the objective development of the world and the appearance of powerful centers of economic growth and financial influence, and also centers of political influence, is an objective process and cannot be left out of account."

Normandy Group Calls to Implement Minsk Accords

A joint statement by the foreign ministers of France, Germany, Russia, and Ukraine (the "Normandy format," initiated by French President Hollande last spring), after their talks yesterday evening in Berlin, called for urgent implementation of the conditions agreed upon for eastern Ukraine in the September 2014 talks of the Minsk Contact Group (Russia, Kiev, self-proclaimed Donetsk and Lugansk People's Republics, and the OSCE). In recent days, fighting has flared throughout the Donbass, with fierce clashes at the Donetsk airport and heavy shelling of Donetsk and the nearby town of Gorlovka.

The ministers called on all parties to the conflict

"to cease hostilities and withdraw heavy weapons in accordance with the Line of Contact, as stipulated in the Annex to the Minsk Memorandum, September 19, 2014, to be monitored by the OSCE Special Monitoring Mission and supported by agreed mechanisms on the ground."

They called for a meeting of the Minsk group in the immediate days ahead, saying that there could be no heads-of- state meeting on Ukraine, as discussed for holding in Astana, Kazakhstan, until "tangible progress" on implementing the September accords occurs, in the form of a ceasefire, humanitarian relief, and prisoner exchanges. German Foreign Minister Frank-Walter Steinmeier, according to wire services, said after the talks that there had been no breakthrough, but some significant progress.

In his major press conference yesterday, before departing Moscow for the Berlin talks, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov had emphasized that the settlement must occur between the regime holding power in Kiev, and those Ukrainians controlling parts of eastern Ukraine; he rejected the portrayal, by many foreign journalists, of Russia as a direct party to the fighting. Lavrov underscored that the demarcation line in the Minsk accords was agreed to by all sides, so even if more territory has come under DPR/LPR control since then, the pull-back of heavy weaponry must occur with that line as the reference point. He said that there had been no disagreement between Moscow and Kiev over where the Sept. 19 disengagement line runs, so when President Petro Poroshenko recently claimed that President Putin's Jan. 15 letter on implementing the disengagement had not indicated what line was involved, "that was untrue." He pointed out that a Joint Center for Monitoring and Coordination had been set up, as proposed by Poroshenko, and is staffed by Russian officers and the OSCE, but now it should function.

In discussing Crimea's separation from Ukraine last March, as well as ongoing social conflicts within Ukraine, Lavrov called on Poroshenko to disassociate himself from the racist statements of Right Sector leader Dmytro Yarosh, a current member of Parliament, during the past year. To a BBC correspondent who demanded if Russia would stop the flow of "troops and weapons" into Ukraine, Lavrov replied,
"As I say each time, if you assert this with such certainty, show us the facts."

While the Normandy format foreign ministers met in Berlin, a UN Security Council session on Ukraine heard U.S. Ambassador Samantha Power rave that Putin's latest peace proposals were merely "an occupation plan." Speaking after talks in Washington with EU High Representative Federica Mogherini, Secretary of State John Kerry used similar language, accusing the Russian-backed separatists (DPR/LPR) of making "a blatant land-grab" since September.








We haven't yet reached the point in America where a “Nero” is put in charge, but we're close. I tried real hard not to listen to any of President Obama's State of the Union Message, but numerous news outlets have reported and played many of his quotes, so I couldn't avoid it.

One of the quotes was concerning a successful sanctions campaign against Russia. He referred to their economy as in “tatters”. This from the chief executive of a nation with an official debt of over 18 trillion dollars and an unofficial debt of over 100 trillion dollars. This from a President pursuing illegal and unsuccessful wars in a number of nations, thus exhausting our military personnel and the supply of military supplies. This from the leader who is presiding over a workforce where over 50% of the eligible workforce are not employed.

Here's the real State of the Union: We, as a nation, are sinking fast --- on all fronts. One of the best symbols of a collapsing empire is having an incompetent, delusional, narcissistic sociopath as a leader.

Bruce                           New World Order News


We’ve Let The Clowns Come Way Too Far

Tyler Durden's picture

Submitted by Tyler Durden on 01/22/2015 11:59 -0500


Submitted by Raul Ilargi Meijer via The Automatic Earth blog,

In Tuesday’s State of the Union, Obama said The ‘Shadow Of Crisis Has Passed’, and the one and the only thing I thought was: ‘Good, so now we can tackle the crisis itself?!’. If speeches like the SOTU Tuesday night, and the reactions to it, make anything clear, it’s that the PR guys won the fight against critical thinking. Sure, there are people for whom that shadow has passed, but a president is supposed to be there for all Americans, not just for those who finance his campaigns and those of his successors.

And for most Americans, the shadow hasn’t passed at all, and the crisis certainly hasn’t. And hollow promises to help the middle class are not going to change anything about that. It’s an elite game, and all others are left to fend for themselves. For now that remains hidden behind the veil of over 50% of Americans receiving some kind of government benefit, but that won’t last. We may have some idea of how much richer the rich are getting, and even that is a stretch, but we have much less idea of how much the poor got poorer.

And the President, of all Americans, won’t tell us, he’d rather hail his ‘achievements’ as prepared and blown out of all proportions by his spin team. His political ‘adversaries’, who play their role of ‘hating’ him only halfway convincingly, won’t call him on the spin, because they have nothing to gain from trying to blow up the newfangled American Dream.

Their message looking forward to the 2016 elections is that they would do even better, but that doesn’t sound credible with the 5% GDP growth and 5.2% unemployment numbers the White House pulls out of its top hat. They’re just as dependent on spin as Obama is, and he trumped them on it. What are they going to do? Promise 10% GDP growth?

The GOP will look to drastically cut those benefits, and they know full well that that would cut growth numbers, not raise them. 5% growth is already so far out of left field that Obama’s spin doctors have the other side cornered on US economy. They have on international politics, too.

The White House’s ludicrous stance on Russia’s involvement in Ukraine, ludicrous because none of its accusations have ever been proven over an entire year, and the sanctions that were instated because of the hollow accusations, are a hard act to follow even for John McCain and his dementing octogenarian rabble rousers who crave nothing more than for that final grand scale deadly battle in their lifetime. Can we make in nuclear plese? After them the flood.

All they could do to better Obama from here is send in American boots on the ground in the Donbass, and they know that would be the least popular decision in many decades. But domestically, economically, and internationally, it’s back to the drawing board for the Grand Old Elephants all the time, they’re always a step behind. Must be frustrating. The Obama people have played them as much as they have played the American people.

Who, as should be obvious by now, have nothing to expect from either side, since both owe allegiance not to the flag or the Founding Fathers, but to the rich getting richer who fund them, without whom they’d have to give up their power plays and -dreams. Something a certain kind of people will resist at any price. The kind that floats to the top of this kind of cesspool.

Allow money into politics and the former will end up owning the latter, no exceptions. Money won’t support candidates with a conscience, only those who’ll do anything to advance their careers, who are as pliable as and spineless as a stick of wet gum, and those are all that will be left. If anything typifies American politics, it’s moral bankruptcy. One dollar one vote. 100 million dollars, 100 million votes. And then they insist on calling that democracy, a concept promoted by the media purchased the same way the politicians are.


All you need to do is get people to believe whatever it is you got for sale. And 99.9% of people are easily fooled. That’s how you define democracy in 2015: how many people can you fool? Which is the most convincing sleight of hand?


The Europeans are well down that same road. Mario Draghi has announced over $1 trillion in QE today, and none of it will ever reach the alleged target, the real economy. He set up his QE in a ‘proportional’ way, meaning most of that trillion will go to Germany and France, not the Greeks and Italians who need it most.

Draghi will buy government bonds, but that doesn’t help Europe’s businesses. And not just because they are far more dependent on bank loans than American companies are, who issue more bonds, but because demand, and spending, is way down. That’s what it means that Europe is in deflation. It’s not falling prices, it’s that people don’t spend, and they certainly don’t borrow.

Draghi is engaging in the classic central banker’s ‘pushing on a string’, and Goldman’s former banker and present day acolyte knows it. He’s created a situation in which another $1 trillion looks acceptable, necessary even, to the majority of the eurozone politicians. Who mostly are clueless about the effects of such expenditures. But who look at the US and think it must have worked over there; who fall for Obama’s spin doctor narratives as much as the America people do.

Draghi’s $1 trillion has long been priced in, it won’t do anything for EU economies but gut them even further, and it may be completely irrelevant as soon as this Sunday when Greece may well elect a government that has vouched to blow up the deals the Troika made with the technocrats the EU itself installed in Athens.


Not a pretty picture, is it, either in Washington or in Brussels?! Well, I can guarantee you it’ll get a lot worse before it gets any better. We’ve let the clowns come too far. Way too far.






The subject article covers a study released by the Canadian Broadcasting Company showing those vaccinated against the flu are actually getting more disease than those who have never been vaccinated. Those of us who have studied this issue have known this for years, but to have one of the mainstream media whores admit it, is amazing.

Despite overwhelming evidence that the flu vaccine doesn't protect you and despite overwhelming evidence that the flu vaccine may be harmful, our government masters continue on as if none of these studies exist. As if that isn't bad enough, many government agencies and some corporate entities are mandating their employees get the vaccine.

It's time for Americans and those in other nations to “just say no”. If the vaccine is so effective and those loving the vaccine have gotten it, what do they care if I don't get it? After all, if I get the flu and they have been vaccinated, they will not catch it from me.

Bruce                             New World Order News



Wednesday, January 21, 2015

"Canadian Flu Vaccine Paradox" Admits Vaccines Are Causing More Illness

USMC-091001-M-7097L-014Heather Callaghan
Activist Post

Canadian mainstream media has taken a bold new step - admitting the problem that frequent vaccines are creating a cascade of more illnesses. And not just a greater number and frequency of illnesses but even lower protection against the very diseases the vaccines were supposed to protect against.

CBC News reports that it was originally called "
the Canadian problem" - i.e. the problem of higher risk of pandemic flu illnesses among those who get the seasonal flu shot the previous year, or those who get frequent flu shots. They note that the problem is now seen in other countries such as Hong Kong, Japan and the U.S.

CBC News

People who receive flu vaccines year after year can sometimes show reduced protection, an effect that Canadian infectious disease specialists say muddies public health messages for annual flu vaccine campaigns.

During the 2009 H1N1 pandemic, researchers at the B.C. Centre for Disease Control originally thought seasonal flu shots from 2008 might offer extra protection against the new pandemic strain. They were puzzled to find instead, seasonal flu vaccination almost doubled the risk of infection with pandemic flu.

Dr. Danuta Skowronski and her colleagues really put this to the test. Aside from their initial conclusion they did five more studies last summer that showed the same results in people - and ferrets. They test on ferrets which, for some reason, are the best flu model in animal studies.

She said:

This was a unique finding in a unique context of dramatically mismatched vaccine to novel pandemic influenza virus.

They claim that part of the paradox is that a greater risk of H1N1 infection only happened during the pandemic. Pharmaceutical companies and the larger medical community absolutely don't want studies conducted that compare the health of unvaccinated individuals to those who get regular vaccines - even when they find a troubling "paradox." Yet, this story showing the results of seasonal flu vaccines can already show a link to unintended consequences. They say since building more sensitive immune testing equipment, that they haven't seen increase in (seasonal?) flu illnesses among vaccine recipients versus unvaccinated individuals.

They are dubbing it a "blunted protection to seasonal flu." From CBC:

But researchers in several countries have found a blunting or "interference" effect between previous seasonal vaccines and reduced levels of vaccine protection in later years for some strains.

What?? If vaccines are supposed to "immunize" or give the immune system a boost, and the CDC in the U.S. is telling everyone to go ahead and get ineffective flu vaccines for added protection - then how can past vaccines run "interference" and knock out the effects of future vaccines? This attempt at damage control doesn't make any sense....

Additionally, in the very same sentence saying flu shots offer protection for flu viruses that require medical care, regardless of vaccine history, CBC mentions a
Clincial Infectious Diseases journal study that concludes: ...vaccine-induced protection was greatest for individuals not vaccinated during the prior 5 years. Wait a second, if everyone must go out and get jabbed for "herd immunity," then why is the best protection enjoyed by practical vaccine virgins? Could it be that they still have working immune systems?

Do they even understand what's going on?

Dr. Michael Gardam, director of infection prevention and control at Toronto's University Health Network said:

People do not have a good explanation for why.


The idea basically is that your immune system is occupied elsewhere. It would be like getting the swirling ball of death on your Mac where your operating system is doing something else rather than opening the file.

CBC says, "The end result of both puzzles is the same: more sickness." The journal study author said there is a need to think about a person's vaccination history when trying to gauge its effectiveness. (But I thought all vaccines were supposed to be effective for all people, all the time...)

Coincidentally - ahem - the solution to this vaccine-created problem is a
universal one-time vaccine to be trialed soon... There you have it, it's safe to admit the problems people were already noticing when the patented solution is almost a go-go.

Incredibly, Gardam actually added:

We have kind of hyped this vaccine so much for so long we are starting to believe our own hype. Really, what we should be doing is looking for better vaccines,

But I thought vaccines were the solution to disease this whole time, and now they are defunct and something better is needed? It is such convenient timing that the inefficacy of seasonal vaccines can be admitted now that the universal one-time flu vaccine is nearly complete. After years of hearing about the science and studies backing the safety and effectiveness of vaccines - this problem obviously "went under the radar" and will feel like a punch to the face to those who will set aside the hype.


In the meantime, public health officials who aim to protect people from flu complications need to grapple with the imperfections of a vaccine given every year to a moving target of strains.

[See: Flu vaccine only 23% effective in U.S., even less effective in Canada, where it says this year's flu vaccine "works best" in young, healthy people. (*sigh*)]

Also incredibly, Skowronski who also anticipates the universal vaccine, still says to go for the seasonal vaccines, especially in people who run the high risk of hospitalization or death. That would be the elderly; elderly in nursing homes. Elderly in nursing homes who get vaccines. CBC draws one last breath to say that Public Health Agency of Canada noticed widespread
flu activity across Canada last week including large numbers in.........long-term care homes.

The report, if nothing else, shows a lack of understanding (or deception) in regards to the medical community pandering frequent one-size-fits-all injections for everyone without knowing or caring about the long-term biological effects. They don't have answers for the "why's?" It shows that we often find something out the hard way after already living with the results.

It is doubtful that the people experiencing multiple illnesses after dutiful vaccinations appreciate this bleak revelation - this "oops" of a test run on their health.  

People who have stopped vaccinating do so after researching for themselves the safety claims, efficacy claims, ingredients and historical disease rates. They empower themselves both by removing the curtain that contains the wizard to see for themselves and by taking steps to boost their own health. Please don't take my word for it - visit the research links below and branch out from there to see what resonates with you.

The Influenza Deception
The Antibody Deception
Dissolving Illusions: Disease, Vaccines, and The Forgotten History
The Toxic Placebo Effect of Vaccines
Vaccination Voodoo: What YOU Don't Know About Vaccines
The Problem with Pro-Vaccine Propaganda
Saying No to Vaccines: A Resource Guide for All Ages

Heather Callaghan is a natural health blogger and food freedom activist. You can see her work at and Like at Facebook.

Recent posts by 
Heather Callaghan:







Yes, it's that joyous time of year. Another 24 hour, 7 day, party for the 1/10th of 1 percent is about to commence in Davos, Switzerland. This has become an annual event since its' inception in 1971. Yes, I know they say they are going to be discussing important issues at their “meeting”. In fact, one of the topics to be discussed is how to control climate change. This, while the elite fly in on more than 140 private jets.

The subject video covers topics that should be discussed at Davos, but won't be. So, until the next party, (maybe in Jackson Hole later this year), we will be stuck with reacting to real events in the real world.

Bruce                         New World Order News






One advantage of living in these times, is the proliferation of cameras. Yes, I know, authorities are recording almost everything we do, but this works 2 ways. In the past our government masters could tell us lies about so-called terrorist events. There was little to contradict them. Today, everyone has a camera. That means police and authorities are also being recorded.

After the killings related to Charlie Hebdo in Paris, I expressed the opinion that this smells like another false flag. Sure enough, more and more evidence from independent sources are exposing the truth. The subject article and video clearly shows police executing a suspect with his hands bound. I guess he won't be doing any talking.

They thought all these cameras would benefit them. I guess they never dreamed they would expose them. It has been said “you can run, but you can't hide”.

Bruce                           New World Order News



Charlie Hebdo: Report from Europe

The culpability of the Western media in lies, death, and destruction is extreme

Charlie Hebdo: Report from Europe

by Paul Craig Roberts | | January 18, 2015

Note: The second video in the URL below has been taken down, but it is the first video which is just prior to the second one, that has the most visual information.

Here is a video of the execution of Amedy Coulibaly. It is a German website with the actual live French video of the police assault on the deli. There are three videos. The first one repeatedly shows Coulibaly with tied hands containing no weapons shot down and killed when he could easily have been captured. It is as if the order was to make sure that there is no live suspect whose story might have to be explained away. The first video also repeatedly shows the execution in slow motion. Commentary in French accompanies the video.


In response to my Charlie Hebdo update, European readers report that the situation in Europe is much the same as in the US and UK. The “mainstream” print and TV media parrot the official line and raise no unsettling questions. The independent Internet media is where real information is reported.

The German print and TV media have suffered dramatic declines in readers and viewers. This decline accelerated when Udo Ulkotte’s book about CIA penetration of European media was published by Kopp Verlag and became a best seller. Thinking people no longer trust the German media. The German media has lost the intelligent part of the population and only retains the somnolent sheep.


There are efforts to infiltrate the Internet media. Sites funded by money, such as Salon, appear. These sites attempt to discredit all who raise honest and obvious questions. Readers report that the Huffington Post has lost credibility by its move into “respectability.” Salon, apparently, has no more credibility than Fox News or The Weekly Standard.

The view I get from Europe supports my view. The left-wing, or what little remains of a left, supports the official stories of terrorist attacks, For the American left, the stories confirm the left-wing’s emotional need to believe that peoples oppressed by Western colonialism/imperialism are capable and determined and strike back at their oppressors. The left-wing’s sense of justice demands that oppressed and abused peoples don’t just sit there and take it. The French left sees the Charlie Hebdo attack as an effort by obscurantist religion to attack freedom of expression and brings to mind the French left’s anti-Catholic crusade.

The right-wing accepts the official stories for two different reasons. The anti-immigrationists among them use the terror attacks as evidence against immigration. The patriotic right can go along with this, but also responds to writers such as myself, who defend the Constitution against the government, with the argument that it is the government’s job to interpret the Constitution and I should not use the Constitution in order to criticize our government. Much of the American right believes that liberals use the Constitution in order to defend criminals and terrorists, who simply should not be tolerated. In other words, the Constitution is seen not as our defender but as a defender of those the right-wing regards as undesirables, such as criminals, terrorists, abortionists, and homosexuals.

The rest of the population has simply succumbed to the many years of demonization of Muslims. Indeed, Israel has been demonizing Muslims for 60 years and has created the image of Muslims as terrorists wearing suicide bombs. If a person has been prepared to regard Muslims as terrorists, the official stories simply fit that already prepared compartment in the brain.

Additionally, although false flag attacks are commonplace and have been used throughout history to advance undeclared agendas, the public has been brainwashed to regard them as “conspiracy theories.” Thus, anyone who raises questions is dismissed as a “conspiracy theorist.” Many Americans do not even understand that the official story of 9/11, for example, is a conspiracy theory. So is the official explanation of the Boston Marathon Bombing and the Charlie Hebdo attack. What it boils down to is that official conspiracy theories are accepted as true, but everyone who questions them is a “conspiracy theorist.”

Readers point out that as stupid as governments are, populations are even more stupid and that governments succeed in brainwashing populations. Many conclude that in the absence of an adversarial media, democracy is a sham as the people have no inclination or means of confronting the government.

The hope appears to be that the mainstream media will continue to diminish and will be replaced by the independent Internet media, thus releasing populations from their brainwashed state. Others think that this hope will come to naught as governments will assert control over the Internet and that governments will make dissent the equivalent of terrorism.

Those who try to suppress dissent might be simply defending a personal bias or they might be agents of a cover-up. Regardless, it comes to the same thing in the end. People who raise dissenting points and honest questions are ridiculed or demonized in efforts to silence or marginalize them. Whether or not truth can actually prevail, it doesn’t usually prevail in time. For example, “Saddam Hussein’s weapons of mass destruction” prevailed over truth. After Iraq is destroyed we learn that the basis for the US invasion of Iraq rested firmly on an orchestrated lie.

The culpability of the Western media in lies, death, and destruction is extreme. Consider the Malaysian airliner that went down in Ukraine. The US, UK, EU, and the puppet government in Kiev blamed Russia and forces of the breakaway eastern province for shooting down the civilian airliner. An investigation was convened. It has been six months since the investigation was completed, and the results have not been released.

Clearly, if the investigation supported the Western propaganda, the results would have been released. We can safely conclude that the investigation does not support the West’s propaganda. There has not been one word from the Western media demanding the results of the investigation. The world has forgotten it, but the world remembers the loudly shouted propaganda, and the conclusion, unsupported by any evidence, is that Russia is guilty.

The Western media works the same way when it reports Charlie Hebdo.

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His internet columns have attracted a worldwide following. Roberts’ latest books are The Failure of Laissez Faire Capitalism and Economic Dissolution of the West and How America Was Lost.







The subject video covers still more dire warnings on the coming economic collapse. Those of you who read these and other comparable posts are familiar with the signs.

Debt which cannot be paid --- governments which cannot be believed --- wars that never end --- recovery that never comes ---- Those are some of the things Americans experience in 2015.

Bruce                                                   New World Order News




The U.S. Is Now Teetering On The Brink Of Two Catastrophic Outcomes


It’s true! America is literally on a teeter totter ending in one of two disastrous ways. With the




heading in a downward spiral and oil prices declining something major is without-a-doubt headed our way.

For More Information See:…………








We have been warning of the coming financial collapse for years. The signs are all there. Today, the Swiss government has removed the Franc from being pegged to the Euro. Regardless of the cheerleading from the European central banks, the Swiss have shown they have no interest in going down with the ship.

With the upcoming Greek election, and continuing crises in Spain, Italy, Portugal and France, it appears the Euro is entering a terminal phase. It remains to be seen how long this will take, but we, in the U.S. should take note. Since our government masters have long trumpeted the advantages of being in a “world community”, we can expect any collapse of any major currency will spread to the dollar in a matter of hours.

Finally, the subject article points out gold is waking up from its' long sleep. Recently, I have recommended placing assets into gold and silver. The best part of that is even if no collapse comes, gold and silver will have value. On the other side, if currency does collapse, those retaining investments denominated in dollars or other fiat currencies, will have nothing but pretty pieces of paper with no value whatsoever.

Bruce                                New World Order News


Carnage’ In Financial Markets Boosts Gold As Safe-Haven Asset

By Neils Christensen of Kitco News
Thursday January 15, 2014 10:05 AM

(Kitco News) - Gold prices continued to show its safe-haven appeal as the Swiss National Bank unleashed, what one analyst described as, “carnage” in the marketplace.

Overnight, February Comex gold futures hit a four-month high of $1,261 an ounce after the Swiss central bank said that it would no longer support its peg against the euro. The central bank has maintained a floor of one euro to 1.20 Swiss francs since 2011.

February gold continues to hold on to most of its gains, currently trading at $1,259.00 an ounce, almost 2% on the day.

 “Nobody really suspected this move so people are looking for safe haven investments,” said Julian Jessop, head of commodity strategy at Capital Economics. “It just proves what we have been saying that gold is low enough to be an attractive investment for investors looking for some security.”

Ole Hansen, head of commodity strategy at Saxo Bank, agreed that gold will benefit as a safehaven investment, saying that investors are fleeing from the “carnage.” He explained that a lot of investors were short the Swiss franc against the euro in anticipation of continued support of the peg. However, investors had to quickly reverse those positions, creating massive volatility in the marketplace.

Hansen said gold, priced in euros, is a good example of the yellow metals safe-haven appeal throughout the eurozone. Overnight, gold/EUR rose to €1,083.22 an ounce, its highest level since June 2013. Currenty gold/EUR is trading at €1,082.40

Hansen added that investors could also be jumping into gold in anticipation of looser monetary policy from the European Central Bank. He said the timing of the SNB’s announcement that it would drop the peg suggests that they are anticipating a major shift in the ECB’s monetary policy.

They could see that it is futile to keep buying euros when there is speculation that the ECB is going to release a bazooka into the marketplace,” he said.

There are growing expectations that the ECB will introduce a full-scale quantitative easing program, and announce that they will purchase about €500 billion in sovereign bonds at the Jan. 22 monetary policy meeting.

Although gold priced in euro has rallied following the SNB monetary policy decision, gold priced in Swiss francs has actually lost ground, falling almost 12% in the day. Gold/CHF hit a session low of CHF29,712 Wednesday and is now trading at CHF35,870

However, analysts at Nomura said that the news could actually benefit gold/CHF in the long-term.

“…The rally in CHF may have left gold in CHF terms looking attractive to this sort of investor type,” they said.

Along with dropping the currency peg, the SNB also lowered its deposit rate by 25 basis points to minus 0.75 percent from minus 0.25 percent. This means that banks have to pay to keep their deposits with the central bank.






On top of that, there will be no more gas to Europe from the pipeline going through Ukraine. Europe will have to rely on the pipeline going through Turkey, which will only be able to supply 40 % of the previous amount shipped.

This was totally predictable. Ukraine continues to make war against their own people. Most of those are of Russian ancestry. On top of that Ukraine owes billions for gas that had been previously supplied. Over the past year Russia has warned Ukraine that they cannot supply natural gas for free. On the other side, European customers of Russian gas have been diverting supplies back to Ukraine. Ukraine itself has been stealing gas from the pipeline going through their nation.

This is all so stupid and totally unnecessary. There was absolutely no reason for the U.S. to get involved in Ukraine. It has resulted in thousands of deaths, an economic collapse in Ukraine and moving the entire world towards nuclear war. I have referred to our government masters as “insaniacs”. Maybe those who support this policy can explain to me who actually benefits from this?

Bruce                           New World Order News


Europe plunged into energy crisis as Russia cuts off gas supply via Ukraine

By Robert Lea

  • Gas prices rise in London

  • Bulgaria reaches 'crisis' point

Russia cut gas exports to Europe by 60 per cent today, plunging the continent into an energy crisis 'within hours' as a dispute with Ukraine escalated.

This morning, gas companies in Ukraine said that Russia had completely cut off their supply.

Six countries reported a complete shut-off of Russian gas shipped via Ukraine today, in a sharp escalation of a struggle over energy that threatens Europe as winter sets in.

Bulgaria, Greece, Macedonia, Romania, Croatia and Turkey all reported a halt in gas shipments from Russia through Ukraine.

Croatia said it was temporarily reducing supplies to industrial customers while Bulgaria said it had enough gas for only 'for a few days' and was in a 'crisis situation'.


Russian Prime Minister Vladimir Putin, left, speaks to Gazprom chairman Alexei Miller during a meeting yesterday

The European Union in Brussels called the sudden cut-off to some of its member countries 'completely unacceptable'.

The EU demanded the two sides reopen talks as the row immediately sparked fears of gas supply shortages and rising energy prices in the UK.

The UK is suffering one of its coldest nights this century with temperatures plunging to as low as -10C.

Though Britain is one of Gazprom's largest importers - relying on the company for some 16 per cent of consumption in 2007, according to The Times, the gas is supplied through a complicated swap scheme that means supplies themselves may not be affected.

Prices, on the other hand, rose during trading in London today.

dmitry medvedev and vladimir putin

Dmitry Medvedev and  Vladimir Putin on the slopes last week. Putin ordered Gazprom to cut supplies to and through Ukraine by around three-fifths

The dispute, coupled with Israel's military operation in Gaza, also pushed oil up to a three-week high of $49.91 in New York yesterday.

Russia, whose main export is oil, stands to benefit from a recovery in prices.

'Without prior warning and in clear contradiction with the reassurances given by the highest Russian and Ukrainian authorities to the European Union, gas supplies to some EU member states have been substantially cut,' the EU said in a statement.

'The Czech EU Presidency and the European Commission demand that gas supplies be restored immediately to the EU and that the two parties resume negotiations at once with a view to a definitive settlement of their bilateral commercial dispute,' the presidency and the Commission said in a joint statement.

They added that the EU would 'intensify the dialogue with both parties so that they can reach an agreement swiftly'.

Overnight the Russian Prime Minister Vladimir Putin ordered the state energy giant Gazprom to cut supplies to and through Ukraine by around three-fifths amid accusations its neighbour has been siphoning off and stealing Russian gas.

Ukraine says the Russian move has been prompted by payment and price disputes, a row between the two that has become almost annual.

The effects of the dispute on the rest of Europe however is stark, said Ukraine's main gas supplier.

Around 80 per cent of the gas European Union countries receive from Russia comes through Ukraine.

While Germany and France are much more exposed, it is reckoned in some estimates that 15 per cent of Britain's supplies come from Russia through pipelines into the UK's east coast.

'They [the Russians] have reduced deliveries to 92million cubic metres per 24 hours compared to the promised 221million cubic metres without explanation,' said Valentin Zemlyansky of the Ukrainian gas company Naftogaz.

'We do not understand how we will deliver gas to Europe. This means that in a few hours problems with supplies to Europe will begin.'

Wholesale gas prices have already risen on the back of the rallying price of oil, up 50 per cent in the last fortnight to more than $48 a barrel on the back of Middle East tension over Israeli incursions into Palestinian-held Gaza.

The dispute stokes fears Britain is overreliant on imported gas. North Sea stocks are dwindling, though initiatives are in place to build the Langeled pipeline from Norway, improve underground long-term storage facilities and receive liquefied natural gas by ship from Africa and Asia.

Eastern and central European countries are already reporting supply problems, including the Czech Republic which has the current presidency of the EU. The EU as a whole depends on Russia for 25 per cent of its gas supplies.






I said my piece on the government story on these attacks, so I will now defer to another view.

Bruce                      New World Order News

A French September 11th?

Who ordered the attack against Charlie Hebdo?

by Thierry Meyssan

While many French react to the attack against Charlie Hebdo denouncing Islam and demonstrating in the streets, Thierry Meyssan points out that the jihadist interpretation is impossible. While it would be tempting for him to see it as an Al Qaeda or Daesh operation, he envisages another, much more dangerous hypothesis.

Voltaire Network | Damascus (Syria) | 10 January 2015


 report, France 24 edited the video so that we do not see the attackers execute a fallen police officer.

On January 7, 2015, commandos erupted in Paris, in the premises of Charlie Hebdo and murdered 12 people. 4 more victims are still in serious condition.

On the videos, the attackers are heard shouting "Allah Akbar! and "avenge Muhammad”. One witness, a Coco designer, said they proclaimed affiliation with al-Qaeda. That’s all it took for many French to denounce it as an Islamist attack.

However, this assumption is illogical.

The mission of this commando had no connection with jihadist ideology

Indeed, members or sympathizers of the Muslim Brotherhood, al-Qaeda or Daesh would not be content to just kill atheist cartoonists; they would have first destroyed the archives of the newspaper on site, following the model of all their actions in North Africa and the Levant. For jihadists, the first duty is to destroy the objects that they believe offend God, and to punish the "enemies of God."

Similarly, they would not have immediately retreated, fleeing the police, without completing their mission. They would rather have completed their mission, were they to die on the spot.

In addition, videos and some evidence shows that the attackers are professionals. They wielded their weapons expertly and fired advisedly. They were not dressed in the fashion of the jihadists, but as military commandos.

How they dispatched a wounded policeman who posed no danger to them, certifies that their mission was not to "avenge Muhammad" because of the crass humor of Charlie Hebdo.


This aims to create the beginning of a civil war

The fact that the assailants speak French well and are probably French does not necessarily indicate that this attack is a Franco-French episode. Rather, the fact that they are professional forces one to distinguish them from possible sponsors. And there is no evidence that these are French.

It is a normal reflex, but intellectually wrong to consider, when one is a victim of an attack, that one knows his attackers. This is most logical when it comes to normal crimes, but it’s wrong when it comes to international politics.

Sponsors for the attack knew it would cause a divide between French Muslims and French non-Muslims. Charlie Hebdo had specialized in anti-Muslim provocation and most Muslims in France have been directly or indirectly their victims. Though the Muslims of France will surely condemn this attack, it will be difficult for them to experience as much pain for the victims as felt by the readers of the newspaper. This will be seen by some as complicity with the murderers.

Therefore, rather than seeing this as an extremely deadly Islamist attack of revenge against the newspaper that published the Mohammed cartoons and multiplied front page anti-Muslim headlines, it would be more logical to consider that it is the first episode of a process to trigger a civil war.

The strategy of "the clash of civilizations" was designed in Tel Aviv and Washington

The ideology and strategy of the Muslim Brotherhood, Al Qaeda and Daesh does not advocate the creation of civil war in the ’West’, but on the contrary to create it in the "East" and hermetically separate the two worlds. Never has Sayyid Qutb, nor any of his successors, called to provoke confrontation between Muslims and non-Muslims in the territories of the latter.

On the contrary, the strategy of the "clash of civilizations" was formulated by Bernard Lewis for the US National Security Council then popularized by Samuel Huntington not as a strategy of conquest, but as a predictable situation. [1] It aimed to persuade NATO member group populations of the inevitability of confrontation that preventively assumed the form of the "war on terrorism".

It is not in Cairo, Riyadh or Kabul that one advocates the "clash of civilizations", but in Washington and Tel Aviv.

The sponsors of the attack against Charlie Hebdo did not seek to satisfy jihadists or the Taliban, but neo-conservatives or liberal hawks.

Let’s not forget the historical precedents

We must remember that in recent years we have seen the US or NATO special services:
- Testing the devastating effects of certain drugs on the civilian population in France [
- Supporting the OAS to try to assassinate President Charles de Gaulle [
- Carrying out false flag attacks against civilians in several NATO member states . [

We must remember that since the break-up of Yugoslavia, the US joint chiefs of staff practiced and honed its “dog fight” strategy in many countries This consists of killing members of the majority community, and also members of minorities, then placing the blame on each of them back-to-back until everyone is sure they are in mortal danger. This is the way Washington caused the civil war in Yugoslavia as well as recently in Ukraine. [5]

The French would do well to remember also that it is not they who took the initiative in the fight against the jihadists returning from Syria and Iraq. To date, moreover, none of them has committed any attack in France, where the case of Mehdi Nemmouche is not that of a lone terrorist, but of an agent tasked with executing two Mossad agents in Brussels [6] [7]. It was Washington who, on February 6, 2014, convened the interior ministers of Germany, the US, France (Mr. Valls was represented), Italy, Poland and the United Kingdom in order to make the return of European jihadists a matter of national security. [8] It was only after this meeting that the French press addressed this issue, and that the authorities began to react.


 John Kerry spoke in French for the first time to send a message to the French. He denounced an attack against freedom of expression (while his country since 1995 has continued to bomb and destroy the television stations that were dissing him in Yugoslavia, Afghanistan, Iraq and Libya) and celebrated the struggle against obscurantism.

We do not know who sponsored this professional operation against Charlie Hebdo, but we should not allow ourselves to be swept up. We should consider all assumptions and admit that at this stage, its most likely purpose is to divide us; and its sponsors are most likely in Washington.







In the face of the continuing international side show from France, we need to take a step back, remove emotional responses and ask a key question used in all criminal investigations. Who benefits? In every crime there has to be a motive. Whether it be for money or love or revenge or hatred, there is always a perception of profit on the part of the perpetrator(s).

First, let's look at those who are gaining from the killings in Paris. 1) The French government: As a result of this, the government can now take away freedoms from their residents, get more money for security and maybe even restore the popularity of François Hollande. 2) The U.S. government: The benefits are as the same as the French government. 3) Weapons manufacturers: Those who make military weapons will now be supplying more to military and police forces. 3) NATO: They can now “piggyback” on this event and increase their power and budget. 4) Israel: They can now shut down recognition of the Palestinians, stop the war crimes charges, increase their financial and military aid and continue to get western nations to pusue the wars on all the nations Israel hates.

Who doesn't benefit? 1) Muslims: If it can be established that all Moslems are terrorists, it will be open season on 1 ½ billion Muslims. 2) ISIS (Al-Qaeda, Koresan, the Taliban) Any movement, regardless of their intentions, needs recruits and support from average people. Killing innocent civilians while accomplishing no military purpose is stupid and rally's opposition.

After looking at those who benefit and those who don't, one can conclude that those in charge in Paris, Washington, Televiv and Brussels are delighted, while those who are Muslim, are not.

Bruce                               New World Order News



January 12, 2015 1:57 pm EST


A few shooters pave way for full-on martial law in France

By Shepard Ambellas

FRANCE (INTELLIHUB) — Like a scene out of Nazi Germany, French Defense Minister Jean-Yves Le Drian announced Tuesday that 10,000 Army troops will be deployed into the streets to secure “sensitive points” in wake of the recent shooting attacks which left 17 dead.

Never before in history have troops been deployed in France to such magnitude, as a few bad apples are now to blame for ushering in a new wave of tyranny into the country.

Reports say that nearly 5,000 of the 10,000 troops will be deployed to Frances “Jewish schools” and synagogues and neighborhoods.

All of this comes following a hole in security as two of the ‘Charlie Hebdo’ shooters were on a no-fly list and were already flagged by authorities before the attacks, begging the question: Did France allow the attacks to happen to ascertain martial law?

Although accomplices of the attack are said to be on the loose most would agree that deploying 10,000 troops onto the streets is a drastic measure, further stripping freedom from French citizens who have just encountered their very own version of the 9/11 narrative.



French Defense Minister Jean-Yves Le Drian further expressed his concern Tuesday saying that he fears the “barbaric” acts may continue.

Additionally it’s not yet known why so many troops are being deployed onto French soil as the number of accomplices to the attacks are virtually unknown at this time, but likely only add up to a few in number. Now some are wondering why the deployment is so massive, worrying that a massive event may be looming on the horizon, known by French security, not yet announced to the public.

The highest level of terror alert currently remains in effect during what is being called a “national security crisis”, allowing the French government to operate with impunity inside French borders.


Rob Schleiffert/Flickr

Residents of France prefer to “live freely” but appreciate the “soldiers” presence after the media hyped the fear to a whole new level, according to reports.

After all over 3000 people a year die in automotive accidents in France every year, so all in all, 17 shooting deaths is essentially a drop in the bucket overall. By using that rational maybe France should bad automobile travel altogether.

In reaction to the attacks millions of people have taken to the streets over the past few days showing solidarity for the dead including over 40 heads of State and world leaders. However, U.S. President Barack H. Obama, pledging allegiance to the Muslim world was a ‘no-show’ despite public criticism.


Evan Bench/Flickr

The troops will be deployed Tuesday night, under the cover of darkness, amidst new terror threats from ISIS, a C.I.A. backed terror group.


Other Sources:

France hunts for attack accomplices, deploys 10,000 troops — Yahoo News

Paris attacks: 10,000 troops deployed as France hunts for accomplices — The Guardian

France sends 10,000 troops across country, protecting hundreds of Jewish sites — Washington Post


About the author:

Shepard Ambellas is the founder, editor-in-chief of Intellihub News and the maker of SHADE the Motion Picture. You can also find him on Twitter and Facebook. Shepard also appears on the Travel Channel series America Declassified. You can also listen to him on Coast To Coast AM with hosts, both, George Noory on “Chemtrails” and John B. Wells on the “Alternative Media Special“. Shepard Ambellas has also been featured on the Drudge Report

, the largest news website in the entire world, for his provocative coverage of the Bilderberg Group.

For media inquires, interviews, questions or suggestions for this author, email:






Over the past few days the mainstream news media has been fixated on the ongoing saga in France. All of the information coming out of France is from press releases from the French government. On Wednesday, I posted my skepticism regarding these reports due to the past history of chronic lying from government sources.

So now on Friday, the event appears to have ended. This morning, mainstream news was covering French police and military surrounding 2 brothers believed to have committed the killings in Paris on Wednesday. I told my wife, the police will kill those brothers. Now I have no problem with capital punishment. I prefer it to be after a trial and a verdict, but sometimes killing suspects can't be avoided. Never-the-less it is hard for me to believe 100's of well armed police and military needed to kill these 2 brothers.

There have been a lot of questions regarding the Wednesday incident. How do you shoot someone in the head with a rifle and get no blood? Where did the brothers get the military training? Where did the brothers get the weapons? How did they pay for them? Who assisted them? What was their motive? Did they do it? All good questions that many of us would like to ask them ----except they're dead.

Bruce                                                New World Order News


Paris Suspects Killed As Police End Stand-Off

The brothers' hostage is free after the pair come out firing as the siege reaches a deadly conclusion at the warehouse near Paris.

19:55, UK, Friday 09 January 2015


The two brothers suspected of massacring staff at the offices of Charlie Hebdo in Paris have been killed and their hostage freed.

Gunshots and explosions were heard at the Dammartin-en-Goele warehouse, where brothers Said and Cherif Kouachi had been holed up with a 26-year-old male hostage for hours.

According to media reports in France, the brothers - who came out firing - have been killed and their hostage was freed safely.

Some reports claim he was hidden in a corner of the building and communicating with police.

A helicopter that had been hovering nearby landed on top of the building during the raid.

Video: Gunfire And Explosions At Siege

Sky's Ian Woods, who is on the scene, said: "There were several bursts of gunfire that lasted about 10 seconds. Since then we've heard four or five explosions."

There was then around a minute of silence, followed by further explosions.

Several ambulances were then seen travelling at speed in the area of the factory complex following the explosions, close to the outskirts of Paris and near to Charles De Gaulle airport.

It came as six explosions were heard at the Paris supermarket where at least six hostages have been held by gunmen. Reports say four of the hostages plus the hostage-taker have been killed.

The two incidents are apparently linked to each other, and to al Qaeda.

Minutes before the Dammartin-en-Goele operation, dozens of workers who had been trapped on the industrial estate next to the stand-off were seen leaving the area in their cars, accompanied by a police escort.


  1. Suspects in Charlie Hebdo shooting reportedly involved in car chase on French motorway

  2. Manhunt For Charlie Hebdo Attackers Continues In Northern France

    Gallery: From Car Chase To Last Stand



  5. Manhunt For Charlie Hebdo Attackers Continues In Northern France

This was followed by a number of cars heading in the other directions towards the factory, filled with individuals wearing balaclavas.

The Kouachi brothers had been surrounded at the print works by special forces officers for several hours.

They took refuge in the building with a hostage after being forced off the road into Paris by a police roadblock.

Earlier in the day they broke cover from an area northeast of the capital and stole a car, before heading towards Paris.

A police chase took place and they were forced off the road close to the city's outskirts.




A few days ago I promised to followup on the consequences of taking this year's flu vaccine. I expressed my frustration on the zombielike obedience to our government masters in taking various vaccines. I predicted that more will die as people roll up their sleeves and the sleeves of their children in succumbing to the intimidation of doctors, schools and government facilities.

So here we are. The subject video covers the tragic death of a healthy 3 year old girl in Iowa after taking the flu vaccine. The hospital where she was taken said she died of complications from 2 different kinds of flu. Both of these flu's were covered in the vaccine.

So now she's dead and a family is devastated. It's too late for them, but if you or someone you know is still considering this vaccine, please view the video. Sadly, I expect I'll be making more reports like this in the future.

Bruce                                    New World Order News





Little Girl Dies After Flu Shot Injection


Published on Jan 6, 2015

Once again the medical industrial complex is pushing the flu scare to new heights. Unfortunately parents, the elderly, and the ignorant, will roll up the sleeves of themselves and their children to inject this toxic cocktail into their bodies. Every year is forced to keep account of the victims who are dead or debilitated by the flu shot. Leave it to the main stream media to run cover for the eugenics mafia and not ask the obvious hard questions of the designed side effects to this deadly shot. RIP victims of the New World Order.

Read More Here






In the distant past, if the government told us something happened, almost all of us would believe them. When the mainstream press did in depth reports on issues of the day, we trusted them. That day has long passed.

Today in France, armed gunmen attacked a newspaper which had ridiculed Islam in the past. The story goes on to describe masked gunmen shouting in Arabic, but speaking perfect French. It was reported that a group in Yemen has taken credit for the attack. Within the past hour French authorities claim to have identified the attackers.

Here's the problem. Those who are reporting the incident, have been caught lying over and over again. Maybe this time they are telling the truth, but based on past incidents, they probably are lying about his too. I don't know who did this. I do know before I accept their story, I have to be convinced 10 different ways by independent sources. I'll continue to cover this as more information becomes available.

Bruce                                 New World Order News


 Paris Charlie Hebdo attack has at least 3 NATO Operation Gladio signatures


Paris Charlie Hebdo attack has at least 3 NATO Operation Gladio signatures


Tony Gosling
RINF Alternative News

Paris Charlie Hebdo attack has at least 3 NATO Operation Gladio signatures

Also of course on the question of free speech vs. hate crimes – would we be happy for Charlie Hebdo to lampoon Jewish people and gypsies as the Nazis did?

The whole point of satire it sees to me is to ring down the powerful – not the product of NATO’s Operation Cyclone and those Syrian and Libyan ‘rebels’ indoctrinated by Saudi Arabian Wahabi cash and trained by NATO special forces.

Most obviously these 2 or 3 attackers have been given the top military training – possibly even by NATO special forces in Turkey or Jordan

These attackers most likely European trained fascist Gladio soldiers or French speaking, NATO trained, ISIS types

1. As the Daily Telegraph put it: “The attackers displayed a degree of skill and calmness that comes only from advanced military training.”

2. Then there’s the political aspect here with much of the sensible French military and political class who are against French involvement in NATO operations against ISIS in Syria and the countering of the Russian Black Sea Fleet in the Eastern Mediterranean. Effectively joining in a war that could turn nuclear

The French aircraft carrier Charles de Gaulle and its fleet will be deployed to the Gulf to support operations against the Islamic State (ISIS), Mer et Marine news site reported yesterday.

3. Finally the political shock effect of killing police officers. Armed anti terror police were notable by their absence. Instead poor unarmed gendarmes were sent to tackle the gunmen.
As happened in Vielsalm in Belgium in the successful attempt to stop the Belgian government voting to remove US cruise missiles from Belgium.
Most of the police service, as in the Gladio attacks on Belgian police, don’t understand the way these special ops work: Secretly signed off at the highest levels of National intelligence services and Prime Ministers. Then coordinated through ‘private’ networks of private military companies like Blackwater/XE and retired intelligence officers such as the Swiss based ‘Club De Berne’.

cf. today with Operation Gladio in Belgium

Their language skills were not much use: the objective was the police station in the sleepy southern Belgian town of Vielsalm and none of the Marines spoke French. If they had, they could have saved one man’s life and another man’s eye.
The object of the exercise had been twofold: to jolt the local Belgian police into a higher state of alert and, no less important, to give the impression to the population at large that the comfortable and well-fed Kingdom of Belgium was on the brink of red revolution. Guns used in the operation were later planted by a shadowy Belgian intelligence outfit in the Brussels squat used by a Communist splinter group.

If this is the case today’s gunmen would either have been French fascist ex or serving special forces or ISIS fighters trained by them in Turkey or Jordan.’





In the subject video, economist, Peter Schiff, covers the dropping oil prices, the U.S. stock market plunge and the imminent economic collapse. It looks like this year is the year when our luck runs out. No, I don't see a night and day collapse, but I do see an acceleration in America's slide into depression.

We already are seeing in increase in poverty nationwide as well as more than 50% of working age Americans not working. The signs are all there. What is sickening, is the never ending propaganda from outlets like CNBC. Just like the story about the “King's New Clothes”, there has to be a time when people just stop listening to all the B.S.

Of course, it is to my benefit to have the U.S. explode into a new prosperity. I would also like to be 30 years younger and own mansions around the world. I don't expect any of those to happen.

Bruce                                      New World Order News







And now she's dead --- from the flu. The subject article and video covers the growing scandal surrounding the flu vaccine and the epidemic of flu this year. The CDC already admits this year's vaccine is ineffective. No, they don't go so far as to say it's dangerous, but it is.

The subject article refers to a study showing those getting the flu vaccine are 5+ times more likely to get the flu than those who don't. Never mind that. Hospitals, medical facilities and other institutions controlled by the pharmaceutical companies require employees and attendees to get the vaccine. Too bad for Kristie Green, the 37 year old medical student who was forced to vaccinate. She won't have to worry about getting a job in the medical field after graduation as she is dead.

I don't know what more people have to see. Even a little bit of research should scare the daylights out of anyone. Oh well. As I write this, there are thousands rolling up their sleeves and those of their children. I'll cover this more in the future and let you know how many more have died.

Bruce                            New World Order News



Could the Ineffective Flu Shot be Causing More Severe Flu Outbreaks, Including Death


Fox 4 News in Kansas City reports this year’s flu season is seeing more patients hospitalized than they have seen “in years.” One 37 year old woman died from the flu even though she received the flu vaccine. Source.


Health Impact News Editor Comments

The CDC has already admitted that this year’s influenza strain is not a good match for the current flu vaccine. And yet, as in previous years, the universal message given to the public from the government and mainstream media is to “get the flu shot anyway.”

But what if the flu shot itself is part of the problem? Is it possible that the financial investment in stockpiling flu vaccines each year creates a conflict of interest in this public health message encouraging everyone to get their flu shots, even when it is not a good match for the strains of flu currently making people sick? Could the flu shot itself be making people sick, and even causing deaths?

37 Year Old “Healthy” Woman Dies from Flu, Even Though She Received the Flu Shot

Fox 4 News in Kansas City recently reported the story of a local woman who died from flu complications just after her 37th birthday. Her family reports that she was healthy, and that she was required to receive the flu shot because she was a nursing student. Here is the report:

Marcella Piper-Terry of VaxTruth has reported about two other tragic deaths caused by the flu in two young girls who also received the flu shot this year:

Ayzlee McCarthy, 3, was buried New Year’s Day in Elk Horn… she died Monday morning at Blank Children’s Hospital in Des Moines not even 72 hours after she started showing flu like symptoms.
Amber Gray was a healthy typical 14-year-old girl which makes what happens to her that much more shocking.
Ayzlee, Amber, and Kristie had two things in common. They all got this year’s flu shot. They all were diagnosed with Type A Influenza, which is one of the Influenza strains contained each year in the flu shot, regardless of which version is given. Influenza Type B is also contained in yearly flu shots. Ayzlee was diagnosed with both Type A and Type B Influenza. Because of her age, it is likely that Ayzlee received the Flu Mist vaccine – a live virus vaccine. We do not know for sure which vaccines they received. All we know is that each of these formerly healthy, vibrant individuals got the flu shot. They (or their parents) thought they were protected and now they are gone. (Source.)

According to Government Reports Many People are Injured or Die from the Flu Shot Every Year

Sadly, the public is never warned by the government or the mainstream media about just how deadly the flu vaccine actually is. Manufacturers of the flu vaccine are protected by law from being sued by anyone who is injured or killed by the flu vaccine. Therefore, it is a very costly and lengthy process to sue the U.S. Government and try to receive compensation for flu vaccine damages which are paid out of  the Vaccine Injury Compensation Trust Fund, which is funded by taxes paid on vaccines, and has now grown to about $3.5 BILLION. (See: GAO Report on Vaccine Court Reveals Vaccine Injured Victims Not Being Helped.)

However, a review of the quarterly reports issued by the Department of Justice showing cases in which the government has paid out damages for vaccine injuries and deaths clearly shows that the majority of cases are awarded to flu vaccine victims. This information is never published in the mainstream media, but Health Impact News publishes it. You can read the most recent report from December 2014 in which the government paid out damages to 80 people who were injured or killed by the flu vaccine: Government Pays Compensation to 80 Flu Vaccine Injuries and Deaths. Guillain-Barré Syndrome is the most common side effect and injury due to the flu vaccination.

Can the Flu Vaccine Make the Flu Even Worse?

This is one question you will never see addressed by medical authorities is the U.S. or the mainstream media. Outside of the U.S., however, this question has been asked and studied, and it has also been studied by researchers within the U.S.

This phenomenon in which the flu vaccine can actually make the flu worse was originally observed as widespread in Canada during the 2008-2009 flu season. Researchers studied the issue for the next couple of years and concluded that the flu vaccine did in fact increase the severity of flu symptoms among those who were vaccinated (see: Study finds flu shot really did make people sicker.)

The same issue was studied in Hong Kong in 2012 by comparing a group of people vaccinated with the flu vaccine against a group that used a placebo. The researchers found that those who received the flu vaccine suffered 5.5 times more incidents of similar diseases (see: Study: Flu Vaccine Causes 5.5 Times More Respiratory Infections – A True Vaccinated vs. Unvaccinated Study.)

In 2013, a study conducted by microbiologist Dr. Hana Golding of the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research at Bethesda in Maryland showed that pigs vaccinated against one strain of influenza were worse off if subsequently infected by a related strain of the virus (see: Vaccination may make flu worse if exposed to a second strain.)

See also: Is Flu Vaccine Causing Increase in H1N1 Outbreaks? 5 Year Old Boy Dies from H1N1 Virus, Even Though He Was Vaccinated Month Before.

Flu Vaccine Scam: One Scientist Speaks Out

- See more at:







No, not the war in Iraq or Syria or Afghanistan or anywhere else outside the U.S. This is the number of those killed in the U.S. by police. The subject article covers this issue along with the FBI's attempt to report only a fraction of those actually killed by police.

Just today, there is a story about a man who was shot by police as he returned a cat to the animal shelter. Every day, there are at least 3 people killed by police. Just like every person killed by drones overseas is automatically a terrorist, every person killed by police automatically deserved it. If fact investigations of those killed by the FBI justified every single killing.

So it is a war, but not against Al-Qaeda or the Taliban. No, it's a war on the American people. Police have their training and it advises police to shoot first and ask questions later if they think they're in danger.

Bruce                                New World Order News


Friday, January 2, 2015

1000+ people killed by cops in 2014, FBI Trying to Falsely Report Actual Numbers

Justin King
Activist Post

Another year has come to an end, which means another set of Unified Crime Reports (UCR) will be published by the Federal Bureau of Investigation. The reports are supposed to be the most authoritative set of data on crime in the US.

As has become the habit with most federal documents, the numbers are cooked. They could have honestly just made them up. In 2013,
the FBI reported that there were 461 people killed by cops
in the US.

461 seems to be a fairly good number. It fits with the estimates of 500 per year that most believe to be accurate. The problem is that the actual number of people killed by cops in 2013 is much higher.

On May 1
st, 2013 activists began keeping track of

Corporate news reports of people killed by nonmilitary law enforcement officers, whether in the line of duty or not, and regardless of reason or method.

Inclusion implies neither wrongdoing nor justification on the part of the person killed or the officer involved. The post merely documents the occurrence of a death.

Even though they missed the first four months of the year, they logged over 763 people killed by cops from May until the year’s end.

The results can be found
here, complete with links to the stories about the individual killings.

2013 wasn’t an exceptionally high year. The website catalogs
over 1000 people killed by police
in 2014. The UCR has never reported anything even remotely close to this number.

Readers are left with choosing from three options:

  1. The Federal Bureau of Investigation, an agency known for investigating things, simply can't count up news reports of people killed by cops.

  2. The FBI has set the criteria for inclusion in the report so narrowly that more than half of those people killed by cops just don’t make the cut.

  3. The FBI is intentionally lying about the number of people killed.

The answer is a combination of all three.

The FBI has no desire to publicize the number of people killed by cops. After all, this is the same government entity that has shot 150 people, and
cleared themselves in every single case. Even in the case that resulted in US taxpayers having to fork over $1.3 million to the victim of an FBI shooting, it was deemed justified. If the government wanted to disclose accurate numbers, they could. It isn’t difficult. Apparently, literacy is not a requirement to work for the FBI because they certainly aren’t reading the papers.

The criteria is exceedingly narrow and vague all at the same time. To be included, the case must involve a justifiable homicide of a felon by a law enforcement officer while on duty. So when cops kill someone for
selling loose cigarettes, it isn’t included because it’s a misdemeanor. When a cop guns down an unarmed kid in a Wal-Mart, it isn’t included because there was no crime being committed by the suspect. When an off-duty cop flips out and shoots a woman in the head because he didn’t like her driving, it isn’t included.

In other words, the report intentionally leaves out the cases most likely to be unjustified. People shot for committing petty crimes aren’t included, and those who were shot for committing no crime are not included.

The report is predetermined to only include good, old-fashioned, bad guys that were shot and killed by a cop wearing a white hat before he rode off into the sunset with Miss Kitty while his still-smoking peacemaker hung at his hip.

Given that the FBI has found a way to intentionally filter out cases, and has made no effort to reconcile their report with the facts, it must be concluded that they are intentionally lying to the American public and to the policy makers who rely on this data to make decisions.

If the reader is in the mood to have news of a killing by police hit their Facebook newsfeed about 3 times a day, the
Killed by Police Facebook page
posts incidents in real time as they are discovered.

Justin King writes for, where this first appeared. Tune-in to The Anti-Media radio show Monday-Friday @ 11pm EST, 8pm PST. Image credit: Christopher Dick






The subject article focuses on the police state in America. In a few short paragraphs John W. Whitehead, covers the wide spread atrocious behavior on the part of 10's of thousands of police under the direction of our government masters.


My father's generation gave life, limb and fortune to oppose Nazi and Japanese terrorism. I am glad most of them are not alive to see which philosophy wound up dominating America in 2014. George Orwell predicted it and now we live it.

Bruce                                 New World Order News



You’re Either a Cop or Little People’: The American Police State in 2014

By John W. Whitehead
December 30, 2014

You’re either a cop or little people.”—Police captain Harry Bryant in Blade Runner

For those of us who have managed to survive 2014 with our lives intact and our freedoms hanging by a thread, it has been a year of crackdowns, clampdowns, shutdowns, showdowns, shootdowns, standdowns, knockdowns, putdowns, breakdowns, lockdowns, takedowns, slowdowns, meltdowns, and never-ending letdowns.

We’ve been held up, stripped down, faked out, photographed, frisked, fracked, hacked, tracked, cracked, intercepted, accessed, spied on, zapped, mapped, searched, shot at, tasered, tortured, tackled, trussed up, tricked, lied to, labeled, libeled, leered at, shoved aside, saddled with debt not of our own making, sold a bill of goods about national security, tuned out by those representing us, tossed aside, and taken to the cleaners.

As I point out in my book A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, we’ve had our freedoms turned inside out, our democratic structure flipped upside down, and our house of cards left in a shambles.

We’ve had our children burned by flashbang grenades, our dogs shot, and our old folks hospitalized after accidental” encounters with marauding SWAT teams. We’ve been told that as citizens we have no rights within 100 miles of our own border, now considered “Constitution-free zones.” We’ve had our faces filed in government databases, our biometrics crosschecked against criminal databanks, and our consumerist tendencies catalogued for future marketing overtures.

We’ve been given the runaround on government wrongdoing, starting with President Obama’s claim that the National Security Agency has never abused its power to spy on Americans’ phone calls and emails. All the while, the NSA has been racing to build a supercomputer that could break through “every kind of encryption used to protect banking, medical, business and government records around the world.” Despite the fact that the NSA’s domestic surveillance program has been shown to be ineffective at preventing acts of terrorism, the agency continues to vacuum up almost 200 million text messages a day.

We’ve seen the police transformed from community peacekeepers to point guards for the militarized corporate state. From Boston to Ferguson and every point in between, police have pushed around, prodded, poked, probed, scanned, shot and intimidated the very individuals—we the taxpayers—whose rights they were hired to safeguard. Networked together through fusion centers, police have surreptitiously spied on our activities and snooped on our communications, using hi-tech devices provided by the Department of Homeland Security.

We’ve been deemed suspicious for engaging in such dubious activities as talking too long on a cell phone and stretching too long before jogging, dubbed extremists and terrorists for criticizing the government and suggesting it is tyrannical or oppressive, and subjected to forced colonoscopies and anal probes for allegedly rolling through a stop sign.

We’ve been arrested for all manner of “crimes” that never used to be considered criminal, let alone uncommon or unlawful, behavior: letting our kids walk to the playground alone, giving loose change to a homeless man, feeding the hungry, and living off the grid.

We’ve been sodomized, victimized, jeopardized, demoralized, traumatized, stigmatized, vandalized, demonized, polarized and terrorized, often without having done anything to justify such treatment. Blame it on a government mindset that renders us guilty before we’ve even been charged, let alone convicted, of any wrongdoing. In this way, law-abiding individuals have had their homes mistakenly raided by SWAT teams that got the address wrong. One accountant found himself at the center of a misguided police standoff after surveillance devices confused his license plate with that of a drug felon.

We’ve been railroaded into believing that our votes count, that we live in a democracy, that elections make a difference, that it matters whether we vote Republican or Democrat, and that our elected officials are looking out for our best interests. Truth be told, we live in an oligarchy, politicians represent only the profit motives of the corporate state, whose leaders know all too well that there is no discernible difference between red and blue politics, because there is only one color that matters in politics—green.

We’ve gone from having privacy in our inner sanctums to having nowhere to hide, with smart pills that monitor the conditions of our bodies, homes that spy on us (with smart meters that monitor our electric usage and thermostats and light switches that can be controlled remotely) and cars that listen to our conversations and track our whereabouts. Even our cities have become wall-to-wall electronic concentration camps, with police now able to record hi-def video of everything that takes place within city limits.

We’ve had our schools locked down, our students handcuffed, shackled and arrested for engaging in childish behavior such as food fights, our children’s biometrics stored, their school IDs chipped, their movements tracked, and their data bought, sold and bartered for profit by government contractors, all the while they are treated like criminals and taught to march in lockstep with the police state. 

We’ve been rendered enemy combatants in our own country, denied basic due process rights, held against our will without access to an attorney or being charged with a crime, and left to molder in jail until such a time as the government is willing to let us go or allow us to defend ourselves.

We’ve had the very military weapons we funded with our hard-earned tax dollars used against us, from unpiloted, weaponized drones tracking our movements on the nation’s highways and byways and armored vehicles, assault rifles, sound cannons and grenade launchers in towns with little to no crime to an arsenal of military-grade weapons and equipment given free of charge to schools and universities.

We’ve been silenced, censored and forced to conform, shut up in free speech zones, gagged by hate crime laws, stifled by political correctness, muzzled by misguided anti-bullying statutes, and pepper sprayed for taking part in peaceful protests.

We’ve been shot by police for reaching for a license during a traffic stop, reaching for a baby during a drug bust, carrying a toy sword down a public street, and wearing headphones that hamper our ability to hear.

We’ve had our tax dollars spent on $30,000 worth of Starbucks for Dept. of Homeland Security employees, $630,000 in advertising to increase Facebook “likes” for the State Dept., and close to $25 billion to fund projects ranging from the silly to the unnecessary, such as laughing classes for college students and programs teaching monkeys to play video games and gamble.

We’ve been treated like guinea pigs, targeted by the government and social media for psychological experiments on how to manipulate the masses. We’ve been tasered for talking back to police, tackled for taking pictures of police abuses, and threatened with jail time for invoking our rights. We’ve even been arrested by undercover cops stationed in public bathrooms who interpret men’s “shaking off” motions after urinating to be acts of lewdness.

We’ve had our possessions seized and stolen by law enforcement agencies looking to cash in on asset forfeiture schemes, our jails privatized and used as a source of cheap labor for megacorporations, our gardens smashed by police seeking out suspicious-looking marijuana plants, and our buying habits turned into suspicious behavior by a government readily inclined to view its citizens as terrorists.

We’ve had our cities used for military training drills, with Black Hawk helicopters buzzing the skies, Urban Shield exercises overtaking our streets, and active shooter drills wreaking havoc on unsuspecting bystanders in our schools, shopping malls and other “soft target” locations.

We’ve been told that national security is more important than civil liberties, that police dogs’ noses are sufficient cause to carry out warrantless searches, that the best way not to get raped by police is to “follow the law,” that what a police officer says in court will be given preference over what video footage shows, that an upright posture and acne are sufficient reasons for a cop to suspect you of wrongdoing, that police can stop and search a driver based solely on an anonymous tip, and that police officers have every right to shoot first and ask questions later if they feel threatened.

Now there are those who still insist that they are beyond the reach of the police state because they have done nothing wrong and have nothing to fear. To those sanctimonious few, secure in their delusions, let this be a warning: the danger posed by the American police state applies equally to all of us: lawbreaker and law abider alike, black and white, rich and poor, liberal and conservative, blue collar and white collar, and any other distinction you’d care to trot out.

The lesson of 2014 is simply this: in a police state, you’re either a cop or you’re one of the little people. Right now, we are the little people, the servants, the serfs, the grunts who must obey without question or suffer the consequences.

If there is to be any hope in 2015 for restoring our freedoms and reclaiming our runaway government, we will have to start by breathing life into those three powerful words that set the tone for everything that follows in the Constitution: “we the people.”

It’s time to stop waiting patiently for change to happen and, as Gandhi once advised, be the change you want to see in the world.

Get mad, get outraged, get off your duff and get out of your house, get in the streets, get in people’s faces, get down to your local city council, get over to your local school board, get your thoughts down on paper, get your objections plastered on protest signs, get your neighbors, friends and family to join their voices to yours, get your representatives to pay attention to your grievances, get your kids to know their rights, get your local police to march in lockstep with the Constitution, get your media to act as watchdogs for the people and not lapdogs for the corporate state, get your act together, and get your house in order.

In other words, get moving. Time is growing short, and the police state is closing in. Power to the people!







Yesterday, I posted information on the dangers of the 2014 flu vaccine. Today, in the subject article, Natural News goes into detail as to why you should not vaccinate. This is a money making fraud, with the prize of billions of dollars in profits to those pharmaceutical companies. Now that the public is beginning to wake up, governments are now using intimidation and laws to force you to get vaccinated.

If anyone out there needs a State vaccine waiver to be filed with a public school, email me at

Bruce                                                      New World Order News


Ten reasons why you shouldn't vaccinate your children

Monday, December 15, 2014 by: Ethan A. Huff, staff writer
Tags: vaccination dangers, children, Big Pharma





(NaturalNews) Vaccinating a child or not is an important decision that every parent must make. But not all parents understand the true risks involved, risks that could leave a child debilitated for life, or even kill him. The pro-vaccine mafia is quick to sweep all cases of vaccine-related injury and death under the rug as extremely rare anomalies, but many a parent of a vaccine-injured child will be the first to tell you that, if she could do it all over again, she wouldn't have let her kid get jabbed.

If your doctor, your child's school administrator, or a friend or family member is pressuring you to inject your child with genetically modified (GM) viruses, heavy metals and preservatives, and you're not sure how to make the best and most informed choice in the matter -- or even how to respond back to these people intelligently in order to shut them up -- consider the following 10 reasons not to go the vaccination route[1]:

1) Vaccines don't work. When printed on a poster or repeated ad nauseam by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), the embedded claim that vaccines prevent communicable disease and impart lasting immunity might sound nice to the low-information masses. But the science simply doesn't reinforce it, with outbreak after outbreak proving that vaccinated people are the most immunocompromised, and are always the ones contracting the diseases against which they were vaccinated.

Dr. Tetyana Obukhanych addresses this and many other vaccine facts in her powerful book Vaccine Illusion, which destroys many modern myths surrounding vaccination. Not only do vaccines not impart lasting immunity, but they actually destroy the body's natural immune capacity, leaving many vaccinated individuals immuno-debilitated throughout their lives.[2]

2) Vaccines have never been proven safe or effective. Every single study used as "evidence" that vaccines are safe erroneously compares side effects from one vaccine to side effects from another vaccine, effectively canceling them out. None of them compare the health outcomes of vaccinated versus unvaccinated individuals, which would be the true test of vaccine safety.

"True, scientific, double-blind placebo studies have never been conducted on vaccines to determine their safety," explains

3) The first vaccine was a complete failure, which the industry tried to cover up. Little do most people know that the first vaccine ever produced, for smallpox, was a complete disaster. The health consequences in those who received it included syphilis and death, though a concerted effort was made at the time to cover up these outcomes and push vaccines anyway because they're highly profitable.[3]

4) Vaccines are highly profitable for drug companies, which aren't held liable for damages. Let's face it -- vaccines are a major cash cow for the drug industry. Not only are vaccine companies completely shielded from liability when their vaccines injure or kill children, but they are typically "sponsored" by government agencies that push them on families and children using outrageous and unfounded scare tactics.[4]

5) All vaccines contain deadly chemical additives. The average pediatrician would be hard-pressed to provide package inserts outlining vaccine ingredients to their clients prior to pushing vaccines. But parents need to know that all vaccines contain deadly, neurodamaging chemicals like aluminum, mercury and formaldehyde. Many vaccines are also loaded with monosodium glutamate (MSG), antibiotics and even genetically modified organisms (GMOs).[5]

6) Unvaccinated children are generally healthier. International studies looking at the health outcomes of unvaccinated children compared to their vaccinated peers have repeatedly shown that the unjabbed are generally less afflicted with allergies, autism, behavioral disorders, autoimmune dysfunction and respiratory ailments.

Concerning the flu vaccine, for instance, a study published in the journal Clinical Infectious Diseases found that individuals jabbed for influenza are 550 percent more likely to have respiratory problems.[6]

7) Vaccines cause lifelong, incurable diseases in some children. It's one thing to have localized swelling or temporary fever symptoms following vaccinations. But if your child is one of the unfortunate ones who develops permanent nerve damage in the form of Guillain-Barre Syndrome, for instance, he or she could require lifelong care and treatment for vaccine damage. If you choose to vaccinate, are you prepared to potentially have to reorient your life in the event of autism or brain damage?[7]

8) Vaccines kill children and adults. Though young children and babies are most prone to incurring permanent harm from vaccines, adults are also at risk. One prevalent example of this is the infamous Gardasil vaccine for HPV, which to date has injured and killed tens of thousands of adolescents and teenagers.[8]

"US children are given far more vaccines at younger ages compared to other countries," explains, noting that vaccines are also linked to the fatal condition SIDS (sudden infant death syndrome), which the medical establishment blames on genetics or child abuse in order to protect the vaccine sham.

9) Vaccine companies can't be sued if you or your child is harmed by vaccines. If vaccines really are as safe as the jab-pushers constantly claim they are, then why was the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act passed in 1986, exempting vaccine and drug companies, as well as health practitioners, from liability in the event of injury or death?

In 2011, the Supreme Court affirmed that injured parties can't sue vaccine companies for injury or death related to vaccines [9]. Is this really a risk that you want to take with your child?

10) Natural exposure to disease is the best vaccine. Truth be told, the only way to truly develop vibrant, lifelong immunity is to live your life as you normally would, but without injecting dead (and in some cases live) viruses and chemical adjuvants into your muscle tissue. Natural exposure to whatever diseases are lurking in the world is the only way for the body to develop permanent antibodies that will forever protect against disease.[10] Eating fresh, nutrient-dense organic food and living a healthy lifestyle also helps boost your immune system, allowing you to overcome and develop resistance to diseases naturally.

For a more thorough explanation of vaccination versus natural immunity, visit:

Learn more:








This year's flu vaccine contains 25,000 times the EPA limit for drinking water. On top of that, the CDC admits this year's flu vaccine is useless against this year's flu.

Never mind that! Many governmental agencies as well as hospitals and other private businesses are ordering their employees to take this dangerous and ineffective vaccine. Just today, our local news rang the “fear bell” announcing that this year's flu is deadly. They stated that our State, Tennessee, has had 8 children die of the flu. No, they didn't mention if these children had the vaccine. And no, they didn't mention if these children were already at risk for other life threatening conditions. No, they just said everyone should take the vaccine ----Cha Ching!

In our nation we worship money. If someone can make a buck off of war or GMO food or ridiculous security measures or medications or vaccines, then it is automatically good for us. Back in Nazi Germany, the majority of Jews voluntarily got on the trains to the camps and then voluntarily went to the showers. Yes, there were those who warned them, but millions would not listen. In the late 1970's, 1 in 25,000 children had autism. Today, it is 1 in 65, and yet we still continue to believe them ----sad!

Bruce                                                  New World Order News



Flu vaccine contains 25,000 times more mercury than is legally allowed in drinking water

Tuesday, June 24, 2014 by: Ethan A. Huff, staff writer
flu vaccine, mercury, heavy metals

Learn more:

(NaturalNews) In case you missed it, recent lab tests conducted at the Natural News Forensic Food Lab found that seasonal flu vaccines, which are pushed on virtually everyone these days, including young babies, pregnant women and the elderly, contain outrageously high levels of neurotoxic mercury. Vials of batch flu vaccine produced by British pharmaceutical giant GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) were found to contain upwards of 51 parts per million of mercury, or 25,000 times the legal maximum for drinking water established by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

This shocking discovery was made using advanced mass spectrometry technology with incredible accuracy, filling the gap left by the nation's regulatory agencies that have failed to conduct this type of safety testing themselves. Millions of people are injected with flu vaccines annually, and most of them are completely unaware that one of the most toxic metals known to man is being implanted directly into their muscle tissue unabated.

"Mercury is one of the most poisonous substances known to mankind," explained Dr. David Brownstein, a board-certified family physician and holistic medicine specialist, on his blog. "For over twenty years, I have been testing nearly every patient seen in my office for heavy metal contamination. ... I have found that over 80% of my patients, both healthy and sick, have mercury toxicity."

Pregnant women, young children and elderly encouraged to line up for mercury injections

Presenting this type of concrete data, which contradicts the official government position on vaccines, has sparked many venomous attacks from angry pro-vaxxers who insist that mercury is completely safe. Either that or they claim that mercury is no longer being added to vaccines, a detestable lie that continues to harm the most vulnerable among us, including innocent children.

You can see for yourself on the official drug insert for FluLaval, the flu vaccine evaluated by
Natural News, that the vaccine does, indeed, contain mercury. The following quote is taken
directly from, the so-called "Internet Drug Index," proving that flu vaccines contained added mercury in the form of thimerosal:

"Thimerosal, a mercury derivative, is added as a preservative. Each 0.5-mL dose contains 50 mcg [micrograms] thimerosal ([less than] 25 mcg mercury). Each 0.5-mL dose may also contain residual amounts of ovalbumin ([less than or equal to] 0.3 mcg), formaldehyde ([less than or equal to] 25 mcg), and sodium deoxycholate ([less than] 50 mcg) from the manufacturing process."

And yet, even with all these added contaminants, pregnant women, the elderly and young children are prodded to get jabbed every year by health authorities. Never mind that each of these ingredients is a known neurotoxin, not to mention the fact that formaldehyde is a known cause of cancer -- just line right up and get your flu shots, because the government says they're good for you!

The mercury double standard continues to ravage public health

The irony in all this is that the government now admits that mercury is toxic, at least when it comes from other sources. The Obama administration, as we recently reported, is on a crusade to shut down all coal power plants, using the excuse that they blast heavy amounts of mercury into the atmosphere. And official government warnings tell pregnant women to avoid mercury from canned tuna.

But what about the mercury still being used in vaccines and dental fillings? Why is mercury exposure from these sources completely safe, according to the government, but mercury in food and smokestacks should be avoided?

For more breaking news on vaccines and the heavy metals like mercury lurking in them, visit and, respectively.

Sources for this article include:

Learn more:




DECEMBER 26, 2014




Despite the never ending propaganda from our government masters, things are not getting better. The subject article hi-lights several areas of economic downturn in the U.S.

The more I think of it, the more the pictures of the collapsing Silver Dome in Detroit, symbolizes future life in America.

Bruce                                                  New World Order News


Christmas in America: Growing Poverty, Unemployment and Homelessness in the World’s Richest Country

By Stephen Lendman

Global Research, December 25, 2014

Region: USA

Theme: Poverty & Social Inequality



Washington is the grinch that stole Christmas. Bah Humbug defines its agenda. 

Unprecedented in modern times. Privileged Americans never had it better. Ordinary ones face lump of coal harshness. Hard times keep getting harder.

Reflected in institutionalized inequality. Growing poverty. High unemployment. Multiples higher than phony Labor Department numbers. An epidemic of underemployment persists.

Jobs paying poverty or sub-poverty wages. With few or no benefits.

Households need two or three to get by.

Growing millions face “one impossible choice after another,” according to Poverty USA. “(B)etween food and medicine(s), getting to work or paying the heating bill.”

Census data show around half the population living in poverty or bordering it. In the world’s richest country.

Affecting nearly 60% of children. America has a higher percent of working poor than any other industrialized country.

Human suffering is real. Neoliberal harshness is official policy. Force-fed austerity reflects it. Social injustice is rife.

Bipartisan complicity supports it. Ordinary people are increasingly on their own out of luck.

America’s social contact is targeted for elimination. Disappearing when most needed. Monied interests alone are served.

Inequality is appalling. A race to the bottom persists. Class warfare defines it.

Most working Americans get by from paycheck to paycheck. One missed one away from possible homelessness, hunger and despair.

Inflation adjusted median household income keeps dropping. Americans have less to spend on increasingly more expensive goods and services.

People who eat. Drive cars. Pay rent. Service mortgages. Have medical expenses. Heat and/or air-condition residences.

Have children in college. Pay transportation costs. Know more about inflation than talking-head tout TV economists. The twelve days of Christmas now cost $27,673.

Shadowstats economist John Williams estimates real inflation at 9%. Based on 1980s calculation model.

Manipulated government data produce phony numbers. Across-the-board. Creating an illusion of prosperity.

Ignoring protracted Main Street Depression conditions. Growing human misery. Beautiful America exists for its privileged elites alone.

US Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) data show over 600,000 homeless Americans on any given night. Including nearly 140,000 children. Over 57,000 veterans.

Living in cars. Parks. Bus or train stations. Under bridges. On city streets. In homeless shelters. Short-term transitional housing.

According to the National Center for Homeless Education, over one million homeless children attend public schools.

America’s hunger crisis is real. A daily reality for nearly 50 million people. Affecting around 13 million families. Mostly hardworking ones.

Not earning enough to live on. About 16 million children don’t get enough to eat. One in six Americans face hunger.

So do one in five children. Missing meals is commonplace. Nutritious balanced diets for growing millions don’t exist. Belly-fillers substitute.

Food stamps provide a woefully inadequate $1.40 per person per meal.

Food banks supplement recipients when monthly benefits run out. Most often around 10 days or more before month’s end.

Vital benefits are being cut when most needed. US resources go for war-making. Corporate handouts.

Massive public and private corruption in high places takes its toll.

Vital needs increasingly go begging.

Thirdworldizing America is official policy. Privileged interests alone benefit. Social inequality is institutionalized.

Millions struggle daily to pay rent. Service mortgages. Handle medical bills. Heat homes. Cover transportation costs. Manage increasingly more expensive daily expenses.

On October 31, Fortune magazine headlined “Wealth inequality in America: It’s worse than you think.”

Citing analysis of economists Emmanuel Saez an Gabriel Zucman. Showing a more extreme US wealth gap than any time since the Great Depression.

In a London School of Economics and Political Science web site article, Saez abd Zucman show increased income inequality in America over the past four decades.

Saying “(t)he share of total income earned by the top 1 percent of families was less than 10 percent in the late 1970s but now exceeds 20 percent as of the end of 2012.”
A large portion of this increase is due to an upsurge in the labor incomes earned by senior company executives and successful entrepreneurs.”
Wealth inequality rose. Defined as “the stock of all the assets people own, including their homes, pension savings, and bank accounts, minus all debts.”

According to Saez and Zucman:

Wealth inequality, it turns out, has followed a spectacular U-shape evolution over the past 100 years.”
From the Great Depression in the 1930s through the late 1970s there was a substantial democratization of wealth.”
The trend then inverted, with the share of total household wealth owned by the top 0.1 percent increasing to 22 percent in 2012 from 7 percent in the late 1970s.”
The top 0.1 percent includes 160,000 families with total net assets of more than $20 million in 2012.”

The wealthiest 160,000 families own as much wealth as the poorest 145 million. It’s about 10 times as unequal as income.

Affected by taxes made less progressive for decades. Soaring stock market valuations. Lack of middle and low-income family savings. Stagnant wages.

A changing job market. Low wage/poor or no benefit part-time or temp ones replacing living wage/good benefit full-time jobs.

Offshored to low-wage countries. New generations worse off than previous ones. In his book titled “Ill Fares the Land,” Tony Judt addressed the effects of post-2008 financial crisis.

Saying “(t)here has been a collapse in intergenerational mobility: in contrast to their parents and grandparents, children today in the UK as in the US have very little expectation of improving upon the condition into which they were born.”
The poor stay poor. Economic disadvantage for the overwhelming majority translates into ill health, missed educational opportunity, and – increasingly – the familiar symptoms of depression: alcoholism, obesity, gambling, and minor criminality.”

A new Pew Research Center (PRC) study found an unprecedented wealth gap between middle and upper-income Americans.

In 2013, the median wealth of the nation’s upper-income families ($639,400) was nearly seven times the median wealth of middle-income families ($96,500), the widest wealth gap seen in 30 years when the Federal Reserve began collecting these data,” said PRC.

America’s rich have a median net worth nearly 70 times greater than low-income families. Data show a disproportional wealth gap along racial and ethnic lines.

White household wealth is 13 times greater than for Blacks. Ten times more than for Hispanics.

So-called economic recovery for most Americans is pure fantasy. Protracted Main Street Depression conditions persist.

University of Michigan research shows wealth inequality doubled since 2003. America’s top 5% has 426.5 times the wealth of bottom 25% households.

Other studies show America’s top 1% has more wealth than the bottom 95%. The 400 richest families have as much as the bottom 50%.

In 1965, one in 50 Americans was on Medicaid. Today it’s one in six. In the 1970s, about one in 50 Americans were on food stamps. Now it’s one in five.

Over half the population needs aid to survive. Increasingly eroding en route to eliminating it altogether.

Tens of millions of working age Americans wanting jobs can’t find them. Middle income households are fast disappearing.

Poverty is a growth industry. So is human misery. America is banana republicanized. Unfit to live in for growing millions.

Democracy is pure fantasy. A facade masking New World Order harshness. Monied interests run things. Class war rages.

Inside the bubble it’s paradise. Outside it’s dystopian hell. America is venal. Corrupted. Depraved. Degenerate. Too broken to fix.

The foul stench of corruption and hypocrisy that emanates from Washington is the smell of a dying country,” says Paul Craig Roberts.

Good tidings and cheer at Christmas and throughout the year are for America’s privileged alone. No joy to the world for most others.






Last week, Sony announced that it would not release the movie “The Interview”. They stated that North Korea was going to commit terrorist acts in movie theaters. It was said that the movie was demeaning to the North Korean leader, Kim Jong Un. And the lies keep coming and get more ridiculous by the day.

I told my wife that Sony was probably trying to use this to make a huge profit. This movie probably stinks. Sony is already in financial trouble and they don't need another multi million dollar turkey. So here comes the story and with it an accusation of North Korean hacking. Never mind the fact that North Korea does not possess the technology nor the resources to do such a thing.

So last week Sony made a big deal out of canceling the release of the movie. Even the President chimed in, in this contrived story. Now, after non stop publicity, Sony will release the movie tomorrow ---CHA CHING!

Bruce                                                 New World Order News

Scam? Sony to Screen 'The Interview' in Theaters on Xmas Day






The subject article and photos shows the once great Silverdome in Detroit, Michigan. Abandoned, falling apart, the Silverdome is a symbol of many buildings throughout the nation. NBC had a series called Revolution. The series was based on the fictional collapse of civilization. In one of the episodes, Wrigley Field in Chicago was shown in a total state of decay. Now, today, in non fictional America, those scenes are for real.

Bruce                                     New World Order News



Haunting new photos of Detroit's abandoned Silverdome reveal how one of the country's most famous stadiums is now just an empty shell left to rot


    Michigan's Pontiac Silverdome once hosted the Super Bowl, a pope, the NBA finals, Led Zeppelin, Elvis, WrestleMania and dozens of other world-class acts and sporting events


    But that all changed in 2002, when the Detroit Lions moved to Ford Field in Detroit and the Silverdome soon fell into disrepair


    Last month the final sections of the old stadium's Teflon-covered roof dropped to the field


    Afterwards Ohio-based photographer Johnny Joo visited the abandoned stadium and his photos offer an eerie, empty look at a stadium that once held nearly 100,000 people


    He describes standing on the carpet of a restaurant, which is now blanketed in green moss 'almost like it has been abandoned for 20 years'

By Mail Online Reporter

Published: 01:46 EST, 22 December 2014 | Updated: 07:02 EST, 22 December 2014

One of the saddest examples of the dramatic decline of Detroit and the surrounding area is what remains of the Pontiac Silverdome – the once proud home to the Detroit Lions, but which today is an empty shell left to rot.

In its heyday the Silverdome in Pontiac, Michigan, hosted the Super Bowl, a pope, the NBA finals, Led Zeppelin, Elvis, WrestleMania and dozens of other world-class acts and sporting events.

But that all changed in 2002, when the NFL team moved to Ford Field in Detroit and the Silverdome soon fell into disrepair.

The Silverdome has had an uncertain fate ever since, as the city tried to find use for it - including monster truck rallies, boxing matches and as a drive-in theater - and the population in Pontiac dwindled.

Scroll down for video 

One of the saddest examples of the dramatic decline of Detroit and the surrounding area is what remains of the Pontiac Silverdome – the once proud home to the Detroit Lions, but which today is an empty shell left that's been left to rot

One of the saddest examples of the dramatic decline of Detroit and the surrounding area is what remains of the Pontiac Silverdome – the once proud home to the Detroit Lions, but which today is an empty shell left that's been left to rot

Photographer Johnny Joo describes standing on the carpet of a restaurant, which is now blanketed in green moss 'almost like it has been abandoned for 20 years'

Photographer Johnny Joo describes standing on the carpet of a restaurant, which is now blanketed in green moss 'almost like it has been abandoned for 20 years'

Triple Investment Properties bought the Silverdome in 2009 for $583,000, but plans to turn it into a soccer stadium never materialized 

Triple Investment Properties bought the Silverdome in 2009 for $583,000, but plans to turn it into a soccer stadium never materialized 

Last month the final sections of the Silverdome's Teflon-covered roof dropped to the field

Last month the final sections of the Silverdome's Teflon-covered roof dropped to the field

Triple Investment Properties bought the Silverdome in 2009 for $583,000, but plans to turn it into a soccer stadium never materialized.

'They had a half-a-million-dollar soccer field they bought that was put in there as well as paying for maintenance of $1.5 million a year up until the roof caved in,' said Jim Passeno of RJM Auctioneers, who in June organized a nine day auction that raised about $500,000. 

Turf that still featured the Lions' logo from both end zones was auctioned for $1,600 each, while copper wiring proved very popular and raised $500,000. 

Now, what once was one of the premier venues in the world is a tattered, empty reminder of the stadium's memorable past - and of the dismal economy in Michigan.

Last month Michigan's sometimes harsh weather put pay to the final sections of the old stadium's Teflon-covered roof which just dropped to the field. 

Afterwards Ohio-based photographer Johnny Joo visited the abandoned stadium and his photos offer an eerie, empty look at a stadium that once held nearly 100,000 people.

In its heyday the Silverdome in Pontiac, Michigan, hosted the Super Bowl, a pope, the NBA finals, Led Zeppelin, Elvis, WrestleMania and dozens of other world-class acts and sporting events

In its heyday the Silverdome in Pontiac, Michigan, hosted the Super Bowl, a pope, the NBA finals, Led Zeppelin, Elvis, WrestleMania and dozens of other world-class acts and sporting events

What once was one of the premier venues in the world is a tattered, empty reminder of the stadium's memorable past - and of the dismal economy in Michigan

What once was one of the premier venues in the world is a tattered, empty reminder of the stadium's memorable past - and of the dismal economy in Michigan

An auction at the stadium in June raised about $500,000 including selling turf that still featured the Lions' logo from both end zones which was auctioned for $1,600 each, while the sale of copper wiring raised $500,000

An auction at the stadium in June raised about $500,000 including selling turf that still featured the Lions' logo from both end zones which was auctioned for $1,600 each, while the sale of copper wiring raised $500,000

Ohio-based photographer Johnny Joo visited the abandoned stadium and his photos offer an eerie, empty look at a stadium that once held nearly 100,000 people

Ohio-based photographer Johnny Joo visited the abandoned stadium and his photos offer an eerie, empty look at a stadium that once held nearly 100,000 people

'It's kind of crazy to see how much stuff was left behind, like all the old record of Led Zeppelin’s ticket sales,' he told the Daily News.

He describes standing on the carpet of a restaurant, which is now blanketed in green moss 'almost like it has been abandoned for 20 years.'

Joo, 24, photographs vacant buildings and he has compiled some of his pictures of deserted structures inEmpty Spaces: Photojournalism Through The Rust Belt. The book, which is available in e-book form, will be released in hardcover in 2015.

His next project, From Ohio to Oregon, is part traveling art exhibit, part 'pay-it-forward' adventure with a friend and his work is also available at his website.

The Silverdome has had an uncertain fate ever since the Lions left in 2002 as the city tried to find use for it - including monster truck rallies, boxing matches and as a drive-in theater - and the population in Pontiac dwindled

The Silverdome has had an uncertain fate ever since the Lions left in 2002 as the city tried to find use for it - including monster truck rallies, boxing matches and as a drive-in theater - and the population in Pontiac dwindled







Of course there are those who will call this a “conspiracy theory”. Never let the facts get in the way of a good slogan. In the subject article dozens of central banks around the world are identified as being controlled by the ROTHSCHILD family of England. This group has been involved in financial control of England and other nations for hundreds of years. It has been said that he who has the gold makes the rules.

Most do not know that all of the banks listed are private corporations. They are all secret. They all have unlimited power to produce and control all money within their nations. They all make a profit from the printing of currency. And that is no theory.

Bruce                 New World Order News


A List of BANKS Owned/Controlled by the Rothschild Family

The Global Elite

on 19 February, 2013 at 11:34 pm



Who controls the issuance of money controls the government!” -Nathan Meyer Rothschild

Let me issue and control a nation’s money and I care not who writes the laws.” -Mayer Amschel Rothschild (1744-1812), founder of the House of Rothschild.

The few who understand the system will either be so interested in its profits or be so dependent upon its favours that there will be no opposition from that class, while on the other hand, the great body of people, mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous advantage that capital derives from the system, will bear its burdens without complaint, and perhaps without even suspecting that the system is inimical to their interests.” -The Rothschild brothers of London writing to associates in New York, 1863.


Afghanistan: Bank of Afghanistan
Albania: Bank of Albania
Algeria: Bank of Algeria
Argentina: Central Bank of Argentina
Armenia: Central Bank of Armenia
Aruba: Central Bank of Aruba
Australia: Reserve Bank of Australia
Austria: Austrian National Bank
Azerbaijan: Central Bank of Azerbaijan Republic
Bahamas: Central Bank of The Bahamas
Bahrain: Central Bank of Bahrain
Bangladesh: Bangladesh Bank
Barbados: Central Bank of Barbados
Belarus: National Bank of the Republic of Belarus
Belgium: National Bank of Belgium
Belize: Central Bank of Belize
Benin: Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO)
Bermuda: Bermuda Monetary Authority
Bhutan: Royal Monetary Authority of Bhutan
Bolivia: Central Bank of Bolivia
Bosnia: Central Bank of Bosnia and Herzegovina
Botswana: Bank of Botswana
Brazil: Central Bank of Brazil
Bulgaria: Bulgarian National Bank
Burkina Faso: Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO)
Burundi: Bank of the Republic of Burundi
Cambodia: National Bank of Cambodia
Came Roon: Bank of Central African States
Canada: Bank of Canada – Banque du Canada
Cayman Islands: Cayman Islands Monetary Authority
Central African Republic: Bank of Central African States
Chad: Bank of Central African States
Chile: Central Bank of Chile
China: The People’s Bank of China
Colombia: Bank of the Republic
Comoros: Central Bank of Comoros
Congo: Bank of Central African States
Costa Rica: Central Bank of Costa Rica
Côte d’Ivoire: Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO)
Croatia: Croatian National Bank
Cuba: Central Bank of Cuba
Cyprus: Central Bank of Cyprus
Czech Republic: Czech National Bank
Denmark: National Bank of Denmark
Dominican Republic: Central Bank of the Dominican Republic
East Caribbean area: Eastern Caribbean Central Bank
Ecuador: Central Bank of Ecuador
Egypt: Central Bank of Egypt
El Salvador: Central Reserve Bank of El Salvador
Equatorial Guinea: Bank of Central African States
Estonia: Bank of Estonia
Ethiopia: National Bank of Ethiopia
European Union: European Central Bank
Fiji: Reserve Bank of Fiji
Finland: Bank of Finland
France: Bank of France
Gabon: Bank of Central African States
The Gambia: Central Bank of The Gambia
Georgia: National Bank of Georgia
Germany: Deutsche Bundesbank
Ghana: Bank of Ghana
Greece: Bank of Greece
Guatemala: Bank of Guatemala
Guinea Bissau: Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO)
Guyana: Bank of Guyana
Haiti: Central Bank of Haiti
Honduras: Central Bank of Honduras
Hong Kong: Hong Kong Monetary Authority
Hungary: Magyar Nemzeti Bank
Iceland: Central Bank of Iceland
India: Reserve Bank of India
Indonesia: Bank Indonesia
Iran: The Central Bank of the Islamic Republic of Iran
Iraq: Central Bank of Iraq
Ireland: Central Bank and Financial Services Authority of Ireland
Israel: Bank of Israel
Italy: Bank of Italy
Jamaica: Bank of Jamaica
Japan: Bank of Japan
Jordan: Central Bank of Jordan
Kazakhstan: National Bank of Kazakhstan
Kenya: Central Bank of Kenya
Korea: Bank of Korea
Kuwait: Central Bank of Kuwait
logo-edmond-rothschildKyrgyzstan: National Bank of the Kyrgyz Republic
Latvia: Bank of Latvia
Lebanon: Central Bank of Lebanon
Lesotho: Central Bank of Lesotho
Libya: Central Bank of Libya
Uruguay: Central Bank of Uruguay
Lithuania: Bank of Lithuania
Luxembourg: Central Bank of Luxembourg
Macao: Monetary Authority of Macao
Macedonia: National Bank of the Republic of Macedonia
Madagascar: Central Bank of Madagascar
Malawi: Reserve Bank of Malawi
Malaysia: Central Bank of Malaysia
Mali: Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO)
Malta: Central Bank of Malta
Mauritius: Bank of Mauritius
Mexico: Bank of Mexico
Moldova: National Bank of Moldova
Mongolia: Bank of Mongolia
Montenegro: Central Bank of Montenegro
Morocco: Bank of Morocco
Mozambique: Bank of Mozambique
Namibia: Bank of Namibia
Nepal: Central Bank of Nepal
Netherlands: Netherlands Bank
Netherlands Antilles: Bank of the Netherlands Antilles
New Zealand: Reserve Bank of New Zealand
Nicaragua: Central Bank of Nicaragua
Niger: Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO)
Nigeria: Central Bank of Nigeria
Norway: Central Bank of Norway
Oman: Central Bank of Oman
Pakistan: State Bank of Pakistan
Papua New Guinea: Bank of Papua New Guinea
Paraguay: Central Bank of Paraguay
Peru: Central Reserve Bank of Peru
Philip Pines: Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas
Poland: National Bank of Poland
Portugal: Bank of Portugal
Qatar: Qatar Central Bank
Romania: National Bank of Romania
Russia: Central Bank of Russia
Rwanda: National Bank of Rwanda
San Marino: Central Bank of the Republic of San Marino
Samoa: Central Bank of Samoa
Saudi Arabia: Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency
Senegal: Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO)
Serbia: National Bank of Serbia
Seychelles: Central Bank of Seychelles
Sierra Leone: Bank of Sierra Leone
Singapore: Monetary Authority of Singapore
Slovakia: National Bank of Slovakia
Slovenia: Bank of Slovenia
Solomon Islands: Central Bank of Solomon Islands
South Africa: South African Reserve Bank
Spain: Bank of Spain
Sri Lanka: Central Bank of Sri Lanka
Sudan: Bank of Sudan
Surinam: Central Bank of Suriname
Swaziland: The Central Bank of Swaziland
Sweden: Sveriges Riksbank
Switzerland: Swiss National Bank
Tajikistan: National Bank of Tajikistan
Tanzania: Bank of Tanzania
Thailand: Bank of Thailand
Togo: Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO)
Tonga: National Reserve Bank of Tonga
Trinidad and Tobago: Central Bank of Trinidad and Tobago
Tunisia: Central Bank of Tunisia
Turkey: Central Bank of the Republic of Turkey
Uganda: Bank of Uganda
Ukraine: National Bank of Ukraine
United Arab Emirates: Central Bank of United Arab Emirates
United Kingdom: Bank of England
United States: Federal Reserve, Federal Reserve Bank of New York
Vanuatu: Reserve Bank of Vanuatu
Venezuela: Central Bank of Venezuela
Vietnam: The State Bank of Vietnam
Yemen: Central Bank of Yemen
Zambia: Bank of Zambia
Zimbabwe: Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe








No, not today, but back in 1974. Hillary Rodham, was singled out for unethical behavior and fired, in the investigation of Richard Nixon. One of her associates referred to her as a “liar” and “an unethical, dishonest lawyer.”

She, along with her husband, Bill Clinton, have had a trail of scandals and bodies ever since the 1970's. It is ironic that she, was involved in the investigation of another crook, Richard Nixon.

Along with the suspicious deaths of over 50 friends and associates, we have scandals concerning Whitewater, Cattle future purchases, pardoning of friends involved in drug trafficking, CIA shipping of drugs through the airport at Mena, Arkansas, rapes of several women by Governor Clinton, the killing of Vince Foster, the killing of the American Ambassador at Benghazi, Libya, the sexual misconduct concerning Paula Jones and Monica Lewinski and the perjury committed by President Clinton in that case. President Clinton also personally approved the transfer of top secret technology to the Communist Chinese.

There was a time when the American people would not only reject her as a Presidential candidate, but demand her prosecution for --- take your pick.

Bruce                                   New World Order News



Counsel confirms Hillary's 'fraudulent' Watergate brief

Clinton was fired for allegedly colluding with Kennedys to protect JFK legacy

Published: 04/07/2008 at 2:25 PM


Hillary Clinton, with chief counsel John Doar (left), bringing impeachment charges against President Nixon before the House Judiciary Committee in 1974

Details of Hillary Clinton’s firing from the House Judiciary Committee staff for unethical behavior as she helped prepare articles of impeachment against Richard Nixon have been confirmed by the panel’s chief Republican counsel.

Franklin Polk backed up major claims by Jerry Zeifman, the general counsel and chief of staff
of the House Judiciary Committee who supervised Clinton’s work on the Watergate investigation in 1974,
reported columnist Dan Calabrese in a column republished by WND.

Zeifman, a lifelong Democrat, called Clinton a “liar” and “an unethical, dishonest lawyer.”

He contends Clinton was collaborating with allies of the Kennedys to block revelation of Kennedy-administration activities that made Watergate “look like a day at the beach.”

Her brief, Zeifman said, was so fraudulent and ridiculous, she would have been disbarred if she had submitted it to a judge.

Polk confirmed Clinton wrote a brief arguing Nixon should not be granted legal counsel due to a lack of precedent. But Clinton deliberately ignored the then-recent case of Supreme Court Justice William O. Douglas, who was allowed to have a lawyer during the impeachment attempt against him in 1970.

Moreover, Zeifman claims Clinton bolstered her fraudulent brief by removing all of the Douglas files from public access and storing them at her office, enabling her to argue as if the case never existed.

Polk confirmed the Clinton memo ignored the Douglas case, but he could not confirm or dispel the claim that Hillary removed the files.

Looking back on the case amid Clinton’s fierce battle with Sen. Barack Obama for the Democratic presidential nomination, Calabrese sees a picture emerging “of a very ambitious young lawyer who was eager to please her political patrons, and was willing to mislead and undermine established committee staff and senior committee members in order to do so.”

The columnist, editor in chief of the North Star Writers Group, noted Zeifman has been “trying to tell his story for many years, and the mainstream media have ignored him.”

Zeifman said Clinton, then 27, was hired to work on the investigation at the behest of her former law professor, Burke Marshall, who also was Sen. Ted Kennedy’s chief counsel in the Chappaquiddick case.

When the Watergate probe concluded, Zeifman said, he fired Clinton from the committee staff and refused to give her a letter of recommendation. She was one of only three people who earned that dubious distinction in Zeifman’s 17-year career, Calabrese pointed out.


Jerry Zeifman

Zeifman told the columnist he fired Clinton because she was a liar.

She was an unethical, dishonest lawyer,” Zeifman said. “She conspired to violate the Constitution, the rules of the House, the rules of the committee and the rules of confidentiality.”

Zeifman said Clinton collaborated with several individuals, including Marshall, special counsel John Doar and senior associate special counsel Bernard Nussbaum, who later became counsel in the Clinton White House. Their aim, he said, was the seemingly implausible scheme to deny Nixon the right to counsel during the investigation.

The Kennedy allies, Zeifman said, feared putting Watergate break-in mastermind E. Howard Hunt on the stand to be cross-examined by the president’s counsel. Hunt, according to Zeifman, had evidence of nefarious activities by President John F. Kennedy’s administration, including purportedly using the mafia to attempt to assassinate Cuban dictator Fidel Castro.

Polk regarded Clinton’s memo as dishonest because it tried to pretend the Douglas precedent didn’t exist. But, unlike Zeifman, he considered it more stupid than sinister.

Hillary should have mentioned [the Douglas case] and then tried to argue whether that was a change of policy or not instead of just ignoring it and taking the precedent out of the opinion,” Polk told Calabrese.

But Zeifman argues that if Clinton, Marshall, Nussbaum and Doar had succeeded, House Judiciary members also would have been denied the right to cross-examine witnesses and denied the opportunity to even participate in the drafting of articles of impeachment against Nixon.

Polk recalls Zeifman told him at the time he believed Clinton’s primary role was to alert Marshall if the investigation was taking a turn against the Kennedys’ liking.

Jerry used to give the chapter and verse as to how Hillary was the mole into the committee works as to how things were going,” Polk said.

Polk remembered some Democrat committee members, as well as nearly all the Republicans, were upset at the attempt to deny counsel to Nixon.

Zeifman said top Democrats, including then-House Majority Leader Tip O’Neill, believed Nixon clearly had the right to counsel.

Of course the Republicans went nuts,” Polk said. “But so did some of the Democrats – some of the most liberal Democrats. It was more like these guys – Doar and company – were trying to manage the members of Congress, and it was like, ‘Who’s in charge here?’ If you want to convict a president, you want to give him all the rights possible. If you’re going to give him a trial, for him to say, ‘My rights were denied,’ – it was a stupid effort by people who were just politically tone deaf. So this was a big deal to people in the proceedings on the committee, no question about it.”


Bill and Hillary Clinton on their wedding day in 1975

Polk said Zeifman rightfully “went nuts,” as well, but “my reaction wasn’t so much that it was underhanded as it was just stupid.”

Calabrese concludes: “Disingenuously arguing a position? Vanishing documents? Selling out members of her own party to advance a personal agenda? Classic Hillary. Neither my first column on the subject nor this one were designed to show that Hillary is dishonest. I don’t really think that’s in dispute. Rather, they were designed to show that she has been this way for a very long time – a fact worth considering for anyone contemplating voting for her for president of the United States.”

The columnist noted Polk recalled something else that started long ago.

She would go around saying, ‘I’m dating a person who will some day be president,’” Polk said. “It was like a Babe Ruth call. And because of that comment she made, I watched Bill Clinton’s political efforts as governor of Arkansas, and I never counted him out because she had made that forecast.”








The subject article covers a demand from the State of Utah to the U.S. Federal government, that U.S. controlled land in Utah be returned to State sovereignty. That amounts to around 30 million acres. Is there anyone, anywhere, that thinks the U.S. government will willingly give back the land?

Most of those in opposition to the current Federal government operate under the illusion that there is some nice way to get the Federal government to follow the will of the citizens. That day is long gone. You cannot sue them. You cannot write them. You cannot call them. You cannot vote them out. You cannot demonstrate against them. They have the money and they have the guns. They will never willingly give up any of their power or those possessions they have taken. I think you know where that leaves us.

Bruce                                                     New World Order News



Tuesday, 16 December 2014

Utah Demands Feds Surrender Lands by Dec. 31

Written by  Alex Newman



Utah Demands Feds Surrender Lands by Dec. 31

With the federal government engaged in a de facto unconstitutional occupation of some two thirds of Utah’s territory, citizens of the state and their elected representatives have had just about enough. So, on December 31, the State of Utah is formally demanding that Washington, D.C., relinquish control over more than 30 million acres of valuable land currently controlled by various federal bureaucracies.

While apparatchiks for an all-powerful U.S. government and far-left activists are fuming over the plan, Utah lawmakers, citizens, and experts say the time has come for the state to manage — and profit from — its own resources. Constitutionally speaking, experts say the lands should have gone to state control generations ago, as the federal government promised when Utah became a state.   

The escalating battle now brewing between the feds and Utah formally got underway in in 2012, when Republican Gov. Gary Herbert, riding a wave of public outrage over federal abuses and land grabs, signed the popular Transfer of Public Lands Act. Among other elements, the law calls on the federal government to hand over control of public lands purportedly owned by the U.S. government within Utah’s borders.


The law also commissioned a study, released this month, examining various aspects of the process and finances — including how Utah would manage the land it is calling on the federal government to relinquish. According to the study, contrary to the hysterical claims of pseudo-environmentalists and federal supremacists demanding ever greater federal land grabs, transferring the lands to Utah would likely be “profitable” for the state.

Indeed, if Utah controlled its own lands — as opposed to bureaucrats and politicians in faraway Washington, D.C., who siphon away much of the state’s wealth and mismanage the resources — the state could easily bring in enough revenue to cover the costs of managing the lands, and then some. According to the researchers, the vast swaths of federally owned land represent an overall “drag” on the state’s economy — especially in the 20 out of 29 counties where the feds purport to own more than 40 percent of the land.

The 780-page study, “An Analysis of a Transfer of Federal Lands to the State of Utah,” was performed by economists from three leading Utah universities. It concluded that properly managing the lands by Utah authorities would cost the state government about $250 million annually by 2017. Revenues from those same lands in 2013 were already more than $330 million, with most of that coming from oil and gas royalties.

Depending on oil prices and other factors, a best-case-scenario would see the state’s coffers bulging with over $1 billion in additional revenue annually by 2035. By 2017, with a slight increase in drilling, the state could be earning nearly $400 million per year — more than enough to offset the costs of taking over fire suppression and other management duties from the federal government.     

In conclusion, from a strictly financial perspective, it is likely the state of Utah could take ownership of the lands and cover the costs to manage them,” found the study, which was celebrated by Utahans but blasted by Big Green lobbyists given a megaphone by the establishment press. “Our research also suggests that it could put a strain on the state’s funding priorities in the early years as the state adjusts to the loss of federal dollars, evaluates land resources and conditions, and develops programs to replace those now managed by federal agencies.”

While the potential economic benefits to the people of Utah are clear, many of the officials leading the charge are also concerned about broader issues. As the Western territories were officially becoming states, like in the East, the federal government agreed to eventually transfer those lands to state control. However, as with so many other promises made by the D.C.-based political class, so far, the pledges have not been fulfilled. The 2012 Utah law specifically cited those agreements from when the state joined the Union.

Perhaps the most important issue at play in the whole land issue, though, is the U.S. Constitution. Lawmakers involved in the effort point to, among other key points, Article 1, Section 8 of the U.S. Constitution, which outlines what types of property the federal government is authorized to own. The Federalist Papers, too, make clear that the Founding Fathers never meant to have the federal government serve as landlord over half of the Western states, and in some cases, as much as 85 percent of the territory within states such as Nevada.

Despite the 2012 law requiring the feds to get out by December 31 of this year, the controversial federal bureaucracies unconstitutionally occupying and (mis)managing the vast territories — primarily the U.S. Bureau of Land Management and the U.S. Forest Service — have refused to cooperate so far, according to news reports. For the state lawmakers and officials behind the effort to restore state sovereignty over the land, however, that is simply not an option.

We’re going to move forward and use all the resources at our disposal,” explained Utah Rep. Ken Ivory, who sponsored the 2012 law and also leads the American Lands Council, a group seeking to strip the feds of their gargantuan land holdings across the Western United States. Among other possibilities, state leaders are exploring a plan to hire a private law firm to lead the charge in court if Washington, D.C., refuses to surrender the lands by the deadline set in the law.  

The first step in the process is to see whether the federal government will voluntarily comply with the Constitution and Utah’s law mandating that it be upheld. “That’s what you do any time you’re negotiating with a partner. You set a date,” explained Rep. Ivory. “Unfortunately, our federal partner has decided they don’t want to negotiate in good faith. So we’ll move forward with the four-step plan that the governor laid out.”

While the governor who signed the 2012 law has not been quite as enthusiastic as state lawmakers, he welcomed the report and vowed to continue considering the state’s options. “I expect that public discussion will be well-served by this report,” Republican Gov. Gary Herbert said in a statement about the study. “It is important to make decisions based upon a thorough review of accurate, relevant information.” He also said his office and the legislature would “continue to review” the study and “pose questions for further consideration of the legislature.”

As The New American reported earlier this year, Utah and its citizens are hardly alone in seeking to wrest control over the lands and the vast wealth currently claimed by the feds. In April, lawmakers and elected officials from nine Western states even met at the Utah Capitol for the Legislative Summit on the Transfer for Public Lands. “Legislators from across the West are saying enough is enough,” Washington State Rep. Matt Shea told The New American after the summit. “We are banding together to fight federal overreach wherever it rears its ugly head, not just talk about it.”

The federal government cannot possibly know how best to manage land in the thousands of different locales like the people of those areas could,” the popular Republican lawmaker explained, echoing the sentiments of countless other policymakers and activists who say the federal government needs to be stripped of its vast, unconstitutional land holdings. “Clearly, the people of Western states would do a better job managing those lands.”

Already, the federal government alone purports to “own” about a third of the land in the United States — and with ongoing land grabs across the country under various pretexts, those numbers continue to mushroom. “The enabling acts of the Western States make it clear the federal government was meant to be a steward only until such time that the states could manage,” Rep. Shea explained. State and local governments also have vast land holdings.

Eventually, some advocates of reducing the gargantuan federal footprint across the Western states hope some of the land can be sold off and become private property rather than being owned by government. Getting the feds to relinquish control to state governments, though, would at least represent a good starting point.







That would be the conclusion after reading the subject article. They don't work and they're harmful. And yet, millions continue to subject themselves and their children to this “snake oil'

Bruce                                                New World Order News


The TRUTH About Flu Shots! Do They Work?

Submitted by Dr. Ted Broer on Thu, 10/23/2014 - 14:02



When the flu epidemic hit the world in 1918 over 40 million people died. Immunization is not the answer and flu vaccines do not work.


Several weeks ago I went to a local store and they were providing flu shots in the lobby. Last week I was in Chicago airport and they were giving shots at the airport. When I was at the store I asked if the shots contained mercury, the nurse assured me they did not. I then asked if I could look at the label. Sure enough each shot contains 25mcg's of mercury. It's amazing the nurse didn't even know what she was injecting. Now with even more uncertainty the Ebola Vaccine is being RUSHED through production and loosely deemed safe for our families.


However in a recent study published in the October issue of the Archives of Pediatric & Adolescent Medicine found that vaccinating young children against the flu appeared to have zero impact on flu-related hospitalizations or doctors visits during two recent flu seasons.


Additionally a Group Health study found that flu shots do not protect elderly people against getting pneumonia, which is the primary cause of death resulting as a complication of the flu. Others have questioned whether there is any mortality benefit with influenza vaccination. Vaccination coverage among the elderly increased from 15% in 1980 to 65% now, but there has been no decrease in deaths from influenza or pneumonia. So basically it doesn't protect against pneumonia nor does it decrease death rates.


Also there is some evidence that flu shots cause Alzheimer's disease. Most likely this is a result of combining mercury with aluminum and formaldehyde. Mercury in vaccines has also been implicated as a cause of Autism. I have warned you for many years about the dangers of mercury and aluminum.


By the way, other serious and adverse reactions to the flu vaccine are joint inflammation and arthritis, anaphylactic shock (and other life threatening allergic reactions) and Guillain-Barre' syndrome a paralytic auto-immune disease, plus an increase in Senile Dementia.


One theory that explains the seasonal nature of flu is that influenza is a vitamin D deficiency disease, I believe this may be a primary factor.


Vitamin D levels in your body fall to their lowest point during flu seasons. Unable to be protected by the body's own antibiotics (auto microbial peptides) that are released by vitamin D, a person with a low vitamin D blood level is more vulnerable to contracting colds, influenza, and other respiratory infections.


Studies show that children with rickets, a vitamin D-deficient skeletal disorder, suffer from frequent respiratory infections and MS later on in life, and children exposed to sunlight are less likely to get a cold. The increased number of deaths that occur in winter, largely from pneumonia and cardiovascular diseases, are most likely due to vitamin D deficiency. By the way, several years ago I tore a rotator cuff, and then I ended up with a bone spur, when I increased my D and calcium my bone spur basically disappeared in two weeks.


Unfortunately, now, for the first time, flu vaccinations are also being pushed for virtually all children, not just those under 5. I am diametrically opposed to this treatment protocol. Previously, flu vaccines were recommended for children under 5. This year the government is recommending that children over 6 months to 18 years be vaccinated, expanding inoculation to 30 million more school-age children.



Of course, this ridiculous policy ignores the fact that a systematic review of 51 studies involving 260,000 children age 6 to 23 months found no evidence that the flu vaccine is any more effective than a placebo.


Interestingly enough, back in 2005, The Federal Advisory Committee of Immunization Practices (ACIP) recommended that all children between 6 months and 5 years old receive flu shots each year. Now they have expanded their guidelines to include children up to 18 years, which means everyone except those between the ages of 19-49, who are in good health, are urged to get a flu shot.



By the way, a majority of the ACIP members who came up with these guidelines have financial ties to the vaccine industry, and stand to gain personally for every additional person getting a yearly injection. It's actually the only explanation that makes any sense for recommendations as insane as these. It is ridiculous how the pharmaceutical industry is tied to constant "payoff" and "incentive" to promote drug use.


CALL 1-800-726-1834


Three reasons to reconsider flu shots:


There are three major reasons why this government pushes to vaccinate 84% of the U.S. population with a yearly flu vaccine, is so incomprehensible.


1. The majority of flu shots contain 25 micrograms of mercury; an amount considered unsafe for anyone weighing less than 550 pounds! And which groups are most sensitive to the neurological damage that has been associated with mercury, infants, children, and the elderly. I have told you for years that I believe mercury and vaccines are also linked to autism and learning disabilities.


2. No studies have conclusively proven that flu shots prevent flu-related deaths among the elderly, yet this is one of the key groups in which they are pushed.


3. If you get a flu shot, you can still get the flu (or flu like symptoms). This is because it only protects against certain strains, and it is anyone's guess which flu viruses will be in your area. I have spoken to so many people who have gotten the flu after taking the shot.





So why would you take a flu shot EVERY YEAR that has NEVER been proven to be effective, that can give you the very illness you are trying to prevent, and has potentially long-term side effects that are far worse than the flu itself?
Government and pharmaceutical corporations who are controlled by big banks have done an excellent job of instilling fear into the population so they believe that they must get a shot to stay healthy, but the simple reality is its doing more harm than good. It's ridiculous how many people only get their news from the television, which again is controlled by the big banking, which basically owns the station and the drug companies.


Plus there have been several examples in past years where government health officials have chosen the incorrect influenza strains for that year's vaccine. In 2004, the National Vaccine Information Center described how CDC officials told everyone to line up for a flu shot that didn't even contain the influenza strain causing most of the flu that year. How stupid is that! Let's inject mercury into the population for no reason!


Two thirds of this year's flu vaccine contains a full dose of mercury!


According to Dr. Donald Miller, MD, two thirds of this year's flu vaccine contains 25 micrograms of thimerosal. Thimerosal is 49 percent mercury by weight.


Each dose of these flu vaccines contains more than 250 times the Environmental Protection Agency's safety limit for mercury.



By now, most people are well aware that children and fetuses are most at risk of damage from this neurotoxin, as their brains are still developing. Yet the CDC still recommends that children over 6 months, and pregnant women, receive the flu vaccine every year. This again is a ridiculous toxic recommendation.


In addition to mercury, flu vaccines also contain other toxic or hazardous ingredients like;

  • Formaldehyde - a known cancer causing agent

  • Aluminum - a neuro-toxin that has been linked to Alzheimer's disease

  • Triton X-100 - a detergent

  • Phenol (carbolic acid)

  • Ethylene glycol (antifreeze)

  • Various antibiotics: neomycin, gentamicin - which can cause allergic reactions in some people


The Evidence Against Flu Vaccines


For those of you who are still reading and are beyond belief, mad at me and ready to opt out of any future e-mails, I want you to know that there is plenty of scientific evidence available to back up the recommendation to avoid the flu vaccines, if for nothing else, then for the simple reason that they don't work, and don't offer any real benefit to offset their inherent health risks. For example;


A brand new study published in the October issue of the Archives of Pediatric & Adolescent Medicine found that vaccinating young children against the flu had no impact on the flu-related hospitalizations or doctor visits during two recent flu seasons. The researchers concluded that "significant influenza vaccine effectiveness could not be demonstrated for any reason, age, or setting" examined.




A study published in the lancet just two months ago found that influenza vaccination was NOT associated with a reduced risk of pneumonia in older people. This supports a study done five years ago, published in the New England Journal of Medicine.


Research published in the American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine last month also confirms that there has been no decrease in deaths from influenza and pneumonia, despite the fact that vaccination coverage among the elderly has increased from 15% in 1980 to 65% now.


Last year, researchers with the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, and the National Institutes of Health published this conclusion in the Lancet Infectious Diseases: "We conclude that frailty selection bias and use of non-specific endpoints such as all-cause mortality have led to cohort studies to greatly exaggerate vaccine benefits."


A large-scale systematic review of 51 studies, published in the Cochran Database of Systematic Reviews in 2006 found no evidence that the flu vaccine is any more effective than a placebo in children. The studies involved 260,000 children, age 6 to 23 months.


CALL 1-800-726-1834




Might Influenza be little more than a symptom of vitamin D deficiency?


Vitamin D, the "sunshine vitamin" may well be one of the most important vitamins there is for disease prevention. Unfortunately it's of the vitamins that a vast majority of people across the world are deficient in due to lack of regular exposure to sunshine. It seems that everyone uses sunscreen to try to avoid the sun.


Published in the journal Epidemiology and Infection in 2006, the hypothesis presented by Dr. John Cannell and colleagues in the paper Epidemic Influenza and Vitamin D actually makes a lot of sense.



They raise the possibility that Influenza is a symptom of vitamin D deficiency!


The vitamin D formed when your skin is exposed to sunlight regulates the expression of more than 2000 genes throughout your body, including ones that influence your immune system to attack and destroy bacteria as viruses. Hence, being overwhelmed by the "flu bug" could signal that your vitamin D levels are too low, allowing the flu virus to overtake your immune system.


Interestingly, last week the American Academy of Pediatrics doubled its recommended dose of vitamin D. Unfortunately I feel this is still a woefully inadequate recommendation as the dose should be TEN times larger. Rather than giving from 200 to 400 units per day, it should have increased to about 2000 units per day.


For most of you reading this it is "vitamin D winter" which means there simply isn't enough sunshine to make significant amounts of vitamin D, so you will need to use oral supplements.


Although supplements are clearly inferior to sunlight, I believe in the value of vitamin D supplements.


For those in the winter with no or very limited exposure to sunshine, 4,000 to 5,000 units per day would seem appropriate for most adults. If you are very heavy you may need to double the dose, and for children the dose can be half that amount. I have been taking 6,000 units with great results, my immune system is up and my shoulder feels great!


By the way, I have never received the flu shot nor have I had the flu in over 30 years. Other helpful secrets are:

1. Avoid sugar, this lowers white blood cells
2. No pork - can cause the flu
3. Take our
Healthy Immune Support Kit
4. Exercise regularly
5. Wash your hands throughout the day
6. Don't get stressed out, this elevates Cortisol
7. Avoid coffee, it elevates Cortisol
8. Follow our immune building protocol







No, not really, but our mainstream media whores would have you believe the Sydney, Australia, hostage taking is the most important story on Earth. Just thinking that the continuing slaughter of civilians in Syria, the starvation going on in Ukraine, or the million or so dead in Iraq since the U.S. invasion, or the hundreds, if not thousands of innocents tortured by U.S. forces or a hundred other things going on today, might be more important.

Back in the mid 1990's my wife was working at a bookstore in Orlando, Florida. One day a man came into a beauty shop next door and took hostages. There was a standoff for a few hours. I do not recall this story being covered world wide. So why is the Sydney story getting so much attention? It's because the hostage taker is from Iran.

Our government masters are so desperate to continue their wars and torture, they will do anything to demonize others. This government has been trying for years to start a fight with Iran. After all, whenever Israel wants a country destroyed it just follows that we, in the U.S. should do it.

Bruce                            New World Order News


Monday, December 15, 2014

5 Reasons to Question the Official Story of the 'Sydney Siege

image source

Brandon Turbeville
Activist Post

In the aftermath of yet another highly publicized terror attack (or at least the potential for a high profile attack) in Australia by foreign-born jihadists, the Western public is once again experiencing a variety of emotional reactions that they have carefully been trained to experience whenever such events take place at home or abroad.

The xenophobic pro-war right is predictably using the attack as an example of how all Muslims are terrorists and how their total annihilation and implementation of police state tactics are the only solution. The pathetic left-wing is attempting to portray the gunman as a “lone nut” with no political motives as a justification for more “anti-terror” laws. The vast majority in the middle, however, believe the official mainstream version of events, quake in their boots, and move on to the next form of entertainment provided to them by the culture creators without a second thought.

Yet, as is almost always the case, there is much more to the story than is being reported by mainstream outlets. There exists a number of unanswered questions and unexplained inconsistencies with the story of “Man Haron Monis” and his hostage taking escapade in Sydney.

1.) Man Haron Monis (aka Manteghi Boroujerdi) is Shiia, not Sunni.

While the mainstream reports may suggest that Monis is yet another ISIS-style terrorist that finally attempted to rise and meet his destiny by engaging in terrorist attacks in the West, there are a number of problems with the presentation in terms of details.

Western media reports that, among other ludicrous demands, Monis requested to be provided with an ISIS flag while holding up the café in the Sydney business district. The problem, however, is that Monis is Shiia, not Sunni. Sunni, of course, is the brand of Islam that ISIS espouses. While both sects see their share of fundamentalism, the twain do not mix.

Why then, would a Shiia cleric (fundamentalist or otherwise) request an IS flag at the scene of his crime for all the world to see?

2.) Is Monis A “Liberal Muslim” Or A “Fundamentalist Muslim?”

While the absurd request for an IS flag during the course of an act of violence being committed by a Shitte Muslim is enough to convince the average spectator that Monis was a member of ISIS, there is a distinct lack of consistency in the way in which Monis has been portrayed in the Western media. Nearly ten years ago, Monis was presented as a “liberal Muslim” preaching a brand of tolerant and mainstream Islam. Since 2013, however, Monis has been presented as both a murderer and now a terrorist. While the latter may certainly be true, the presentations are nonetheless contradictory.

Indeed, as Tony Cartalucci of Land Destroyer reports in his article “
Who Created Cartoon Character’Man Haron Monis’ Behind ‘Sydney Siege’ Crisis,” Monis has spoken glowingly of the West in the past; Canada, the United States, and Australia in particular. In an interview with The Religion Report of the Australian ABC, he stated,

...we can say Australia, Canada, England, USA, so many western countries, they are religious societies. They don't say 'We are religious', but in fact the spirit of religion, we can see the spirit of religion in these societies. And some other countries in the Middle East, in Asia, they say 'We are Islamic' they have a name of Islamic, but in fact they are not religious societies and religious governments. Whenever I walk in the street, whenever I go out in Australia, I feel I am in a real religious society. I don't want to say it is perfect, we don't have a perfect society on the earth, but when we compare, if we compare Australia with Iran and other countries in the Middle East, we can say it is heaven.

These are hardly the words of an Islamic terrorist filled with hatred for the West. Yet that is exactly what Monis is portrayed as being in later years. Indeed, there is little evidence to the contrary that the assailant was, in fact, Monis. The question then, is why the contradictory behavior and media portrayal of Monis.

3.) Monis Served US/NATO/West’s Interests As Propaganda Tool Against Iran

Before Monis became the star of Sunday evening/Monday morning news, he served as a convenient agent of propaganda against the government of Iran, itself a major target of NATO and the West.

As Tony Cartalucci writes,

But before Monis/Boroujerdi's recent run-ins with the law and his role as chief "Muslim boogeyman" in Australia, he was "Manteghi Boroujerdi," a "victim" of the "Iranian regime" who was in love with Western society.
Australia's ABC in its "Religion Report" dated January 31, 2001, introduced Monis/Boroujerdi as follows:
...while in Sydney we talk to Ayatollah Manteghi Boroujerdi, an Iranian cleric espousing a liberal brand of Islam - dangerously liberal, as his views have led to his wife and two daughters being held hostage in Iran.
The interview itself is used as yet another vehicle to carry along Western propaganda long-aimed at Iran. It claims Monis/Boroujerdi's family is in grave danger and that Monis/Boroujerdi himself would be executed should he ever return to Iran. It quotes Monis/Boroujerdi several times including claims he was formally associated with Iranian intelligence:
In Iran, mostly I have been involved with the Ministry of Intelligence and Security.
And was in contact with the UN regarding security issues in Iran:
...more than four years I have not seen my family, and the Iranian regime doesn't let them come out. In fact I can say they are hostage; as a hostage the Iranian regime wants to make me silent, because I have some secret information about government, and about their terrorist operations in the war. I sent a letter to the Secretary-General of the United Nations and somebody on behalf of Mr Kofi Anan sent the answer, and they want to do something. I have hope and always I pray and ask God to solve my problem.

4.) Did Monis Love His Wife And Fear For Her Safety Or Did He Kill Her?

Notice in the statement above that one of Monis’ gripes with the Iranian government was that not only was he in personal danger as a result of his “liberal” teachings, but his family was in danger as well. Ironically, he stated that his family was being held hostage by the Iranian regime. However, fast forward to 2013, and Monis
is facing charges on “accessory before and after the fact to the murder of [his ex-wife] Noleen Hayson Pal, 30, who was stabbed 18 times and set alight outside a western Sydney unit in April.”

While Monis would certainly not be the first man to kill his ex-wife, his concern for her safety at the hands of the Iranian government does not match up with the concern he allegedly showed her in Australia. If Monis was truly the “Hate Sheik” as he was presented in the articles regarding his ex-wife’s murder, then why was he first portrayed as such a loving liberal by the very same media?

It should also be noted that Monis recently made
a reputation for himself
by sending hate mail to the families of dead Australian soldiers who fought in Afghanistan. Monis’ letter writing campaign was used to stir up tension between the pro and anti-war factions in Australian society and cause quite the controversy publicly.

5.) Shiite Clerics In Australia Did Not Trust Monis

By 2008, Shiite religious leaders in Australia had asked Australian Federal security agents to investigate Monis and his activities. As an article in the Australian reported,

FEDERAL agents have been urged by the nation's senior Shia leader, Kamal Mousselmani, to investigate an Iranian man purporting to be a prominent Islamic cleric.

Sheik Mousselmani told The Australian yesterday the mystery cleric - who has been identified as Ayatollah Manteghi Boroujerdi on his website after appearing under the name Sheik Haron - was not a genuine Shia spiritual leader.

He said there were no ayatollahs - supreme Shia scholars - in Australia and none of his fellow spiritual leaders knew who Ayatollah Boroujerdi or Sheik Haron was.

"We don't know him and we have got nothing to do with him," Sheik Mousselmani said. "The federal police should investigate who he is. It should be their responsibility."

Yet, as Cartalucci adds in his own article,

But it was the Australian media itself who introduced him publicly as an "Ayatollah" and the Australian government that vetted him and allegedly granted him political asylum. He was allegedly in contact with the UN and was used to stir up anti-Iranian sentiment in Australia. It is then highly suspicious that now both the Australian media and the Australian government appear to have no knowledge of who he is or where he came from.


Whatever the true nature of Monis may be – legitimate mental patient, patsy, or tool of Western intelligence agencies – there is clearly much more to the story than what the mainstream press is printing and promoting.

Regardless, the only thing that we can know with absolute certainty is that the Sydney Siege will be used as propaganda to the utmost effect by all Western and NATO governments in the push for further war abroad and an even greater police state at home.







On March 8, 1942, construction began on the 1700 mile Alaskan Highway. The project was completed October 28, 1942. Excavation of the site for the construction of the Empire State Building began on January 22, 1930. The ribbon was cut for the finished building on May 1, 1931. These are just 2 examples of when American productivity was at its' greatest.

The subject video gives a sad commentary on the America of 2014. Construction projects all over the nation going at a snails pace. We see shoddy workmanship, poor planning, huge expense overruns, graft and even the generous timetables for completion are almost never reached.

Unfortunately, we are seeing this in all areas of American life. We see junk being sold in our stores. Frequently, these products are DOA and have to be returned or thrown away. We see contaminated food and GMO garbage being fed to us and our children. Our education system is producing the most illiterate students in American history. Our cars costing 10's of thousands of dollars now require more thousands of dollars to keep them running. Those of us who are older remember a time when it wasn't like this. It was a time when a highway could be built in 7 ½ months, not 7 ½ years. It was a time when a skyscraper could be built in less than 17 months, not 17 years. Yes, it could still be done today --- just not by us.

Bruce                                                  New World Order News








I have been covering the report on military and CIA torture for the past couple of days, but police brutality, here at home, beckons. Not to be outdone by any military psychopath, a California Deputy Sheriff shows us all how it is done.

The subject article and video shows what happens if you dare question a police officer. The victim had asked the officer to move his car since he was blocking traffic. A few minutes later the Deputy tasered him, beat him and stomped on the victims head. Then comes the “investigation”. The Sheriff's department spokesman said that if the victim had followed instructions, none of this would have happened.

And that's the problem. Follow instructions? Really? How about following the law you are sworn to uphold? If we have now given police the power to issue “instructions” upon penalty of abuse, we are doomed as a free society. The officer belongs in prison. Those covering up for him belong in prison. This has to stop. If the authorities continue encourage this kind of behavior, the public will begin to devise their own solutions.

Bruce                            New World Order News


Video: Cop Stomps Man’s Head Into Road

"America, help me!" yells man attacked with flashlight, taser, pepper spray after asking cop to move his car

Video: Cop Stomps Man's Head Into Road

by Steve Watson | | December 11, 2014

Video has emerged of a law enforcement officer in California forcefully stomping a man’s head into the concrete ground following an altercation that escalated after the man asked the cop to move his sqaud car from blocking the road.

KCRA reports that a Sacramento County sheriff’s deputy was also captured on video by another citizen striking the man hard with a flashlight after pepper spraying him in the face and electrocuting him with a taser.

The man seen in the video, 51 year old John Madison Reyes, says that the incident started when he asked the deputy to move his car as it was blocking the road.

I asked him kindly to move the car,” Reyes said. “He glared at me and stared at me. And then, I said an expletive, ‘You need to move the car because I can’t get through.’”

That’s when things took a turn for the worse.

Reyes, now covered in bruises, said that the officer began to question him about being on probation, after he was previously arrested for drug possession and carrying a concealed weapon.

The exchange devolved into physical altercation when Reyes “resisted arrest,” according to a sheriff’s spokeswoman.

The video begins with the deputy standing over Reyes, who is lying on the ground. He then forcefully stomps his head into the ground with his boot, and begins striking him repeatedly with a flashlight.

America help me!” Reyes cries, saying “this officer is abusing me in public.”

When the deputy orders Reyes to lie on his stomach, he yells back, “I’m trying to” and “I’ll turn over if you let me up.”

Reyes told reporters that it was impossible for him to turn over because he was being tasered. “How can I roll over when my body’s twitching with 100,000 volts going through it,” Reyes said.

Sacramento County Undersheriff Jaime Lewis, who is now conducting an “investigation,” claims that the video isn’t representative of the entire incident. “Let’s face it, had the subject complied with the officer’s directives from the initial contact and beyond, we wouldn’t be sitting here talking about this today,” Lewis said, noting that the officer has been placed on paid administrative leave while “concerning” portions of the video are assessed.

The witness who shot the video, Michael White, says that Reyes was not resisting arrest and had not done anything wrong.

The cop was walking around him, and he Tased him several times, and you could see the guy’s body convulse about three or four times,” White said. “And he’s not yelling or anything. He was not trying to get away.”

I think [the officer] should get fired,” White said. “I think he should go to jail. I don’t think administrative leave is enough.”







For most of the history of the United States, we could brag to the rest of the world that we were a nation of laws. No one was exempt from obedience to the law and the Constitution. We had checks and balances so if one part of the government sought too much power, another branch would prevent that. We had a government of involvement of the citizens and the press keeping watch on those who would subvert our way of life ----no more!

We now have a nation that tortures – anything goes. We have a nation where police can beat and kill innocent citizens without consequences--- anything goes. We have a nation where crooked bankers are rewarded with trillions in taxpayer money --- anything goes. We have a nation where if criminal fraud takes place on the part of bankers, no one gets punished --- anything goes. We have a nation where the President can now rule by executive order, bypassing Congress ---anything goes. We have a nation that sends drones around the world to kill people without any due process---anything goes. We have a nation that overthrows sovereign governments –anything goes. We have a nation that starts wars with anyone nation we choose, without any direct threat to our country ---anything goes.

And what is the response from most of the 315 million people living in this country? Nothing.

Bruce                                    New World Order News



UN counterterrorism expert says U.S. officials must be prosecuted for CIA torture

The Associated Press Posted: Dec 10, 2014 8:05 AM ET Last Updated: Dec 10, 2014 8:05 AM ET

Ben Emmerson, UN  special rapporteur  on counterterrorism and human rights, says U.S. officials should be prosecuted following revelations of CIA torture.

Ben Emmerson, UN special rapporteur on counterterrorism and human rights, says U.S. officials should be prosecuted following revelations of CIA torture. (Martial Trezzini, Keystone/Associated Press)

Senior U.S. officials who authorized and carried out torture as part of former President George W. Bush's national security policy must be prosecuted, a top United Nations special investigator said Wednesday.

Ben Emmerson, the UN's special rapporteur on counterterrorism and human rights, said in addition that all CIA and other U.S. officials who used waterboarding and other torture techniques must be prosecuted.

He said the Senate intelligence committee report on the CIA's harsh interrogation techniques at secret overseas facilities after the 9/11 terror attacks shows "there was a clear policy orchestrated at a high level within the Bush administration, which allowed to commit systematic crimes and gross violations of international human rights law."

The report, released Tuesday, has sparked a firestorm of controversy in the U.S. and abroad. President Barack Obama said the interrogation techniques "did significant damage to America's standing in the world and made it harder to pursue our interests with allies."

"The individuals responsible for the criminal conspiracy ... must be brought to justice, and must face criminal penalties commensurate with the gravity of their crimes," Emmerson said. "The fact that the policies revealed in this report were authorized at a high level within the U.S. government provides no excuse whatsoever. Indeed, it reinforces the need for criminal accountability."

European Union spokeswoman Catherine Ray emphasized that the Obama administration has worked since 2009 to see that torture is not used anymore but said it is "a commitment that should be enshrined in law."

Bush approved the program through a covert finding in 2002 but he wasn't briefed by the CIA on the details until 2006. Obama banned waterboarding and other tactics, yet other aspects of Bush's national security policies remain, most notably the U.S. detention center at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, and sweeping government surveillance programs.

According to Emmerson, international law prohibits granting immunity to public officials who allow the use of torture, and this applies not just to the actual perpetrators but also to those who plan and authorize it. As a result, he said, the U.S. government is "legally obliged to bring those responsible to justice."

Human Rights Watch's executive director Kenneth Roth also said "unless this important truth-telling process leads to prosecution of officials, torture will remain a `policy option' for future presidents."

Also Wednesday, the head of the CIA during President George W. Bush's second term says "I didn't lie" to Congress about harsh interrogations of terrorism suspects.

Michael Hayden

Michael Hayden headed the CIA during the second term of George W. Bush's administration. (Chuck France/Associated Press)

Retired Gen. Michael Hayden does say the intelligence community laboured after Sept. 11, 2001 to repel further attacks against the U.S.

Hayden tells NBC's Today show he advocated keeping Congress informed of what the intelligence community was doing. He said his objective "was to get these people to be part of the game."

Asked if Americans have the right to be appalled by the revelations in the Senate intelligence committee report about brutal interrogation tactics like waterboarding, Hayden said he didn't know.

But he added that "it's probably a good thing" the public now knows what efforts the CIA was making on its behalf.








According to the U.S. government report released today, we do. The “we” to whom I refer is the U.S. government. The report speaks to waterboarding, electrical prods, sleep deprivation, ice water baths, with some resulting in death. The worst thing about this is, the report acknowledges many of those tortured were innocent. They were grabbed on unsubstantiated accusations.

While we, in the United States were preoccupied with football or basketball or some other form of entertainment, our government has embarked on a reign of terror in several areas of the middle east and Africa. We send drones out to kill people and admit that while we are looking for someone we think is a terrorist hundreds of innocent people are killed – no apologies, no guilt, just more of the same.

I remember as a child watching movies showing the barbarism of the Japanese towards those whom they conquered and those whom they captured. It was repulsive to us as children as well as our parents. We have also been continually reminded of the brutality of Nazi Germany during the 30's and 40's. Today it was made public that we have become them.

Bruce                                              New World Order News


Stop believing the lies: America tortured more than 'some folks' – and covered it up


CIA defenders are out in force now that a historic report has exposed a decade of horrific American shame. Torture didn’t work, but why aren’t the architects of torture in jail?

bush torture architects

Over the next few days, there will be a former official, trying to defend the indefensible. Photograph: DonkeyHotey / Flickr via Creative Commons

Tuesday 9 December 2014 13.43 EST

It wasn’t that bad, we’ve been told, over and over again, for more than a decade. “We only waterboarded three people” goes the line American officials have been force-feeding the world for years. “We tortured some folks,” Barack Obama admitted recently, still downplaying war crimes committed in America’s name. But we now know those statements do not even begin to do justice to the horrific activities carried out by the CIA for years – atrocities that now have been exposed by the US Senate’s historic report on the CIA’s torture program, finally released on Tuesday after years of delay.

There are stories in the CIA torture report of “rectal rehydration as a means of behavior control”, threats to murder and “threats to sexually abuse the mother of a detainee” – or cut a mother’s throat. There are details about detainees with broken bones forced to stand for days on end, detainees blindfolded, dragged down hallways while they were beaten. There were even torture sessions that ended in death. The list goes on and on, and on and on.

But beyond all the the depravity, perhaps the most shocking part of this exposed history is the action of US officials who knew these horrors were unfolding – and covered them up.

For years, as the 480-page executive summary of the report documents in meticulous detail, these officials lied to the Senate, the Justice Department, the White House, to the American public and to the world. They prevented CIA officers involved from being disciplined. They investigated and marginalized those who were investigating them. They happily leaked classified information to journalists – much of it false – without worry of consequence.

For the past few days, we have seen many of the same resentfulpoliticians and former CIA leaders in charge of the torture-denial regime being handed virtual royalty status by the American media to respond to pre-emptively respond to the report without much of any pushback. Dick Cheney basically got to write his own interview in the New York Times, while Michael Hayden, the former NSA and CIA director in charge of lying to the Senate for years, was handed softball after softball by Bob Schieffer of CBS News to make his case. It is borderline propaganda.

michael hayden torture

Don’t let the decorations fool you: Michael Hayden lied to the world about torture. Photograph: Brendan Smialowski/Getty Images

As Schieffer innocently asked Hayden a few days ago: “Do you know of anybody from the CIA, in your view, who lied to Congress about what was going on there?” Hayden’s name appears in the torture report more than 200 times, and most of the references document the various times he knowingly misled one government body or another. As media organizations continue turning to Hayden for comment time and again, they should understand the Senate report indicates that basically every time he’s opened his mouth about “enhanced interrogation” over the past decade, he’s has been lying.

Even if it’s not Hayden, you can bet over the next few days that in almost every newspaper article and on every cable-news network, there will be a former intelligence official – trying to defend the indefensible, refusing “to use the word ‘torture’”. Already, this op-ed published at the Wall Street Journal, where all the complicit former CIA directors in an attempt muddy the waters, gives you a good idea of what they’ll be saying.

The torture defenders from the CIA and the Bush administration probably won’t even make a serious attempt to say they didn’t torture anyone – just that it was effective, that there were “serious mistakes”, but that “countless lives have been saved and our Homeland is more secure” – with a capital H.

This highlights the mistake of the Senate committee, in a way. Instead of focusing on the illegal nature of the torture, Senator Dianne Feinstein’s investigators worked to document torture’s ineffectiveness. The debate, now, is whether torture worked. It clearly didn’t. But the debate should be: Why the hell aren’t these torturous liars in jail?

Worse still, the CIA has still largely succeeded in stripping the landmark report of anything that could lead to accountability. The agents who were not only protected from discipline for their actions but were promoted now have their names completely redacted. So, too, are the names of the dozens of countries that helped the CIA carry out its torture regime. That includes many of the world’s worst dictators – the very men America now claims to hate, including Egypt’s Hosni Mubarak, Syria’s Bashar al-Assad, and Libya’s Muammar Gaddafi.

But make no mistake: there’s still an extraordinary amount to take away from this report. If there is one tragic story, out of the many, that is emblematic of the CIA program, as its supporters defend it in the days, it’s that of Gul Ruhman. It may be two stories – it’s hard to know, so much has been redacted and the atrocities are so countless – but at least one Gul Ruhman we know was tortured at the notorious CIA black site known as the Salt Pit, chained to the floor and frozen to death. The CIA’s inspector general referred this person’s case to CIA leadership for discipline, but was overruled. Four months after the incident, the officer who gave the order that led to Rahman’s death was recommended for a $2,500 “cash reward” for his “consistently superior work”.

Footnote 32 explains why a dead prisoner ended up in CIA custody in the first place: “Gul Ruhman, another case of mistaken identity.”







When I was just 9 years old I witnessed a new phenomenon is the Milwaukee area. There was a restaurant where one could walk in, order a hamburger, fries and a shake. Pay 40 cents and get your food immediately. That restaurant was McDonalds. Today, there are McDonalds all over the world. Many cities have dozens of those fast food restaurants. Getting food fast and getting food cheap, was the theme for more than a generation, but today may be signaling the end of this fad.

The subject article reports sales at Mcdonalds are the worst in 10 years. In order to analyze what's going on in the fast food business, one has to go back to the reasons for their past success. Over past decades, you could go into a fast food and get reasonable food at low prices. This is no longer the case. Fast food restaurants now serve food that is barely edible. There have been stories of hamburgers 10 or 20 years old, not having decayed at all. No wonder we have digestive problems. The second problem is price. There is nothing cheap about a small soda costing $1.19. The price of fish sandwiches hovers around $3.00, to say nothing about just what constitutes “fish”.

If this is the beginning of the end (and I hope it is), we shouldn't be surprised. As greedy corporate executives take control of companies, they do everything they can to squeeze every penny out of their suppliers, customers and employees. That being the case, this type of company deserves a quick end.

Bruce                                                   New World Order News


McDonalds Implodes, Reports Worst US Sales In Over A Decade

Tyler Durden's picture

Submitted by Tyler Durden on 12/08/2014 09:19 -0500


If one ignores all traditional, staple indicators of a growing economy, such as stable (not plummeting) crude demand, stable (not plummeting) holiday spending and stable (not plummeting) McDonalds comp store sales, then indeed the US economy has "decoupled" from the rest of the world, and those who wish to demonstrate the same intellectual capacity as Tim Geithner, will welcome you to the (latest non-)recovery.

And yet for those, who are leery of seasonally-adjusted government data (showing soaring low-wage jobs offset by crashing employment in the energy sector and M&A synergies which mysteriously are never captured), or sentiment surveys and confidence polls (of Wall Street executives and government workers), here is the latest data from McDonalds. Showing the worst US comp store sales in nearly 12 years at -4.6%, one does wonder if following America's inability to even pay for sub-$1 meals, mass starvation will follow?

McDonalds US comp store sales:

McDonalds global comp store sales:

And for all those who are blissfully ignoring the impact of the soaring USD on corporate profits, here is a wake up call from McDonalds:

The following items are expected to negatively impact fourth quarter results
  • $0.07 to $0.09 per share due to strengthening of the U.S. dollar against nearly all foreign currencies

But... but... lower oil prices!?








No? Well, today our House of Representatives passes a resolution accusing Russia of everything from invading Ukraine to killing Abraham Lincoln. Only 10 representatives out of 435 voted no. The resolution not only condemned Russia for “acts of aggression”, but intimated they would support retaliation. What they did not say was who, among all of them, is willing to pick up a rifle and lead the charge against Russia.

Many times I have referred to those in charge of our government as “insaniacs”. War with Russia? Really? And what do they say Russia is doing? Invading Ukraine? The only problem is there is no evidence that there are Russian troops in Ukraine, but there are many other wars going on. Let's see who's doing what.

Who bombed Libya? Who bombed Serbia? Who invaded Iraq? Who invaded Afghanistan? Who supplied arms and money to ISIS? Who send drones to kill people in Pakistan, Yemen and other areas of Africa and the Middle East? Did Russia do this?

Bruce                                New World Order News


Reckless Congress 'Declares War' on Russia

Written by Ron Paul

Thursday December 4, 2014


Today the US House passed what I consider to be one of the worst pieces of legislation ever. H. Res. 758 was billed as a resolution “strongly condemning the actions of the Russian Federation, under President Vladimir Putin, which has carried out a policy of aggression against neighboring countries aimed at political and economic domination.”

In fact, the bill was 16 pages of war propaganda that should have made even neocons blush, if they were capable of such a thing.

These are the kinds of resolutions I have always watched closely in Congress, as what are billed as “harmless” statements of opinion often lead to sanctions and war. I remember in 1998 arguing strongly against the Iraq Liberation Act because, as I said at the time, I knew it would lead to war. I did not oppose the Act because I was an admirer of Saddam Hussein – just as now I am not an admirer of Putin or any foreign political leader – but rather because I knew then that another war against Iraq would not solve the problems and would probably make things worse. We all know what happened next.

That is why I can hardly believe they are getting away with it again, and this time with even higher stakes: provoking a war with Russia that could result in total destruction!

If anyone thinks I am exaggerating about how bad this resolution really is, let me just offer a few examples from the legislation itself:

The resolution (paragraph 3) accuses Russia of an invasion of Ukraine and condemns Russia’s violation of Ukrainian sovereignty. The statement is offered without any proof of such a thing. Surely with our sophisticated satellites that can read a license plate from space we should have video and pictures of this Russian invasion. None have been offered. As to Russia’s violation of Ukrainian sovereignty, why isn’t it a violation of Ukraine’s sovereignty for the US to participate in the overthrow of that country’s elected government as it did in February? We have all heard the tapes of State Department officials plotting with the US Ambassador in Ukraine to overthrow the government. We heard US Assistant Secretary of State Victoria Nuland bragging that the US spent $5 billion on regime change in Ukraine. Why is that OK?

The resolution (paragraph 11) accuses the people in east Ukraine of holding “fraudulent and illegal elections” in November. Why is it that every time elections do not produce the results desired by the US government they are called “illegal” and “fraudulent”? Aren’t the people of eastern Ukraine allowed self-determination? Isn’t that a basic human right?

The resolution (paragraph 13) demands a withdrawal of Russia forces from Ukraine even though the US government has provided no evidence the Russian army was ever in Ukraine. This paragraph also urges the government in Kiev to resume military operations against the eastern regions seeking independence.

The resolution (paragraph 14) states with certainty that the Malaysia Airlines flight 17 that crashed in Ukraine was brought down by a missile “fired by Russian-backed separatist forces in eastern Ukraine.” This is simply incorrect, as the final report on the investigation of this tragedy will not even be released until next year and the preliminary report did not state that a missile brought down the plane. Neither did the preliminary report – conducted with the participation of all countries involved – assign blame to any side.

Paragraph 16 of the resolution condemns Russia for selling arms to the Assad government in Syria. It does not mention, of course, that those weapons are going to fight ISIS – which we claim is the enemy -- while the US weapons supplied to the rebels in Syria have actually found their way into the hands of ISIS!

Paragraph 17 of the resolution condemns Russia for what the US claims are economic sanctions (“coercive economic measures”) against Ukraine. This even though the US has repeatedly hit Russia with economic sanctions and is considering even more!

The resolution (paragraph 22) states that Russia invaded the Republic of Georgia in 2008. This is simply untrue. Even the European Union – no friend of Russia –
concluded in its investigation of the events in 2008 that it was Georgia that “started an unjustified war” against Russia not the other way around! How does Congress get away with such blatant falsehoods? Do Members not even bother to read these resolutions before voting?

In paragraph 34 the resolution begins to even become comical, condemning the Russians for what it claims are attacks on computer networks of the United States and “illicitly acquiring information” about the US government. In the aftermath of the Snowden revelations about the level of US spying on the rest of the world, how can the US claim the moral authority to condemn such actions in others?

Chillingly, the resolution singles out Russian state-funded media outlets for attack, claiming that they “distort public opinion.” The US government, of course, spends billions of dollars worldwide to finance and sponsor media outlets including Voice of America and RFE/RL, as well as to subsidize “independent” media in countless counties overseas. How long before alternative information sources like RT are banned in the United States? This legislation brings us closer to that unhappy day when the government decides the kind of programming we can and cannot consume – and calls such a violation “freedom.”

The resolution gives the green light (paragraph 45) to Ukrainian President Poroshenko to re-start his military assault on the independence-seeking eastern provinces, urging the “disarming of separatist and paramilitary forces in eastern Ukraine.” Such a move will mean many more thousands of dead civilians.

To that end, the resolution directly involves the US government in the conflict by calling on the US president to “provide the government of Ukraine with lethal and non-lethal defense articles, services, and training required to effectively defend its territory and sovereignty.” This means US weapons in the hands of US-trained military forces engaged in a hot war on the border with Russia. Does that sound at all like a good idea?

There are too many more ridiculous and horrific statements in this legislation to completely discuss. Probably the single most troubling part of this resolution, however, is the statement that “military intervention” by the Russian Federation in Ukraine “poses a threat to international peace and security.” Such terminology is not an accident: this phrase is the poison pill planted in this legislation from which future, more aggressive resolutions will follow. After all, if we accept that Russia is posing a “threat” to international peace how can such a thing be ignored? These are the slippery slopes that lead to war.

This dangerous legislation passed today, December 4, with only ten (!) votes against! Only ten legislators are concerned over the use of blatant propaganda and falsehoods to push such reckless saber-rattling toward Russia.

Here are the Members who voted “NO” on this legislation. If you do not see your own Representative on this list call and ask why they are voting to bring us closer to war with Russia! If you do see your Representative on the below list, call and thank him or her for standing up to the warmongers.

Voting “NO”
on H. Res. 758:

1) Justin Amash (R-MI)
2) John Duncan (R-TN)
3) Alan Grayson, (D-FL)
4) Alcee Hastings (D-FL)
5) Walter Jones (R-NC)
6) Thomas Massie (R-KY)
7) Jim McDermott (D-WA)
8 George Miller (D-CA)
9) Beto O’Rourke (D-TX)
10 Dana Rohrabacher (R-CA)



Goon Thug Cops Murder At Will

Another gang of goon thug gratuitous murderers has been let off by a racist grand jury and a racist non-prosecutor

Goon Thug Cops Murder At Will

by Paul Craig Roberts | | December 4, 2014

Another gang of goon thug gratuitous murderers has been let off by a racist grand jury and a racist non-prosecutor. Read the verbiage spewed by NY mayor Bill de Blasio and the Obama Puppet: They are so sorry about the collateral damage of protecting the public from criminals and terrorists. Without the death of innocents, none of us would be safe. Our safety depended on the NYPD murder of Eric Garner, a father of six who was a threat to no one.

Another police murder of a US citizen who was no threat to anyone–just more collateral damage–as the US military calls it when US forces blow up kids’ soccer games, weddings, funerals, and birthday parties. Any concentration of people, regardless of what they are doing, is considered to be an enemy force and legitimate target. This includes people picking their crops in fields.

Unfortunate perhaps, on occasion, but soldiers and police and US presidents have the right to make mistakes. Only a dangerous “domestic extremist” would think that a goon thug should be held accountable for a mistake. I mean, after all, the 21st century American courts have established that those in the executive branch are above the law. American judges are sworn to uphold the US Constitution, but this has not stopped them from subverting it in the interest of executive power in order to make us “safe.”

Accountability would prevent “our” government from protecting us. Law gets in the way by protecting innocents from fabricated charges and a citizenry from a tyrannical government. How can any American be safe unless the government has total power to protect the citizen by declaring him without any evidence to be a threat and thereby a subject for extermination?

Really, I mean, without the authoritative powerful and unrestrained government in Washington and in the police, how would any of us be safe? Threats would be everywhere, and we would all be murdered in our beds by domestic extremists if not by terrorists. Without total power, Washington would be unable to protect us.

Joseph Stalin and Adolf Hitler have shown us the way, and Washington has taken it to heart as long as you understand that killing is what makes us safe. The more killing the safer we are.

You might be next, but it will just be collateral damage, an essential element of keeping Americans “safe.”

Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His internet columns have attracted a worldwide following. His latest book, The Failure of Laissez Faire Capitalism and Economic Dissolution of the West is now available.






I really hate talking about this. And yes, I know, not all police are bad. There were police officers in my family as is the case in millions of families in the U.S. Having said this I am shocked that this nation is now giving a free pass to police to kill anyone they want for any reason they want. This is so shocking to most of us, that we cannot believe it's actually true. Well, it is.

In the latest outrage, a man was detained by New York Police for selling untaxed cigarettes. They then put him into a banned choke hold and he died a short time later. Today, a New York grand jury refused to indict any officer on any charge.

2 things come to mind here. Prosecutors are using the grand jury system, not to prosecute, but to act as defense lawyers for their police. The other thing is the public has been convinced that what would be a crime for the rest of us, is allowed for police. We should all be aware history confirms this kind of brutality unchecked, will spread quickly to the rest of us. We have only ourselves to blame.

Bruce                                        New World Order News

Eric Garner: Killed by Police For Tax Evasion

Cop choked Garner to death for selling untaxed cigarettes

by Paul Joseph Watson | December 3, 2014


The Grand Jury decision not to indict an NYPD officer for choking Eric Garner to death is a shocking travesty of justice, but why were police harassing Garner in the first place?

The answer; He violated New York City’s ridiculous cigarette tax laws. Eric Garner was summarily executed for avoiding taxes.

Garner was tackled by several cops and put in an illegal chokehold by Officer Daniel Pantaleo during an incident in Staten Island earlier this summer. Video footage clearly shows that Garner was not resisting arrest and was not acting aggressively towards the officers. The 43-year-old father of six begged for his life, telling officers he couldn’t breathe, before dying moments later in what the medical examiner’s office ruled a homicide caused by the chokehold.

Garner was choked to death for the crime of selling untaxed cigarettes, so-called “loosies”. His fatal encounter with the NYPD would not even have occurred if not for New York’s punitively insane cigarette tax, which levies an additional state tax of $4.35 per pack in addition to a further city tax of $1.50 per pack, driving an underground economy which accounts for over half of all cigarettes consumed in New York State.

Cigarette smuggling has increased 59 per cent since 2006 in response to a 190 percent hike in cigarette tax during that same period.

Garner chose to participate in the booming underground cigarette market as a smuggler. Since 2009, he had been arrested eight times for selling loosies, which are popular among people who can’t afford a full pack because of the excessive taxes,” writes Lawrence J. McQuillan, noting that NYPD chief Philip Banks issued an order to crack down on vendors of smuggled cigarettes just days before Garner died.

In November 2013, Mayor Michael Bloomberg signed a bill which increased “enforcement on vendors who attempt to evade taxes.”

These events confirm that police are ultimately the enforcers of the tax code, and every vote for higher taxes gives police increased authority to exert more force on citizens in more situations. Higher excise taxes inevitably lead to more violent clashes between police and smugglers,” concludes McQuillan.

The responsibility for Garner’s death should not be shifted away from Officer Daniel Pantaleo, who clearly should have been put on trial for manslaughter, but the entire situation would not have arose in the first place if not for New York’s obsession with high taxes.

Many reacted to the non-indictment on Twitter by referring to the tax issue.







Over the past few months much attention has been paid to the killing of Michael Brown by a police officer in Ferguson, Missouri. After the Grand Jury failed to indict the officer, demonstrations erupted all over the nation, but it is so much more than that.

The subject video covers many incidents of police brutality put to music. The title is “This is what happens when you call the cops”. In spite of the efforts of many to portray this as a racial issue, it clearly is not. Way too many police are using their uniform and badge as a license to brutalize and kill unarmed citizens. In fact, more than 10 times as many people have been killed by police as have been killed by terrorists in the past 10 years.

Like it or not, we, in the United States are now subject to a police state. Police rarely are disciplined when they kill someone. On the other side, if police beat someone, the victim is often charged with assault. The direction in which this is going is predictable. Police are setting themselves up for the inevitable reaction from citizens. After completing their shift, they have to go home. They have to shop, go to restaurants, go to movies and sporting events. If I were a police officer, I would not want to face my friends, family and neighbors, after abusing them or those they love. That's just stupid, but that's where we're headed.

Bruce                                      New World Order News


This is What Happens When You Call The Cops

Anyone who thinks this is just a race issue better open their eyes.

by Martin Armstrong | Armstrong Economics | December 2, 2014

There is a new music video that is going viral entitled This is What Happens When You Call The Cops. It is a shocking video putting together numerous clips of Police Brutality that is very disturbing to say the least. It has captured the stark transformation of the police into a militaristic force far removed from the old days.

The days of Norman Rockwell are gone and this is what I fear is unfolding as the Domestic War Cycle turns up. We are more likely than not going to see widespread violence targeted against the police after 2015.75. Once the economy turns down, the frustration against government will rise up like the 1960s. This time, it will not just be a black issue. The militarization of the police has no boundary of race, creed, or gender.

This video captures the resentment that is bubbling beneath the surface. Anyone who thinks this is just a race issue better open their eyes. The abuse has no limits. The civil asset forfeiture laws are unleashing criminal activity sanctioned by the courts against the people no different from Rome when its armies sacked their own cities to get paid. Indeed, perhaps the greatest lesson of history is that we never learn anything from it. Amazing.







The subject article covers Sears closing another 144 stores while laying off an additional 8,000 employees. Sears has been hemorrhaging money for several years. They have been able to stay in business by borrowing money from major banks. They then borrow more money to pay the interest on previously borrowed money. They also sell assets to raise cash.

This is all coming to an end. I can't see how they'll survive the next year, but who knows? Maybe the banks will continue to hold them up. In any event, the inevitable collapse of Sears and Kmart signals the beginning of the financial collapse of the U.S. How so? The next time you are at a mall or driving in any city in the U.S., take a look at the large anchor stores in shopping centers. It is almost always Sears and Penney's. (Penney's is another sorry story). Once they go out those shopping centers will also go bankrupt. As it is, many shopping centers are having financial problems.

So, collapsing Sears, collapsing Penney's, collapsing shopping centers, collapsing real estate investments all lead to a domino effect in the U.S. economy --- and no, there is no way to prevent it. In any event, no one can say that we, as a nation, haven't been warned over and over again.

Bruce                            New World Order News





  • Growing list of store liquidations now extends into 2015 fiscal year.

  • Closures include 70 Kmart stores, 39 Sears stores, 35 Sears Auto Centers, two distribution centers, and three repair facilities.

  • At Sears stores that remain open, employees report layoffs of HR managers, loss prevention managers, department managers, and auto center employees.

Liquidation banners hang from the ceiling of a Kmart store in Oregon City, Ore.

Liquidation banners hang from the ceiling of a Kmart store in Oregon City, Ore. (Source: Mitch Nolen)

"I was like, 'Oh my gosh!'" Shyloh Becker said, upon hearing that her Oregon City, Ore., Kmart store was going to close. She has a layaway account at the store for her family's Christmas presents. Raising five children can be expensive, she says, so it's helped to be able to lock down sale prices and pay in installments.

But her store is one of many on an ever-growing list of Sears (NASDAQ:SHLD) and Kmart locations slated to shut down in coming months. And in recent days, reports of layoffs and liquidation sales have begun reaching into the 2015 fiscal year.







I have resisted commenting on this issue for the last couple of days while it settled down a bit. While burning and looting and rioting is, in itself, extremely significant, it has no bearing on the justification or lack thereof in the killing of Michael Brown. Nor does the size of Brown or whether or not he was holding stolen cigars have any justification in the killing of Michael Brown.

It is my belief that the guilt or innocents of an accused individual will be born out by their own testimony. The words of Darren Wilson, quoted above, I believe confirms his guilt. If Officer Wilson had struck Michael Brown in the face, and if Officer Brown were 6'4” and 250 pounds and if Officer Wilson had just shoplifted a box of cigars and then Michael Brown shot him several times, would Michael Brown have been bound over for trial for murder or manslaughter.

We know he absolutely would have. This would have been a clear case of excessive force used to prevent a minor crime.

Officer Wilson said he did his job right. Notice he didn't say, he prevented himself from a possible deadly assault. He said he did HIS JOB right. Sadly, it is the view of way too many police that their job is to decide who lives and dies. Officer Wilson said, Michael Brown was a very large man. He also said Michael Brown struck him in the face. He also said Michael Brown stole some cigars. Those are the facts as SAID BY HIM. Therefore, he determined those circumstances deserve the death penalty ---convicted by his own words.

Bruce                                 New World Order News


Darren Wilson says he's sorry but his conscience is clear

By Ray Sanchez, CNN

updated 7:59 PM EST, Wed November 26, 2014

Source: CNN

(CNN) -- Ferguson, Missouri, police Officer Darren Wilson, in his first interview since he fatally shot unarmed teenager Michael Brown, said he's not tormented by that fateful encounter on a street in suburban St. Louis last summer.

"I don't think it's haunting," Wilson told ABC News on Tuesday. "It's always going to be something that happened. The reason I have a clean conscience is that I know I did my job right."

Repeating what he told a grand jury investigating the shooting, Wilson said Brown reached into his police vehicle and grabbed for his gun. He feared for his life, he said.

Wilson: Wouldn't matter if Brown was white

Attorney: Cop's 'demon' term revealing

Grace: Wilson's story doesn't add up

Photos: Unrest in Ferguson Photos: Unrest in Ferguson

It all started when Wilson asked the teenager to move out of the middle of the street, the officer told ABC's George Stephanopoulos. Brown walked over to his car and pushed the door back as Wilson tried to get out, the officer said.

"As I looked back at him, punches started flying," Wilson said in the interview, which aired Tuesday night. "He threw the first one and hit me in the left side of my face."

Wilson doesn't know how many times he got hit.

"I just know there was a barrage of swinging and grabbing and pulling for about 10 seconds," Wilson told ABC. "I reached out my window with my right hand to grab on to his forearm."

Wilson said he wanted to move Brown away.

"I just felt the immense power that he had. And then the way I've described it is, it was like a 5-year-old holding onto Hulk Hogan. That's just how big this man was," Wilson said. "He was very large, very powerful man."

Wilson is 6-foot-4 and 210 pounds; Brown was the same height and weighed nearly 300 pounds.

Brown unleashed another punch and struck the officer in his face, Wilson said.

"How do I survive," Wilson recalled thinking. "I didn't know if I'd be able to survive another hit like that."

Wilson reached for his gun and told Brown to back off or he would shoot, the officer said.

"You're too much of a (word bleeped) to shoot me," Wilson said Brown told him, before grabbing the top of the officer's gun.

Wilson tried to squeeze off two shots but the gun jammed twice.

Brown, he said, tried to reach the trigger guard to shoot Wilson. Wilson got a shot off on his third attempt, he said.

"He gets even angrier," Wilson said. "His aggression, his face, the intensity just increases. He comes back in at me again."

There was another shot, Wilson told ABC. The officer gets out of his car and goes after Brown, who turns around from 30 to 40 feet away.

Wilson said Brown reached into his waistband with one hand and made a fist with the other.

"He starts charging me," Wilson said in the interview. "My initial thought was, is there a weapon in there."

Officer Darren Wilson Officer Darren Wilson

Wilson said Brown never had his hands up as if to surrender.

Brown charged at Wilson, the officer said.

"I decide to shoot," he said "I fired a series of shots and paused. I noticed at least one of them hit him. I don't know where. I saw his body kind of flinch a little."

Wilson said he paused again and commanded Brown to stop.

Brown kept coming. Wilson said he fired again and Brown flinched as if hit.

With Brown just 15 feet away, Wilson said, he backpedaled. Brown got closer and positioned himself to tackle the officer, according to Wilson, who then shot the teenager in the top of the head.

Wilson told ABC that he was sorry for the loss of life but that he was simply doing his job and following his training.

Wilson said he recently married.

"We just want to have a normal life," he told ABC. "That's it."

The death of Brown sparked violent demonstrations in the days after the shooting and again on Monday night, when it was announced that a Missouri grand jury would not charge Wilson. There were more protests Tuesday, in Ferguson and around the nation.

In the hourlong interview, Wilson said he could not have done anything differently.

Asked if the incident would have turned out differently if Michael Brown had been white, Wilson said no.

What's next for Wilson?

Wilson, 28, spent six years with the Ferguson police department before being placed on administrative leave following the shooting. Wilson worked for two years at another police department before that.

He remains on leave, pending the outcome of an internal investigation, Ferguson Mayor James Knowles told reporters Tuesday.

"No decision has been made," Knowles said. "His current employment status has not changed."

Last week, people close to the talks told CNN that the officer was in the final stages of negotiations with city officials to resign from the police department.

Wilson has told associates he would resign as a way to help ease pressure and protect his fellow officers.

The United States Justice Department is also investigating whether Wilson violated Brown's civil rights.

In newly released transcripts of testimony that the grand jury heard while considering whether to bring charges in Brown's death, Wilson told the jurors that he had never fired his gun on duty before that day.

Wilson told the grand jury his original goal was to arrest Brown, after identifying him as a possible suspect in a shop theft.

Wilson fired 12 shots, according to the grand jury proceedings.

The officer told the St. Louis County grand jury that two shots were fired during a struggle at his police vehicle and that he then fired three bursts of gunfire as he chased and later backed away from Brown. He testified that his Sig Sauer .40-caliber gun held a maximum of 13 bullets.






Over the past day or so we have been treated to economists and government spokesmen trumpeting figures showing the U.S. economy is improving. They show the Gross Domestic Product is increasing at an accelerating pace.

The subject article takes issue with these latest figures –Surprise! Surprise! Let me put it in a different way. Known liars say the GDP is improving. Known liars say unemployment is going down. Known liars say inflation is almost non existent. When one looks at it that way, the phrase “known liars” jumps out instead of whatever they're peddling today. If someone, who I know to be a liar, tells me anything, I tend to dismiss it.

It takes a lot of effort to sort through all the statistics in the subject article. I think our government masters want to bog us down with a pile of manure. I choose to spend only a few minutes looking at the volume of information. I have come to believe that if one digs deep enough, he will find whatever they say to be false. Knowing this, we can all save a lot of time and not bother with their “statistics”.

Bruce                             New World Order News


The Mystery Of Surging Q3 GDP Explained And Why Americans Are Suddenly $80 Billion "Poorer"

Tyler Durden's picture

Submitted by Tyler Durden on 11/26/2014 11:33 -0500

The final major datapoint of the day was the Consumer Income and Spending data from the US Dept of Commerce's Bureau of Economic Analysis, the same outfit that yesterday shocked everyone with just how much better US GDP was. Well, today, we learned just where the offset came from. Because while on the surface, both income (+0.2%) and spending (+0.2%) missed expectations of a 0.4% and 0.3%, respectively...

... it was the revised data that the US department of data fudging once again showed why it has long since surpassed China.

Behold what is perhaps the most important data series in all of US eco: Disposable Personal Income. We say behold, because there are some rather massive variations between what the BEA reported a month ago, and what it reported today, as relates to all the data issued since March. To wit:

Essentially, the just reported Disposable Persona; Income print of $13.109 trillion as of the end of October, is where according to the old, unrevised data US houshold income was some time in August. Whatever happened to two months of income?

Which brings us to the other all important number: the personal savings rate. At just reported at 5.0%...

... something strucks us: this number was reported at 5.6% last month.

And sure enough, since Disposable Personal Income flows into personal savings, net of outlays, it was clear that American savings would be dramatically impacted as a result of the massive data revision.

Sure enough, this is how the US personal savings rate looked like based on the old and just revised data.



And, the punchline: US savings in absolute terms, an $80 billion decline in savings from the old September print and the latest, post-revision, number of just over $650 billion.

So there you have it: in order to "suggest" that the US economy had grown by a far greater than expected run-rate, the BEA was forced to revise away personal income, and "assume" these had instead been invested in the US economy, in the form of a surge of durable goods purchases. Sure enough, while both incomes and savings tumbled, spending magically surged:

So if that "statistical" amount of money you thought you had saved in the BEA's savings.xls spreadsheet just dropped by 10%, fear not dear Americans: it was all used for a good cause: to fabricate a much stronger than expected Q3 GDP number.





Think again? Over the past few years I have posted some articles and videos critical of Rand Paul. The subject article cover still another reason to dismiss him as a true libertarian. In a bill to be introduced in the Senate, Rand Paul wants to declare war on ISIS. Really? We need another war?

Just to review, ISIS, like Al-Qaeda, is a creation of the United States. They were trained, paid and armed by the U.S. Just look at those trucks they are driving in those propaganda videos. They have Toyota trucks built in Texas for U.S. Special forces. Now they drive them. They have U.S. missiles, U.S. rifles, U.S. rockets and U.S. armored personnel carriers.

If Rand Paul wants to start a war to protect the security of the United States, how about a war to protect our border? Better yet, how about a war against those who lie about the reasons for war and then make billions in profits getting us to fight them?

Bruce                                      New World Order News



Rand Paul Declares War on ISIS—and Allows Boots on the Ground

The Kentucky senator, seeking to define himself as a foreign-policy heavyweight ahead of 2016, will introduce a measure in the Senate next month declaring war on the terror group.

The most important” part of Rand Paul’s assessment of “questions of war,” the Kentucky senator told The Daily Beast this fall, is “how you go to war.” Now he’s putting that assessment into action with a plan to introduce a declaration of war against ISIS in the Senate next month.

The move is part of Paul’s ongoing campaign to position himself as a foreign-policy heavyweight ahead of the Republican presidential primaries, when he is expected to mount a campaign for the nomination. But it may simply be dismissed as a tit-for-tat gesture as Republicans complain of executive overreach in the aftermath of President Obama’s executive order on immigration.

As Obama is hit with charges of overstepping his power, Paul’s resolution could be perceived as an attempt to strike back in another conflict: the now 200-year-old war between the executive and legislative branches of government. The senator’s resolution would turn on its head the traditional process by which presidents lead the United States into conflict and Congress says, “Sure, why not?”

In a draft of the resolution obtained by The Daily Beast, Paul states that “the organization referring to itself as the Islamic State has declared war on the United States and its allies” and that ISIS “presents a clear and present danger to United States diplomatic facilities in the region, including our embassy in Baghdad, Iraq, and consulate in Erbil, Iraq.”

The Obama administration has justified the bombing campaign against ISIS by claiming that it is enabled by the 2001 Authorization for Use of Military Force in Afghanistan, passed in the wake of the 9/11 attacks, and the 2002 Authorization for Use of Military Force in Iraq. Paul’s resolution would terminate the latter and place an expiration date on the former, one year after the passing of his resolution.

Perhaps most surprisingly, Paul’s resolution will allow for limited use of boots on the ground “as necessary for the protection or rescue of members of the United States Armed Forces or United States citizens from imminent danger [posed by ISIS]… for limited operations against high value targets,” and “as necessary for advisory and intelligence gathering operations.”

No. 1: Always go to Congress. We can’t do things unilaterally. This used to be the president’s position in 2007, when he ran for office.”

In an interview with The Daily Beast in September, Paul said he was against the idea of U.S. forces on Middle East soil. “I don’t think there needs to be any American soldiers over there on the ground,” he said. “I don’t mind helping them through technical support, through sophisticated intelligence, drones, Air Force, etc.”

He added: “The people on the ground fighting these battles, going hand-to-hand with ISIS, need to be their fellow Arabs and those who, I think and hopefully do, represent civilized Islam.”

Doug Stafford, a senior aide to Paul, said the senator has not flip-flopped: “He doesn’t believe we should send a bunch of troops in to start a ground war. But he has always said we have an obligation to defend people in the region. The declaration is tailored to allow for this.”

Stafford later added: "It has always been a given that American troops could be required to secure the people and property of our embassy and consulate. Senator Paul believes that boots on the ground beyond those limited number as outlined in the declaration should come from allies in the region, as he has previously stated." 

Paul has outlined his stance on ISIS over the past few months: He is in favor of “destroying” the terrorist organization “militarily” with bombing campaigns in Iraq and Syria but is against arming rebels and believes President Obama should formally declare war.

Paul’s contention that wars should be formally declared has been a key part of his policy platform since his arrival on the national stage in 2010. The United States has not formally declared war since World War II.

He sketched out his overarching philosophy for how to approach the Middle East to The Daily Beast as “No. 1: Always go to Congress. We can’t do things unilaterally. This used to be the president’s position in 2007, when he ran for office.”





12-Year-Old Boy with Toy Gun Killed by Cops



The worst thing about this headline is that it is no longer shocking. Almost every day, someone, somewhere is killed by cops. It used to be criminals committing violent crimes, now it's a homeless person in New Mexico, or a handcuffed man in Oakland, or a man holding brake pads, or an unarmed punk in Missouri, or a child on a playground in Ohio.

There is something else that is almost automatic in these police killings. That is internal investigations routinely exonerate the killing of unarmed civilians by police. There is no reason to believe that this trend will not accelerate. Given that fact, there is no reason not to believe citizens will start to respond. That is bad news for innocent police and bad news for everyone else.

Bruce                                                 New World Order News


12-Year-Old Boy with Toy Gun Killed by Cops

Lily Dane
The Daily Sheeple
November 24th, 2014



Over the weekend, a boy was killed by police at a playground in Ohio.

From The Washington Post:

On Saturday afternoon, 12-year-old Tamir Rice was sitting on a swing outside a recreation center in Cleveland, wearing a camouflage hat and hiding a BB gun in his waistband.
The boy was playing with the gun on the playground at Cudell Recreation Center, pulling it from his pants and pointing it at people, a man told a 911 dispatcher. The toy’s orange safety tip had apparently been removed, and the caller said the boy was “scaring the s— out of everyone.” He also noted that the boy was “probably a juvenile” and that the gun was “probably fake,” but that message was reportedly never relayed to police.

Officer Ali Pillow told CNN it wasn’t clear if officers had been told the weapon was not a firearm.

Jeff Follmer, president of the Cleveland Police Patrolmen’s Association, said the officers were not told the caller thought the gun might be fake.

When two officers arrived, Tamir did not point the weapon at them or otherwise threaten them, Deputy Chief Ed Tomba of the Cleveland Division of Police told reporters early Sunday.

But he did reach for the weapon, Tomba said:

The officers ordered him to stop and to show his hands and he went into his waistband and pulled out the weapon.”

That’s when the officers shot Tamir in the torso. He was transported to MetroHealth Medical Center, and died early Sunday.

This morning, Cleveland police said the incident was caught on surveillance video.

From NewsNet5:

The Cleveland Division of Police Use of Deadly Force Investigation Team is investigating the officer-involved shooting that happened on Saturday at about 3:30 p.m. at Cudell Recreation Center located at 1910 West Blvd.
Cleveland Police confirmed surveillance video in the area captured the incident, but when newsnet5 asked when it would be released, Cleveland Police Public Information Officer Sgt. Ali Pillow said there is, “No specific time when video might be released.”


Translation: We will release the video if it doesn’t show any evidence that condemns the officers.

Cleveland police have been under increased scrutiny during the last few years. The U.S. Justice Department has been conducting an investigation of their pursuit and use of force practices. They did the same for the Another Person Dead Albuquerque Police Department and issued a 46-page report that detailed their findings. Their conclusion? “We have reasonable cause to believe that APD engages in a pattern or practice of use of excessive force, including deadly force, in violation of the Fourth Amendment and Section 14141.”  The DOJ gave the APD recommendations for improvement. Time will tell if their guidelines do any good there, and what comes of the Cleveland investigation.

Meanwhile, the hacktivist collective Anonymous has taken down the City of Cleveland’s website.

From RT:

In a video released on Monday, Anonymous lambasts Cleveland City Police, whose alleged inability to train their officers properly is said to have led to the tragedy.
This rookie officer apparently was not trained. The police department he works for is to blame for this lack of appropriate training. Officers are equipped with many non-lethal options such as Taser guns. Why did he not use a Taser on this child? Shooting him in cold blood was not necessary with these non-lethal options available,” a statement from the collective said.
The group further questioned whether the police were so “moronic” that they were unable to use anything other than lethal force to deescalate the situation. The called the justification that the police“feared for their lives” ludicrous, as Rice was only 12-years-old and armed with an air soft gun. The message concluded with a vow to target all municipalities whose “ignorant” and poorly-trained officers pose a threat to society.
Police of the United States you will learn in due time once Anonymous has shut down your sites that we will not stand for your ignorant, untrained rookie cops.”

Anonymous is also conducting Operation John Crawford in response to the refusal of the Beavercreek Chief of Police to meet any of the very reasonable demands of the Ohio Students Association and other protesters against the shooting of John Crawford by Officer Sean Williams in a Wal-Mart on August 5.

Crawford’s case bears some similarities to Tamir’s. He was carrying a BB gun around a Wal-Mart store in Beavercreek when another shopper called 911 to report “a man walking around with a gun in the store.” The caller claimed that Crawford was pointing the gun at people, but later admitted he lied about what he said during the call. He told The Guardian, At no point did he shoulder the rifle and point it at somebody.”

In Crawford’s case, officers claimed they were justified in shooting the man because he ignored their commands and refused to drop the BB gun. Surveillance video proved otherwise.

If – WHEN – the Cleveland police release the surveillance video that shows what happened to Tamir, I wonder what we’ll see.

Delivered by The Daily Sheeple







That's the opinion of Mike Adams, in the subject article. Adams refers to a remark made by a Senate aid commenting on public reactions to Obama's executive order legalizing illegal aliens. If only it were true. Sadly, it's my opinion if we were to ask people on the street if they knew what an Executive Order was, most could not answer.

Tomorrow is Saturday and all across America millions will flood into college football stadiums to watch teams play football. What we will not see is thousands, even hundreds, demonstrating at the White house, or the Capitol Building or any other office of a Congressman or a Senator. No, there is no open rebellion. There isn't even any talk about impeaching this criminal Chief Executive. We, as a people, are more interested in football.

One final fact--- In the subject article it was pointed out that Congressman and Senators weren't even in Washington as their Republic is overthrown. No, they're on vacation for Thanksgiving.

Bruce                                                  New World Order News


Obama the tyrant king unleashes dictatorial order that will now invoke "open rebellion" - Senate aide

Friday, November 21, 2014
by Mike Adams, the Health Ranger




(NaturalNews) With the stroke of a pen, President Obama has now set America on the path toward open rebellion and revolt. By declaring that he alone has the right to dictate immigration policy without the legislative approval of Congress, he has committed yet another lawless act in a long series of illegal schemes that cement his position in history as nothing more than a sociopathic liar and destroyer of nations.

The liberal media won't report this, but Obama has just crossed the line in the minds of tens of millions of Americans and their representatives in Congress. This President has gone from merely being "deceptive" to being thought of as an outright criminal who must be restrained to save America from tyranny. There will be public calls for his arrest and prosecution. There will be revolts, both political and on the streets. You will see attempts to march on Washington and "throw the bum out" of the White House. The era of all-out revolt and rebellion is now upon us.

Don't just take my word for it, though. Read the words of a Senate aide:

A Senate GOP aide told Breitbart News conservatives will spread chaos across Washington. "If Obama announces executive amnesty and the House passes an omnibus with no language blocking it, there will be no Senate vote, because conservatives will burn down the Capitol," the aide said. When asked to clarify if he was serious they'd burn the building to the ground -- or if he was speaking metaphorically -- the aide said "open
rebellion." [1]

Burn down the Capitol? Open rebellion? These are not the words of people who are going to sit down and compromise with an out-of-control tyrant dictator who recognizes no law and no limits to his power. These are the words of lawmakers who are moving toward a political rebellion to arrest and depose President
Obama, then try him as a criminal while seeking to restore the balance of government that places specific limits on the power of the executive branch.

Obama supporters don't care about the balance of power. They want a tyrant king in power as long as it's their king. They are, in essence, Obama cultists who worship the person and are willing to cast aside all laws and legal boundaries to grant "their man" total dictatorial control over the future of this nation. But that's not how a Republic works. The President is not a dictator, and he or she cannot simply invent whatever wishful edicts he wants to enact at the stroke of a pen. That's not freedom; that's outright
tyranny. And it must be stopped or the nation will collapse into despotism and runaway government corruption. (It may already be too late to stop that accelerating collapse, however...)

"President Obama is going rogue," writes Patrick Buchanan. "Our rogue president has crossed an historic line, and so has the republic. Future presidents will cite the 'Obama precedent' when they declare they will henceforth not enforce this or that law, because of a prior commitment to some noisy constituency. We have just taken a monumental step away from republicanism toward Caesarism. For this is rule by diktat, the rejection of which sparked the American Revolution." [2]

Again, another reference to revolution and rebellion. What Buchanan recognizes is that Obama hasn't merely done something politically disturbing; he has done something that shreds the very fabric of political balance in
America. Obama has just declared Congress to be null and void. And in nullifying Congress, he has simultaneously given the finger to every man and woman in the nation, telling them that their own voices and representatives in Congress are utterly irrelevant.

Obama is telling America he can do anything he wants because Congress didn't do it when he first demanded it. Here is how Obama spins it, in his own words:

The actions I'm taking are not only lawful, they're the kinds of actions taken by every single Republican President and every single Democratic President for the past half century. And to those Members of Congress who question my authority to make our immigration system work better, or question the wisdom of me acting where Congress has failed, I have one answer: Pass a bill.

But as Ben Shapiro of explains, "This is the opposite of 'lawful.' This is dictatorship in a nutshell: do what I want, or I will do it for you." [3]

Shapiro goes on to say:

[Obama's] speech represented a closely-woven and incredible tapestry of falsehood, exposited with a straight face by the greatest liar in modern American history... To those versed in immigration and constitutional law, watching Obama lay out his program felt like watching a madman describe, with preternaturally perfect sincerity, how the moon was constructed of cheese: you know the argument is untrue, but it's incredible to watch its dogged exposition."

The revolt begins now: We must restore America to a nation of law

I have been warning readers about the rise of tyranny in America for more than a decade. Now the era of in-your-face lawlessness and tyranny is here, and it is celebrated by delusional left-wing denialists who have no grasp whatsoever of history and how nations rise and fall. Obama has put America on the path toward "open rebellion," revolt and civil war. Such scenarios usually do not reach a conclusion without bloodshed, sadly.

Recognize right now that we may all be living in the last days of the American empire. We might narrowly avert it if those of us who still believe in the Constitution, justice and liberty manage to demand lawful restoration of this nation's Constitutional foundations and take America back from the corruption and tyranny that the Obama administration has cast down upon us all. It is time to rise up and call for impeachment. It is time to take to the streets in non-violent protests, and then march on Washington by the millions, to send a message that lawless tyranny will not be tolerated in the "Land of the Free."

And yet, even as the severity of the situation now demands mass action in the name of saving America from domestic political traitors, I cannot help but observe that most Americans are too obese, too fluoridated, too medicated and too apathetic to do anything other than reach for the TV remote with one hand and another bag of MSG-laced Doritos with the other. America may have already become too diseased, too confused and too mentally suppressed to rise up against anything... including a self-declared psychopathic dictator who will truly go down in history as one of the most malicious and destructive liars ever recorded.

Sources for this story include:









Historians have a difficult time narrowing down an exact date in reference to the collapse of an empire or nation. The most famous empire (Rome) was a republic. Rome had a law that their military was not permitted in Rome. Their law forbade Roman military forces from crossing the Rubicon river. Hence the reference to Caesar's “crossing the Rubicon” became synonymous with the end of the Roman Republic. Caesar deliberately violated Roman law and when nothing was done to stop him, he assumed dictatorial power in Rome.

Tonight, our Emperor, will issue an executive order regarding the legalization of illegal immigrants. The law is clear. Only the Congress can pass such legislation, but, like Caesar's disregard for Roman law, Obama will do the same tonight. He will use the previously obscure, executive order, to grab power. It should be noted that executive orders were put in place for the executive to order supplies and have maintenance performed on the White House. Over the past 50 years or so, Presidents have increasingly misused this device to seize power.

In the subject video, Senator Ted Cruz, rants and raves and blusters about the illegality of this President's actions, but no where doe she suggest the President be impeached. In fact, I can't find a record of any Senator or any Congressman suggesting Obama be impeached. So that's it. From now on, anything goes and like the Roman Senate, our Congress has become a highly paid bunch of irrelevant public servants. If this world is still here in 50 years, they will undoubtedly debate on which date the U.S. republic died. My money is on November 20, 2014.

Bruce                            New World Order News


Ted Cruz: ‘Presidential Temper Tantrum Is Not a Rational Response’

Sen. Ted Cruz slammed President Barack Obama’s planned executive action on immigration

by Fox | November 20, 2014

Sen. Ted Cruz (R-Texas) was exclusively on “The Kelly File” tonight, where he slammed President Barack Obama’s planned executive action on immigration.

We are unfortunately witnessing a constitutional crisis,” he said.

Cruz said that if Obama defies the American people with this action, it’s incumbent on Republicans to use every constitutional tool so that Obama doesn’t become “an unaccountable monarch.”







Would the Jewish civilians who were tortured and killed by their Nazi captors be proud of their descendants now occupying Israel? I doubt that they would be proud of those who dragged a Palestinian man out of his bus and lynched him.

What if this person were Jewish? What if he was black? Surely there would be outrage all around the world. As I have mentioned before, I was one of those who supported those who occupy Israel. I cheered their victory in the 6 day war. Today, I am increasingly disgusted by the conduct of the Israeli government and many in that country.

Here's a message to those in Israel. If your actions could turn me around, they could turn anyone around. Shame on you for dishonoring those that came before you and sacrificed so much. Being Israeli does not exempt you from common decency. We only have to read the Old Testament to realize that even God had had enough with the conduct of those who lived in ancient Israel.

Bruce                                         New World Order News



Israeli settlers execute Palestinian bus driver


Hassan Yousef Rammouni, murdered Palestinian bus driver (file photo)

Mon Nov 17, 2014 2:45AM GMT


Israeli settlers have hanged a Palestinian man in East al-Quds (Jerusalem) in another incident of brutality against Palestinians in the occupied territories, local sources say.

Hassan Yousef Rammouni, 32, a Palestinian bus driver, was driving back home from work on Sunday when he was abducted and then hanged by Israelis in his bus in the Ras al-Amud neighborhood.

Signs of strangulation on Rammouni’s neck as well as signs of violence on his body were apparent, sources said.

The residents staged a protest against the killing in the area with clashes breaking out between Israeli forces and the Palestinian protesters, according to reports.

Tensions have been running high in East al-Quds after Israeli troops shot dead a young Palestinian man in northern occupied territories last week.

Israeli forces claim Khair al-Din Hamdan was shot during a raid, but video footage released after the incident shows an Israeli soldier getting out of his car and shooting directly at Hamdan.

Following the unrest sparked by the killing, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu ordered a harsh crackdown on protests.

Palestinians have vowed to keep holding demonstrations in protest at Hamdan’s killing until the Israeli soldier who shot him dead is brought to justice.




HOW WILL ILLINOIS PAY $111,000,000,000 ?


A recent audit of the financial condition revealed the State of Illinois owes 111 billion dollars in pension liabilities. The answer to the previous question is, “they won't”. The State of Illinois is technically bankrupt. So is the City of Chicago. Despite millions coming in from tollways and some of the highest taxes in the nation, there is no long term hope for the State.

One of the signs of severe financial problems is contractors' payments being delayed for weeks, even months. So, the bad news for State workers in Illinois is, there is no way they will be able to collect their pensions in the long run. There isn't near enough money and there is no way to get it. The even worse news is, the same goes for the U.S. There is way more debt owed than money with which to pay it. You can only borrow money for so long.

Bruce                        New World Order News


Illinois Pension Debt Soars To $111 Billion

Pension debt in the Land of Lincoln is a big problem

Illinois Pension Debt Soars To $111 Billion

Image Credits: 2bgr8 / Wiki (Base image)

by Zero Hedge | November 18, 2014

Pension debt in the Land of Lincoln is a big problem. So big, in fact, that it would take three years of a complete government shutdown, during which the entire general fund went toward pensions, just to break even. No funding for schools, no money for public safety and nothing for health care and human services.

Illinois’ unfunded pension liability grew to more than $111 billion this year, according to official estimates. That’s a $48 billion increase just since 2009.


That $111 billion pension shortfall means the state now has only 39 cents of every dollar it should have in the bank today to pay for future benefits. In the private sector, these funds would be deemed bankrupt.


Gov. Pat Quinn signed into law Senate Bill 1 last December

, which is projected to reduce the state’s annual pension payment by more than $1 billion. But SB 1 is still bad news for Illinois. The bill may provide temporary relief, but it does nothing to fix the current defined-benefit system. And it keeps Illinois politicians in control of public-employee pension funds. Illinois’ history with politician-run pensions shows that’s a recipe for disaster.

SB 1 is currently tangled up in the courts. But as we wait for a decision, Illinois’ pension debt continues to grow. The state’s pension payment for the current budget year totals $6.9 billion, and without reform, that pension payment will balloon to $7.6 billion for the 2016 budget year; an increase of $681 million.

Illinois politicians have looted and mismanaged public-employee pension funds for decades. The system is no longer sustainable or affordable. With or without SB 1, the same politicians who got the state into this mess will continue to control and abuse the retirement security of public employees.

It’s time to take politicians out of the retirement businesses.





5 of the ten richest people in the U.S. are Sam Walton's children. These spoiled brats have reaped billions of dollars in profits directly on the backs of their employees and suppliers. Year after year employees at Walmart are required to receive less pay, fewer benefits, while taking on more duties. Suppliers are continually squeezed even after written agreements are signed. If the supplier is selling produce, it is likely they will be told the produce is unsatisfactory and will be rejected unless they accept less money.

Now a Walmart in Ohio acknowledges some of their employees don't have enough food to eat. No, don't look for the Walton brats to take time off from their world travels to feed their own employees. No, that's your job. This Walmart has set up bins for people to donate cans or packages of food so their employees will have enough to eat.

The subject article also makes reference to the fact that Walmart employees are so poorly paid that they are eligible for government assistance. So, once again, we the taxpayers, help the Walton kids to pile up even more cash.

Bruce                                  New World Order News


Walmart Store Holding Thanksgiving Food Drive For Its Own Workers

The Huffington Post  | By Jillian Berman

Posted: 11/18/2013 1:03 pm EST Updated: 11/18/2013 11:51 pm EST

One Ohio Walmart is asking employees to donate food for other workers who are struggling so much they can't afford to buy a Thanksgiving meal for their families.

The Canton, Ohio, store is holding a food drive for employees, according to a pair of photos circulated by OUR Walmart, an advocacy organization with ties to the United Food and Commercial Workers Union. Signs attached to bins located in employee backrooms ask workers to “donate food items here so associates in need can enjoy Thanksgiving dinner.”

food bank

walmart food bank

The food drive underscores the struggles that advocates for low-wage workers say Walmart employees face on a regular basis. Most Walmart store employees make less than $25,000 per year, according to a calculation by The Huffington Post’s Dave Jamieson earlier this year. That relatively low wage can mean that Walmart workers end up relying on means other than pay -- like the food drive -- to get by.

One Walmart’s low wages could cost taxpayers $900,000 per year because workers use social safety net programs like food stamps and government-subsidized health care to make ends meet, according to a May study from congressional Democrats.

A Walmart representative told the Cleveland Plain Dealer, which first reported the Canton food drive, that the donations are indicative of a supportive employee culture -- not proof of low wages. The event is specific to the Canton store, but Walmart workers elsewhere can donate money to their colleagues in need through a payroll deduction, according to the Cleveland Plain Dealer. Workers can get up to $1,500 from co-worker donations to address emergencies like homelessness, serious medical problems and major car repairs.

"It is for associates who have had some hardships come up," Kory Lundberg, a Walmart spokesman, told the Plain Dealer of the food drive. "Maybe their spouse lost a job. This is part of the company's culture to rally around associates and take care of them when they face extreme hardships."

When reached for comment, Walmart representatives referred The Huffington Post to information in the Plain Dealer story.

The report comes as Walmart faces increased scrutiny in the lead-up to the holiday shopping season over the way it treats its workers. Workers organized by OUR Walmart have gone on strike in various cities across the country, demanding higher pay and better working conditions. In Los Angeles, those protests lead to more than 50 arrests earlier this month.

Last year, Walmart workers protested at stores in 46 states during Thanksgiving and Black Friday. Similar actions are expected this year as Walmart and others push their Black Friday sales to start earlier on Thanksgiving Day.




Vaccines and “herd immunity” nonsense



Friday, November 14, 2014

Vaccines and “herd immunity” nonsense

Dees Illustration

Jon Rappoport
Activist Post

Hail to the group! The group is all!

The concept of herd immunity (protection for the population) is often used by vaccine addicts as a way to push guilt at people who don’t line up, with their children, like robots for their shots.

From the point of view of protecting people who are already vaccinated, herd immunity is flat-out absurd.

Little Jimmy, whose parents have decided not to vaccinate him, will pass diseases on to kids who are already vaccinated? Oh, you mean those immunized kids aren’t really safe? Then why did you vaccinate them in the first place?

From another point of view, herd immunity is the idea that people who “can’t be” vaccinated (for example, those who are obviously allergic to elements contained in vaccines) will gain a measure of protection, if larger and larger numbers of others are vaccinated.

The vaccinated protecting the unvaccinated.

This is foolish, because what actually protects people against disease is the strength of their immune systems, and that strength has nothing to do with vaccination.

If a person has a weak immune system, he will get dangerously sick, and it doesn’t matter how many people around him are vaccinated against how many diseases.

So even if one accepts the (false) premise that vaccines are effective and safe, the premise of herd immunity is ludicrous.

Vaccination is, in fact, a cover story used to conceal the fact that the health of populations has everything to do with good nutrition, adequate sanitation, and an absence of toxic elements in the environment.

There are many doctors who know this, but they refuse to speak out, because they know they’ll suffer consequences.

Vaccination, as a propaganda strategy, is used to medicalize the population—to assert that good health is fundamentally a medical matter.

It isn’t.

If tomorrow, two things happened, they would change the face of health in any industrialized country:

One, millions more people buying healthy food and/or growing their own food, in yards; and in inner cities, growing food in community gardens;

And two, the courts delivering justice in the form of billion-dollar fines and long, long prison sentences to corporate employees (including CEOs) for severe and real pollution.

Note: That justice would eliminate GMO crops which rely on toxic pesticide use.

I’m not spinning rainbows. I’m just pointing out that, with these two changes alone, hospitals and clinics and doctors’ offices would empty out, and the medical cartel would finally experience vast comeuppance.

Health and life are not medical functions.

Any science that claims they are is false science, and the people who make those claims are liars or morons or criminals, or some combination of all three. 

Dees Illustration

The author of three explosive collections,
THE MATRIX REVEALED, EXIT FROM THE MATRIX, and POWER OUTSIDE THE MATRIX, Jon was a candidate for a US Congressional seat in the 29th District of California. He maintains a consulting practice for private clients, the purpose of which is the expansion of personal creative power. Nominated for a Pulitzer Prize, he has worked as an investigative reporter for 30 years, writing articles on politics, medicine, and health for CBS Healthwatch, LA Weekly, Spin Magazine, Stern, and other newspapers and magazines in the US and Europe. Jon has delivered lectures and seminars on global politics, health, logic, and creative power to audiences around the world. You can sign up for his free emails at







During the 1960's, we, the male baby boomers, were faced with life and death decisions. In those times the U.S. still had compulsory military service. Beginning in 1965, our nation also had a rapidly escalating war in Southeast Asia. As the crippled men and body bags began to return from that war, we were forced with 3 really bad decisions. 1) Go to war. 2) Go to prison. 3) Leave the country. Just barely out of our of childhood, these are decisions with which anyone would struggle. Fortunately, for the next generation, ours belatedly decided that war had to end.

Unfortunately, 3 million civilians and 56,000 U.S. military service personnel lost their lives. It is brutal to confess that these people died for nothing. The catalyst for the war (The Gulf of Tonkin Incident) is now an admitted fraud. Now, almost 50 years later, all seems to have been forgotten and here we go again.

Not to be outdone by Lyndon Johnson and Richard Nixon, George Bush Sr., Bill Clinton, Bush Jr., and Barrack Obama, have started wars all over the Mideast, Africa and Asia. All of the starts of these wars were based on lies. All of these wars continue on with no end in sight. If the 60's generation were as passive as many in the current generation, we would still be in Vietnam.

Instead of cheering anyone in a uniform supporting killing and being killed, it would be more constructive to encourage those in uniform to quit. Quit supporting any order from a President drunk with power. Don't reenlist or better yet, don't join in the first place. Apply for conscientious objector. The only way to stop this is, to stop this. War is no parade. War is death, dismemberment and life long psychological damage. If you or you child or your spouse or your sibling or your friend, dies in one of these wars, they will have died for nothing.

Bruce                                  New World Order News


Tomgram: David Vine, A Permanent Infrastructure for Permanent War

Posted by David Vine at 8:11am, November 13, 2014.

In a September address to the United Nations General Assembly, President Barack Obama spoke forcefully about the “cycle of conflict” in the Middle East, about “violence within Muslim communities that has become the source of so much human misery.” The president was adamant: “It is time to acknowledge the destruction wrought by proxy wars and terror campaigns between Sunni and Shia across the Middle East.” Then with hardly a pause, he went on to promote his own proxy wars (including the backing of Syrian rebels and Iraqi forces against the Islamic State), as though Washington’s military escapades in the region hadn’t stoked sectarian tensions and been high-performance engines for “human misery.”

Not surprisingly, the president left a lot out of his regional wrap-up. On the subject of proxies, Iraqi troops and small numbers of Syrian rebels have hardly been alone in receiving American military support. Yet few in our world have paid much attention to everything Washington has done to keep the region awash in weaponry.

Since mid-year, for example, the State Department and the Pentagon have helped pave the way for the United Arab Emirates (UAE) to buy hundreds of millions of dollars worth of High Mobility Artillery Rocket Systems (HIMARS) launchers and associated equipment and to spend billions more on Mine Resistant Ambush Protected (MRAP) vehicles; for Lebanon to purchase nearly $200 million in Huey helicopters and supporting gear; for Turkey to buy hundreds of millions of dollars of AIM-120C-7 AMRAAM (Air-to-Air) missiles; and for Israel to stock up on half a billion dollars worth of AIM-9X Sidewinder (air-to-air) missiles; not to mention other deals to aid the militaries of Egypt, Kuwait, and Saudi Arabia.

For all the news coverage of the Middle East, you rarely see significant journalistic attention given to any of this or to agreements like the almost $70 million contract, signed in September, that will send Hellfire missiles to Iraq, Jordan, Saudi Arabia, and Qatar, or the $48 million Navy deal inked that same month for construction projects in Bahrain and the UAE.

The latter agreement sheds light on another shadowy, little-mentioned, but critically important subject that’s absent from Obama’s scolding speeches and just about all news coverage here: American bases. Even if you take into account the abandonment of its outposts in Iraq -- which hosted 505 U.S. bases at the height of America’s last war there -- and the marked downsizing of its presence in Afghanistan -- which once had at least 800 bases (depending on how you count them) -- the U.S. continues to garrison the Greater Middle East in a major way.  As TomDispatch regular David Vine, author of the much-needed, forthcoming book Base Nation: How U.S. Military Bases Overseas Harm America and the World

, points out in his latest article, the region is still dotted with U.S. bases, large and small, in a historically unprecedented way, the result of a 35-year-long strategy that has been, he writes, “one of the great disasters in the history of American foreign policy.” That’s saying a lot for a nation that’s experienced no shortage of foreign policy debacles in its history, but it’s awfully difficult to argue with all the dictators, death, and devastation that have flowed from America’s Middle Eastern machinations. Nick Turse

The Bases of War in the Middle East 
From Carter to the Islamic State, 35 Years of Building Bases and Sowing Disaster 
David Vine
With the launch of a new U.S.-led war in Iraq and Syria against the Islamic State (IS), the United States has engaged in aggressive military action in at least 13 countries in the Greater Middle East since 1980. In that time, every American president has invaded, occupied, bombed, or gone to war in at least one country in the region. The total number of invasions, occupations, bombing operations, drone assassination campaigns, and cruise missile attacks easily runs into the dozens.
As in prior military operations in the Greater Middle East, U.S. forces fighting IS have been aided by access to and the use of an unprecedented collection of military bases. They occupy a region sitting atop the world’s largest concentration of oil and natural gas reserves and has long been considered the most geopolitically important place on the planet. Indeed, since 1980, the U.S. military has gradually garrisoned the Greater Middle East in a fashion only rivaled by the Cold War garrisoning of Western Europe or, in terms of concentration, by the bases built to wage past wars in Korea and Vietnam.
In the Persian Gulf alone, the U.S. has major bases in every country save Iran. There is an increasingly important, increasingly large base in Djibouti, just miles across the Red Sea from the Arabian Peninsula. There are bases in Pakistan on one end of the region and in the Balkans on the other, as well as on the strategically located Indian Ocean islands of Diego Garcia and the Seychelles. In Afghanistan and Iraq, there were once as many as 800 and 505 bases, respectively. Recently, the Obama administration inked an agreement with new Afghan President Ashraf Ghani to maintain around 10,000 troops and at least nine major bases in his country beyond the official end of combat operations later this year. U.S. forces, which never fully departed Iraq after 2011, are now returning to a growing number of bases there in ever larger numbers.
In short, there is almost no way to overemphasize how thoroughly the U.S. military now covers the region with bases and troops. This infrastructure of war has been in place for so long and is so taken for granted that Americans rarely think about it and journalists almost never report on the subject. Members of Congress spend billions of dollars on base construction and maintenance every year in the region, but ask few questions about where the money is going, why there are so many bases, and what role they really serve. By one estimate, the United States has spent $10 trillion protecting Persian Gulf oil supplies over the past four decades.
Approaching its 35th anniversary, the strategy of maintaining such a structure of garrisons, troops, planes, and ships in the Middle East has been one of the great disasters in the history of American foreign policy. The rapid disappearance of debate about our newest, possibly illegal war should remind us of just how easy this huge infrastructure of bases has made it for anyone in the Oval Office to launch a war that seems guaranteed, like its predecessors, to set off new cycles of blowback and yet more war.
On their own, the existence of these bases has helped generate radicalism and anti-American sentiment. As was famously the case with Osama bin Laden and U.S. troops in Saudi Arabia, bases have fueled militancy, as well as attacks on the United States and its citizens. They have cost taxpayers billions of dollars, even though they are not, in fact, necessary to ensure the free flow of oil globally. They have diverted tax dollars from the possible development of alternative energy sources and meeting other critical domestic needs. And they have supported dictators and repressive, undemocratic regimes, helping to block the spread of democracy in a region long controlled by colonial rulers and autocrats.
After 35 years of base-building in the region, it’s long past time to look carefully at the effects Washington’s garrisoning of the Greater Middle East has had on the region, the U.S., and the world.
Vast Oil Reserves”
While the Middle Eastern base buildup began in earnest in 1980, Washington had long attempted to use military force to control this swath of resource-rich Eurasia and, with it, the global economy. Since World War II, as the late Chalmers Johnson, an expert on U.S. basing strategy, explained back in 2004, “the United States has been inexorably acquiring permanent military enclaves whose sole purpose appears to be the domination of one of the most strategically important areas of the world.”
In 1945, after Germany’s defeat, the secretaries of War, State, and the Navy tellingly pushed for the completion of a partially built base in Dharan, Saudi Arabia, despite the military’s determination that it was unnecessary for the war against Japan. “Immediate construction of this [air] field,” they argued, “would be a strong showing of American interest in Saudi Arabia and thus tend to strengthen the political integrity of that country where vast oil reserves now are in American hands.”
By 1949, the Pentagon had established a small, permanent Middle East naval force (MIDEASTFOR) in Bahrain. In the early 1960s, President John F. Kennedy’s administration began the first buildup of naval forces in the Indian Ocean just off the Persian Gulf. Within a decade, the Navy had created the foundations for what would become the first major U.S. base in the region -- on the British-controlled island of Diego Garcia.
In these early Cold War years, though, Washington generally sought to increase its influence in the Middle East by backing and arming regional powers like the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Iran under the Shah, and Israel. However, within months of the Soviet Union’s 1979 invasion of Afghanistan and Iran’s 1979 revolution overthrowing the Shah, this relatively hands-off approach was no more.
Base Buildup
In January 1980, President Jimmy Carter announced a fateful transformation of U.S. policy. It would become known as the Carter Doctrine. In his State of the Union address, he warned of the potential loss of a region “containing more than two-thirds of the world’s exportable oil” and “now threatened by Soviet troops” in Afghanistan who posed “a grave threat to the free movement of Middle East oil.”
Carter warned that “an attempt by any outside force to gain control of the Persian Gulf region will be regarded as an assault on the vital interests of the United States of America.” And he added pointedly, “Such an assault will be repelled by any means necessary, including military force.”
With these words, Carter launched one of the greatest base construction efforts in history. He and his successor Ronald Reagan presided over the expansion of bases in Egypt, Oman, Saudi Arabia, and other countries in the region to host a “Rapid Deployment Force,” which was to stand permanent guard over Middle Eastern petroleum supplies. The air and naval base on Diego Garcia, in particular, was expanded at a quicker rate than any base since the war in Vietnam. By 1986, more than $500 million had been invested. Before long, the total ran into the billions.
Soon enough, that Rapid Deployment Force grew into the U.S. Central Command, which has now overseen three wars in Iraq (1991-2003, 2003-2011, 2014-); the war in Afghanistan and Pakistan (2001-); intervention in Lebanon (1982-1984); a series of smaller-scale attacks on Libya (1981, 1986, 1989, 2011); Afghanistan (1998) and Sudan (1998); and the "tanker war" with Iran (1987-1988), which led to the accidental downing of an Iranian civilian airliner, killing 290 passengers. Meanwhile, in Afghanistan during the 1980s, the CIA helped fund and orchestrate a major covert war against the Soviet Union by backing Osama Bin Laden and other extremist mujahidin. The command has also played a role in the drone war in Yemen (2002-) and both overt and covert warfare in Somalia (1992-1994, 2001-). 
During and after the first Gulf War of 1991, the Pentagon dramatically expanded its presence in the region. Hundreds of thousands of troops were deployed to Saudi Arabia in preparation for the war against Iraqi autocrat and former ally Saddam Hussein. In that war’s aftermath, thousands of troops and a significantly expanded base infrastructure were left in Saudi Arabia and Kuwait. Elsewhere in the Gulf, the military expanded its naval presence at a former British base in Bahrain, housing its Fifth Fleet there. Major air power installations were built in Qatar, and U.S. operations were expanded in Kuwait, the United Arab Emirates, and Oman.
The invasion of Afghanistan in 2001 and of Iraq in 2003, and the subsequent occupations of both countries, led to a more dramatic expansion of bases in the region. By the height of the wars, there were well over 1,000 U.S. checkpoints, outposts, and major bases in the two countries alone. The military also built new bases in Kyrgyzstan and Uzbekistan (since closed), explored the possibility of doing so in Tajikistan and Kazakhstan, and, at the very least, continues to use several Central Asian countries as logistical pipelines to supply troops in Afghanistan and orchestrate the current partial withdrawal.
While the Obama administration failed to keep 58 “enduring” bases in Iraq after the 2011 U.S. withdrawal, it has signed an agreement with Afghanistan permitting U.S. troops to stay in the country until 2024 and maintain access to Bagram Air Base and at least eight more major installations.
An Infrastructure for War
Even without a large permanent infrastructure of bases in Iraq, the U.S. military has had plenty of options when it comes to waging its new war against IS. In that country alone, a significant U.S. presence remained after the 2011 withdrawal in the form of base-like State Department installations, as well as the largest embassy on the planet in Baghdad, and a large contingent of private military contractors. Since the start of the new war, at least 1,600 troops have returned and are operating from a Joint Operations Center in Baghdad and a base in Iraqi Kurdistan’s capital, Erbil. Last week, the White House announced that it would request $5.6 billion from Congress to send an additional 1,500 advisers and other personnel to at least two new bases in Baghdad and Anbar Province. Special operations and other forces are almost certainly operating from yet more undisclosed locations.
At least as important are major installations like the Combined Air Operations Center at Qatar’s al-Udeid Air Base. Before 2003, the Central Command’s air operations center for the entire Middle East was in Saudi Arabia. That year, the Pentagon moved the center to Qatar and officially withdrew combat forces from Saudi Arabia. That was in response to the 1996 bombing of the military’s Khobar Towers complex in the kingdom, other al-Qaeda attacks in the region, and mounting anger exploited by al-Qaeda over the presence of non-Muslim troops in the Muslim holy land. Al-Udeid now hosts a 15,000-foot runway, large munitions stocks, and around 9,000 troops and contractors who are coordinating much of the new war in Iraq and Syria.
Kuwait has been an equally important hub for Washington’s operations since U.S. troops occupied the country during the first Gulf War. Kuwait served as the main staging area and logistical center for ground troops in the 2003 invasion and occupation of Iraq. There are still an estimated 15,000 troops in Kuwait, and the U.S. military is reportedly bombing Islamic State positions using aircraft from Kuwait’s Ali al-Salem Air Base.
As a transparently promotional article in the Washington Post confirmed this week, al-Dhafra Air Base in the United Arab Emirates has launched more attack aircraft in the present bombing campaign than any other base in the region. That country hosts about 3,500 troops at al-Dhafra alone, as well as the Navy's busiest overseas port.  B-1, B-2, and B-52 long-range bombers stationed on Diego Garcia helped launch both Gulf Wars and the war in Afghanistan. That island base is likely playing a role in the new war as well. Near the Iraqi border, around 1,000 U.S. troops and F-16 fighter jets are operating from at least one Jordanian base. According to the Pentagon’s latest count, the U.S. military has 17 bases in Turkey. While the Turkish government has placed restrictions on their use, at the very least some are being used to launch surveillance drones over Syria and Iraq. Up to seven bases in Oman may also be in use.
Bahrain is now the headquarters for the Navy’s entire Middle Eastern operations, including the Fifth Fleet, generally assigned to ensure the free flow of oil and other resources though the Persian Gulf and surrounding waterways. There is always at least one aircraft carrier strike group -- effectively, a massive floating base -- in the Persian Gulf. At the moment, the U.S.S. Carl Vinson is stationed there, a critical launch pad for the air campaign against the Islamic State. Other naval vessels operating in the Gulf and the Red Sea have launched cruise missiles into Iraq and Syria. The Navy even has access to an “afloat forward-staging base” that serves as a “lilypad” base for helicopters and patrol craft in the region.
In Israel, there are as many as six secret U.S. bases that can be used to preposition weaponry and equipment for quick use anywhere in the area. There’s also a “de facto U.S. base” for the Navy’s Mediterranean fleet. And it’s suspected that there are two other secretive sites in use as well. In Egypt, U.S. troops have maintained at least two installations and occupied at least two bases on the Sinai Peninsula since 1982 as part of a Camp David Accords peacekeeping operation.
Elsewhere in the region, the military has established a collection of at least five drone bases in Pakistan; expanded a critical base in Djibouti at the strategic chokepoint between the Suez Canal and the Indian Ocean; created or gained access to bases in Ethiopia, Kenya, and the Seychelles; and set up new bases in Bulgaria and Romania to go with a Clinton administration-era base in Kosovo along the western edge of the gas-rich Black Sea.
Even in Saudi Arabia, despite the public withdrawal, a small U.S. military contingent has remained to train Saudi personnel and keep bases “warm” as potential backups for unexpected conflagrations in the region or, assumedly, in the kingdom itself. In recent years, the military has even established a secret drone base in the country, despite the blowback Washington has experienced from its previous Saudi basing ventures.
Dictators, Death, and Disaster
The ongoing U.S. presence in Saudi Arabia, however modest, should remind us of the dangers of maintaining bases in the region. The garrisoning of the Muslim holy land was a major recruiting tool for al-Qaeda and part of Osama bin Laden’s professed motivation for the 9/11 attacks. (He called the presence of U.S. troops, “the greatest of these aggressions incurred by the Muslims since the death of the prophet.”) Indeed, U.S. bases and troops in the Middle East have been a “major catalyst for anti-Americanism and radicalization” since a suicide bombing killed 241 marines in Lebanon in 1983. Other attacks have come in Saudi Arabia in 1996, Yemen in 2000 against the U.S.S. Cole, and during the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. Research has shown a strong correlation between a U.S. basing presence and al-Qaeda recruitment.
Part of the anti-American anger has stemmed from the support U.S. bases offer to repressive, undemocratic regimes. Few of the countries in the Greater Middle East are fully democratic, and some are among the world’s worst human rights abusers. Most notably, the U.S. government has offered only tepid criticism of the Bahraini government as it has violently cracked down on pro-democracy protestors with the help of the Saudis and the United Arab Emirates (UAE).
Beyond Bahrain, U.S. bases are found in a string of what the Economist Democracy Index calls “authoritarian regimes,” including Afghanistan, Bahrain, Djibouti, Egypt, Ethiopia, Jordan, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, UAE, and Yemen. Maintaining bases in such countries props up autocrats and other repressive governments, makes the United States complicit in their crimes, and seriously undermines efforts to spread democracy and improve the wellbeing of people around the world.
Of course, using bases to launch wars and other kinds of interventions does much the same, generating anger, antagonism, and anti-American attacks. A recent U.N. report suggests that Washington’s air campaign against the Islamic State had led foreign militants to join the movement on “an unprecedented scale.”
And so the cycle of warfare that started in 1980 is likely to continue. “Even if U.S. and allied forces succeed in routing this militant group,” retired Army colonel and political scientist Andrew Bacevich writes of the Islamic State, “there is little reason to expect” a positive outcome in the region. As Bin Laden and the Afghan mujahidin morphed into al-Qaeda and the Taliban and as former Iraqi Baathists and al-Qaeda followers in Iraq morphed into IS, “there is,” as Bacevich says, “always another Islamic State waiting in the wings.”
The Carter Doctrine’s bases and military buildup strategy and its belief that “the skillful application of U.S. military might” can secure oil supplies and solve the region’s problems was, he adds, “flawed from the outset.” Rather than providing security, the infrastructure of bases in the Greater Middle East has made it ever easier to go to war far from home. It has enabled wars of choice and an interventionist foreign policy that has resulted in repeated disasters for the region, the United States, and the world. Since 2001 alone, U.S.-led wars in Afghanistan, Pakistan, Iraq, and Yemen have minimally caused hundreds of thousands of deaths and possibly more than one million deaths in Iraq alone.
The sad irony is that any legitimate desire to maintain the free flow of regional oil to the global economy could be sustained through other far less expensive and deadly means. Maintaining scores of bases costing billions of dollars a year is unnecessary to protect oil supplies and ensure regional peace -- especially in an era in which the United States gets only around 10% of its net oil and natural gas from the region. In addition to the direct damage our military spending has caused, it has diverted money and attention from developing the kinds of alternative energy sources that could free the United States and the world from a dependence on Middle Eastern oil -- and from the cycle of war that our military bases have fed.







The subject video covers remarks made by White House adviser, Jonathan Gruber, characterizing the American voter as “stupid”. Those of us who have been around for a while are not surprised, in the least, that one of our government masters would hold such a view. In fact, policies over the past 50 years show that is exactly how they view us.

What is not mentioned in the video is the lack of protest by those in attendance. I have made the point over and over again, that we will never get our country back until they go --- all of them. You cannot reason with them. You cannot sue them. You cannot write them. You cannot call them. You cannot email them. You cannot vote them out in order to effect change in this nation.

All we can do is, as peacefully as possible, encourage them to leave.

Bruce                               New World Order News





The subject article is 4 years old, but the points are even more relevant today, than then. At least twice a year we, in the U.S. , are subjected to a superficial, phoney “celebration” of our military veterans. Yes, there are parades and speeches and tears and singing and on and on and on.

Let's discuss what isn't there. First and foremost, there is no end to the many, unnecessary, never ending wars all over the world. If there were none of those wars, we wouldn't have over 400,000 disabled vets. As if that weren't bad enough, it has come to light that most of these vets are receiving either inadequate or no medical care. Veterans also have an unemployment rate more than double that of the general populace. Every day, there is at least 1 veteran killing themselves.

The answer to honoring our military is to keep them from meaningless wars. As for those who have already served, how about spending those billions allocated to veterans, on the veterans and not into the pockets of corrupt bureaucrats.

Bruce                              New World Order News


How Veterans Day Became a Farce

by Kelley B. Vlahos, November 16, 2010


My children brought home the Scholastic News from school on Friday. For those who don’t know, it’s “America’s Leading News Source for Kids.” Its weekly editions are typically led by a theme, and students are encouraged to complete the exercises within. This one caught my eye: “Hi I’m Joe, I am a veteran. That means I was in a war. Meet my dog Benjamin. I’ll show you how he helps me everyday.”

On the front is a heartbreaking photo of a Marine with a “robot leg” in a wheelchair, his arm slung over a beautiful golden retriever. Inside, after more photos of the veteran and Benjamin, and the veteran and his young family, my child is asked, “how can we thank (soldiers)? … we can send them a care package!”

How about demanding they all come home now, legs intact? I think about this ruefully for a moment and realize that I had spent much of Veterans Day looking at photos of amputees. The Washington Post heralded the day with a front-page profile of Marine Cpl. Todd A. Nicely, an “unbroken spirit,” and one of three living men who lost all four of their limbs in Iraq or Afghanistan. There are 1,100 amputees from these wars overall, according to the paper. We are so used to seeing them now, literally running marathons, swimming in the Paralympics,climbing Mt. Kilimanjaro. And they are all but ubiquitous on Memorial and Veterans Day – the two days Americans are forced to think about war.

But let’s face it, there is something insidious about it all, about what Veterans Day has become. We channel all of our compassion and guilt and patriotism into individual veterans and their stories of recovery and triumph, but we never ask the fundamental “why?” In fact, we try not to focus too much on the subject of war itself (unless it is in the form of watching 24 hours straight of propagandistic war films on Turner Classic Movies, or the usual War Porn on the History Channel). With all the best intentions, we talk about veterans in schools, but without explaining, even prudently, how a beautiful boy like 26-year-old Nicely came to be wheeling around with a mechanical arm and three stumps for limbs on the front of Thursday’s newspaper. That he had been “defending our country” seems to suffice. He and others persevere, selflessly, despite hardship and pain, so buck up, so can you – that is implicit – as is some unspoken rule that one must not debate the necessity of war on Veterans’ Day, lest you offend “the veterans.”

Therefore we never really move forward. We just remain mired in our own lessons lost, every year pouring perfume in the form of platitudes and pity over our most disturbing realities.

Veterans Day used to be Armistice Day, which was first established in 1919 to remember the 117,965 Americans who died fighting in World War I, the first senseless war of the 20th Century. Later in 1938, it was declared a federal holiday and dedicated in part to “to the cause of world peace.” But the return of millions of World War II veterans soon overshadowed the quiet reflection of the previous war, and in 1954 it was officially changed to Veterans Day to honor the living symbols of what is still deemed an historic American victory in the great planetary struggle against Evil. Rituals and expectations then hardened, and were further institutionalized after Korea and Vietnam, when sacrifice had to be emphasized over victory, when our guilt and regret over the 36,515 American dead in Korea, and 58,159 in Vietnam, needed to be channeled, somehow.

The veterans of those wars required the pomp and the reassurance more than their World War II predecessors, and that left no room for rehashing controversial war policies. Younger men marched (and wheeled) with the World War II vets as part of one proud collective and saved their complaints and lamentations for later at the American Legion bars dotting the Middle American landscape. “Civilians” acted accordingly and generally observed the day, as we do now, gathering at monuments and parades, and speaking no ill of war.

Vet Neil Duncan, climbing Mt. Kilimanjaro (AP)

How easy it is today, nearly 10 years into a two-front conflict that has left us more than two million veterans, to carry on the ritual. More than ever, we are compelled to treat these men and women as if in a vacuum, divorced from the political reality that they served in a war that has more in common with its darker progenitors, Korea and Vietnam, than World War II. And it is much easier for us, the civilians, to take part in this theater when it is less likely that we would know a vet personally, and when we do see them in the media, particularly on Veterans Day, they are healthy and muscular and engaging in heroic physical feats, despite their mechanical limbs and scarred faces.

They make us feel sad, but in a perverse way, their resolve to “move on” makes us more comfortable about our lemming-like journey through a decade of war, our decision to “go shopping” rather than stop and question with any measure of seriousness the toll it was taking on our country. And forget the corporate media, they’re too terrified of being perceived as anti-military to even suggest messing with the Veterans Day status quo. So they go overboard to ensure the day is sanctified, profiling one amputee after another with no context. Then on Nov. 12 we shake it off and “move on.”

But how is teaching our children that disabled veterans are a fact of life, without offering any greater insight, helping soldiers and veterans, much less anyone else? The soldiers and veterans become American totems, while we condition our children to compartmentalize their emotions – today, children, we will celebrate veterans; we will feel sad for their disabilities and grateful that they fought in our name – and not to ask questions about the most critical issue of our time, which is war: getting into it and getting out of it. Just accept the fact that there are a lot of men and women around who got their robot arms and legs “defending our freedom,” send a care package, and “move on.”

Ten years from now, these same children could be standing in front of an Army recruiter’s office. What real tools have we given them to decide?

Veterans Day as a Decoy

Not surprisingly, there was hardly a grumble of response this Veterans Day when Secretary of Defense Robert Gates announced that we would be fighting in Afghanistan for at least four more years. Nor did anyone seem to blanch at reports that the White House has begun “moving away” from President Obama’s pledge to begin withdrawing troops from there in 2011.

Obama and amputee vet (Reuters)

Gen. Petraeus has been suggesting 2014 is the new benchmark for “transition” and is expected to confirm as much at this week’s NATO summit in Lisbon. No doubt the umpteenth “review” of the policy coming up in December will bolster the military’s preferred timeline, which would take the war right through the next presidential election. As I said back in June, Obama would no doubt prefer to stall through 2012, avoiding the “defeat-o-crat” mantra from his Republican opponents, while appearing to listen to “his generals on the ground.” As if to give his blessing, neoconservative war hawk Bill Kristol, donning his military surrogate hat on Fox News Sunday this week, suggested that Obama has finally come over to their way of thinking.

I think Barack Obama has crossed the bridge in his own mind, he is not interested in an exit strategy during his first term from Afghanistan, he is interested in a success strategy.”

Now Bill “boots on the ground” Kristol is probably the single most effective promoter of the meat grinder outside the Pentagon itself. Whether it be the pre-9/11 push for regime change in Iraq, the Project for the New American Century’s numerous calls to arms, his Weekly Standard soap box, or his new outfit, the Emergency Committee for Israel, Kristol is always promoting war – more war, more warm bodies to fight wars. As a military mouthpiece he is quite good, though no one can say with any certainty how he feels about amputee veterans or the rising number of suicides among active duty soldiers and veterans, nor of the fact the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq have been the single greatest contributor to the dreaded national debt. He never talks about it, at least not on–air.

But Kristol is good at compartmentalizing too, and he figures the chump mainstream media has the Veterans Day coverage well in hand, and is relieved no doubt that the endless images of military funerals and titanium prosthetics are never emotionally – or rationally – connected with his relentless war mongering over the last decade.

Sgt. Todd Nelson, wounded in Afghanistan (AP)

If the rest of America could finally resist the pressure to spend Veterans Day in an intellectual stupor, they might see Kristol & Co. for what they really are. They might recognize them as collaborating with the military and other self-interested parties in Washington to quietly extend this unpopular war for another four years with absolutely no input from the citizenry – what writer Stephen Walt aptly recognizes as the old “Bait and Switch.”

Simply put, Veterans Day and its springtime counterpart, Memorial Day, have become nothing but an institutionalized distraction from the truth. A temporary salve on our conscience, and a decoy for the war-makers.

Ideally, these “holidays” should be used instead to teach our children that we can only truly honor the men and women in the Armed Services by making sure they don’t die senselessly on the battlefield ever again – that our role as “citizen” is to challenge and shape the decisions made by the government, not become a slave to it.

Only then could we look at the photographs of veterans in wheelchairs or with injuries that have rendered them unrecognizable to their families, and say, never forget, never again – and truly mean it.







The subject video reveals still more information regarding the government fairy tale on the killing of Osama Bin Laden in Pakistan 3 ½ years ago.

I think it's the government's goal to send us down perpetual rabbit holes sapping our energy to pursue more important goals. The fact that we have to spend so much time shooting holes in the never ending stream of lies from our government masters is proof enough.

Bruce                                                New World Order News


Navy Seals Ensnared In Bin Laden Death Hoax





Prove that I didn't. The 1950's the television show, To Tell The Truth, began with 3 individuals all claiming the same identity. Of course, only one was telling the truth. Today, we are being subjected to a really bad version of that TV show using the faked killing of a long since diseased, Osama Bin Laden, as the subject of the story.

And a story it is! In my hometown of Maryville, Tn., we have been subjected to the presence of former Navy Seal, Rob O’Neill. Mr. O'Neill has been cashing in on the banquet circuit as a motivational speaker. Just this week, he has now claimed to be the one who killed Bin Laden. It's too bad that almost no one remains alive to confirm his story, as most of those in the raid have been killed.

Former assistant Secretary of The Treasury, Paul Craig Roberts, quickly refutes the absurd story of the Bin Laden raid. It is sad the things some will do for money and fame. Maybe Mr. O'Neill killed someone that day. I hope not, but we can easily conclude one fact. Whomever he might have killed, it wasn't Osama Bin Laden.

Bruce                                   New World Order News


Another Fake Bin Laden Story


Another Fake Bin Laden Story


Paul Craig Roberts
RINF Alternative News

RT, one of my favorite news sources, has fallen for a fake story put out by the Pentagon to support the fantasy story that a SEAL team killed Osama bin Laden, who died a second time in Abbottabad, Pakistan, a decade after his first death from illness and disease.

This fake story together with the fake movie and the fake book by an alleged SEAL team member is the way the fake story of bin Laden’s murder is perpetrated. Bin Laden’s alleged demise at the hands of a SEAL team was a propaganda orchestration, the purpose of which was to give Obama a hero’s laurels and deep six Democratic talk of challenging his nomination for a second term.

Osama bin Laden died in December 2001 of renal failure and other health problems, having denied in his last recorded video any responsibility for 9/11, instead directing Americans to look inside their own government. The FBI itself has stated that there is no evidence that Osama bin Laden is responsible for 9/11. Bin Laden’s obituary appeared in numerous foreign and Arabic press, and also on Fox News. No one can survive renal failure for a decade, and no dialysis machine was found in the alleged Abbottabad compound of bin Laden, who allegedly was murdered by SEALs a decade after his obituary notices.

Additionally, no one among the crew of the ship from which the White House reported bin Laden was buried at sea saw any such burial, and the sailors sent messages home to that effect. Somehow a burial was held onboard a ship on which there are constant watches and crew on alert at all hours, and no one witnessed it.

Additionally, the White House story of the alleged murder of bin Laden changed twice within the first 24 hours. The claim that Obama and his government watched the action transmitted live from cameras on the SEALs’ helmets was quickly abandoned, despite the release of a photo of the Obama regime intently focused on a TV set and alleged to be watching the live action. No video of the deed was ever released. To date there is no evidence whatsoever in behalf of the Obama regime’s claim. Not one tiny scrap. Just unsubstantiated self-serving claims.

Additionally, as I have made available on my website, witnesses interviewed by Pakistan TV reported that only one helicopter landed in Abbottabad and that when the occupants of the helicopter returned from the alleged bin Laden compound, the helicopter exploded on takeoff and there were no survivors. In other words, there was no bin Laden corpse to deliver to the ship that did not witness a burial and no SEAL hero to return who allegedly murdered an unarmed bin Laden. Moreover, the BBC interviewed residents in Abbottabad, including those next door to the alleged “bin Laden compound,” and all say that they knew the person who lived there and it was not bin Laden.

Any SEAL who was so totally stupid as to kill the unarmed “Terror Mastermind” would probably have been courtmartialed for incompetency. Look at the smiling face of the man Who Killed Bin Laden. He thinks that his claim that he murdered a man makes him a hero, a powerful comment on the moral degeneracy of Americans.

So what is this claim by Rob O’Neill about? He is presented as a “motivational speaker” in search of clients. What better ploy among gullible Americans than to claim “I am the one who shot bin Laden.” Reminds me of the western movie: The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance. What better way to give Rob O’Neill’s claim validity than for the Pentagon to denounce his revelation for breaking obligation to remain silent. The Pentagon claims that O’Neill by claiming credit has painted a big target sign on our door asking ISIS to come get us

What unbelievable nonsense. ISIS and anyone who believed Obama’s claim to have done in bin Laden already knew, if they believed the lie, that the Obama regime claimed responsibility for murdering an unarmed bin Laden. The reason the SEAL team was prevented from talking is that no member of the team was on the alleged mission,

Just as the ship from which bin Laden was allegedly buried has no witnesses to the deed, the SEAL unit, whose members formed the team that allegedly dispatched an unarmed Terrorist Mastermind rather than to take him into custody for questioning, mysteriously died in a helicopter crash when they were loaded in violation of procedures in an unprotected 1960s vintage helicopter and sent into a combat zone in Afghanistan shortly after the alleged raid on “bin Laden’s compound.”

For awhile there were news reports that the families of these dead SEALS do not believe one word of the government’s account. Moreover, the families reported receiving messages from the SEALs that suddenly they felt threatened and did not know why. The SEALs had been asking one another: “Were you on the bin Laden mission?” Apparently, none were. And to keep this a secret, the SEALs were sent to their deaths.

Anyone who believes anything the US government says is gullible beyond the meaning of the word.







It is a largely forgotten historic fact that Spain fought a costly and bloody civil war in the 1930's. Even though Spain had previously signed an alliance with Nazi Germany, this civil war left them so weak, they had to leave the alliance.

Almost 80 years later Spain now is poised to go down the same road. Some time ago, I covered the continuing dispute between the central Spanish government and the province of Catalonia. Spain's government, like most governments has spent their people into bankruptcy. Catalonia is still relatively prosperous and has no desire to send their resources to Madrid to be sent down a rat hole. They have therefore, announced their intention to have a vote on separating from Spain. I said then, Spain would never allow this.

Now, a year later, the Spanish Supreme Court has declared this November 9 election illegal. Just yesterday, the central government has ordered troops to that area. So, the more things change, the more they stay the same. Elections are great as long as they validate control for the central authorities, but if an election confirms the desire of people to be free of central government tyranny, that's illegal. King George would be proud. I don't know where this will go, but I do know where it went in the 1930's. This could spin out of control very quickly. Any government that has to resort to violence to remain in power, is illegitimate.

Bruce                                    New World Order News


Spain Moves Military Assets Into Catalonia Ahead Of Weekend's 'Illegal' Secession Vote

Tyler Durden's picture

Submitted by Tyler Durden on 11/05/2014 14:21 -0500

"Everything is all set for Nov. 9," says a senior Catalan regional government official as the region prepares to defy both the central government and the country's highest court and proceed with a much-disputed weekend vote on whether to secede from Spain. And while the Spanish government has not specified what legal consequences Catalan leaders, poll workers or voters might face Sunday, when they go to vote, The LA Times reports that Madrid has reportedly readied thousands of Civil Guard police officers to travel to Catalonia this weekend if needed.


As The LA Times reports,

Spain's northeastern region of Catalonia vowed Tuesday to defy both the central government and the country's highest court and proceed with a much-disputed weekend vote on whether to secede from Spain.
Hours earlier, Spain's Constitutional Court ordered Catalonia to freeze its plans for an independence vote, scheduled for Sunday. It was the second time the court issued an order siding with Madrid, which considers any Catalan independence vote illegal.
But Catalan leaders said they would not back down.'
"Everything is all set for Nov. 9," Francesc Homs, a spokesman for the Catalan regional government, said at a news conference. "We are maintaining our participatory process. We couldn’t say this any clearer -- and we’re doing so regardless of the consequences."
Homs said the Catalan government would use the Constitutional Court to sue the central government "for threatening the right ... to freedom of speech."
The Spanish government has not specified what legal consequences Catalan leaders, poll workers or voters might face Sunday, when they go to vote. But Madrid has reportedly readied thousands of Civil Guard police officers to travel to Catalonia this weekend if needed.


And sure enough, the convoys are rolling

The presence of military convoys on the roads in Catalonia, specifically cars Pizarro has been steady throughout the day. Have been military convoys on the roads to Lleida and Zaragoza from, but also Panadella and Low Llobreta and Diagonal.

Remember a few days ago several military helicopters flew some Catalan regions : namely a group of six of these distinctive military helicopters were seen in the Vallès Oriental Vallès Occidental and in different parts of the metropolitan area of Barcelona, ??to Llobregat and Alt Camp.

So French youth are revolting, Bulagria's poor are self-immolating, Spain now has a neo-Nazi party... and now the military are required to control the population... sounds like 'recovery' to us.

As Mike Krieger concluded previously:

On a more serious note, Americans need to understand that Spain is merely a few years ahead of us. The question isn’t whether the status quo will be overthrown, the question is what will replace it. Something better, or something worse? Our key mission must be to ensure we get a better system after this one blows up, not something even worse.
Watch Spain closely in the months ahead. It will be another canary in the coal mine for the entire Western world.






He calls it “executive orders”, but the result is the same. The President issues an order and those in his administration treat it as a law. Today, in a rambling, largely incoherent, press conference, Obama threatened the Congress and the American people, with an Executive Order legalizing illegal aliens unless the Congress passes legislation to do as he wishes.

It's only been less than a day since Republicans were swept into power in both houses of Congress and yet we are seeing the futility of the election process. Republican leaders are already stating they will do nothing about: The wars, Obamacare, balancing the budget, banker bailouts, shipping jobs overseas, Obama administration scandals, illegal executive orders and, yes, illegal immigration.

As if any of that matters, since our ruler has shown he will do whatever he wants. Most of the time he just issues one of his executive orders. Sometimes he doesn't even bother. He should have been impeached, but fat chance that will ever happen. Now that we have had this election, we need to revisit a better solution. Millions in the streets demanding that those in this government, leave--- all of them. There is no way for this nation to recover it's past prosperity and freedom as long as this bunch is in charge. Once that happens, we might actually be able to have a real election.

Bruce                         New World Order News


More Executive Orders on the Way: Republicans Take Control of the Senate

Chris Carrington
The Daily Sheeple
November 5th, 2014

The American people showed their discontent at the polls yesterday by voting for the Republicans to take control of the Senate. The GOP also strengthened their hold on the House of Representatives and will be in control of both chambers of Congress for the first time since 2006.

Obama now has two choices during the final two years of his leadership:

  • Issue Executive orders that require no approval from Congress.

  • Seek bipartisan support for his plans.

Many people have no doubt of which choice he will make.

What you have to ask yourself is will it make a difference? The vast majority of those that seek to rule us are from white collar backgrounds and most of them worked in for-profit organizations prior to going into politics. Over half of these people are millionaires. (source)

We are deluded if we think that these men and women will not vote with their/their cronies business interests in mind and therein lies the problem. The gap between rich and poor, the haves and have-nots widens year on year. The rich get richer and the rest of us get squeezed more and more.

To hope that because the Republicans now control both chambers of Congress this will change is foolhardy. It won’t.

The world over the views and visions of politicians is at odds with the views and visions of the people they preside over. Looking at it logically it’s impossible for it to be any other way. Someone who has grown up with all the privileges of life, someone who has mingled with the ‘right’ people and attended the top schools cannot understand growing up on the other side of the tracks.

Someone who has the money to enter the merry-go-round of political life will have views and attitudes that reflect their background. As would we all. We are all the product of what has gone on in our lives, and politicians are no different.

They cannot possibly comprehend how it feels to struggle to keep the roof over your families head. They have no concept of having to manage with what they have.

They have never known the pressure of job loss, hunger, poverty, foreclosure or homelessness. They have no experience of the real lives that the majority of the electorate lead. In short they are not qualified for the positions they hold.

If you need an operation you wouldn’t go to a car mechanic would you? No, you would find someone qualified to do the operation. This is what is lacking in the political system of not only the United States but of the political systems around the world.

There are no simple answers, but clearly, as long as it takes millions of dollars to run a campaign fund there is no chance of getting more balance on Capitol Hill. The common man is not under-represented, he is not represented at all and that’s not something that is going to change anytime soon.

Delivered by The Daily Sheeple





Rulers Seek to Rule


Rulers Seek to Rule

Posted November 4, 2014 2:50 pm by PatriotRising

The democratic system doesn’t really work very well at all


Rulers seek to rule. Well, that seems a bit obvious, doesn’t it? And yet, time after time, we elect new leaders, imagining that, “This new group will be better—they’ll represent us as they promised.”


Unfortunately, the democratic system doesn’t really work very well at all. The idea is supposed to be that if old leaders overstep their bounds, new candidates may come forth who promise a reversal of the autocracy of the previous group, and we elect them. They will then proceed to implement that reversal.


Of course, we all know that it’s this last bit that consistently fails to happen. The new groupdoes not fulfil its promises to the electorate—in fact, it almost invariably seeks to increaseits power over them. And as each group assumes greater power than the previous one, the country slowly declines, until ultimately, it reaches the state of tyranny.


But what is at the heart of this process? Why on earth does it never seem to happen that the new leaders actually diminish their power and become true representatives of those who elected them? Surely, we must get a few good leaders once in a while.


To answer this question, let’s have another look at that title, at the top of the page…


Rulers seek to rule. Ruling is not a side issue; it is not a by-product. It is their very purpose. It is the reason they ran for elected office.


But then, why do better, less-obsessed people not run? Well, they occasionally do, mostly at the lower levels of public office, where they soon find that politics is a nasty business and that their fellow office-holders detest them for their integrity. In effect, they find themselves isolated, much like New York policeman Frank Serpico—a lamb amongst vipers. In such an environment, it’s unlikely that a “good guy” will last long.


There arises the occasional Ron Paul, a beacon in the night, but the Ron Pauls are rare and even more rarely attain high office. Instead, those who are most likely to pursue public office and most likely to remain there are those that most desire to rule.


So, if we follow this reasoning along, who within a given society does most want to rule? Well, clearly, those who are the most obsessive in their desire to control others. Even more so if they possess this desire to a pathological degree.


In a small jurisdiction, this is less pronounced, because there are fewer people to run for office. The larger the country, the greater the likelihood that those who are pathological will not only come forward, but will do whatever it takes to succeed. Their odds of initial and continued success are therefore far greater than those of the “good” candidates.


If the above reasoning is correct, we’d find our legislatures full of pathological people.


In a large country, all candidates, in all parties, might well answer this description, resulting in a virtual guarantee that the top spots would be filled by those who are pathological. (Estimates hold that approximately 6.2% of any population are likely to be narcissistic. Sociopaths are at 4%.)


So, let’s test this out. Let’s look at a list of character traits of each of these psychopathies and ask ourselves if the descriptions fit any (or all) of our rulers.




  • Grandiose sense of self-importance

  • Preoccupied with fantasies of unlimited success and power

  • Requires excessive admiration

  • Has a pronounced sense of entitlement

  • Is exploitative of others

  • Lacks empathy

  • Demonstrates arrogant, haughty behaviour




  • Superficial charm and good intelligence

  • Unreliability

  • Untruthfulness and insincerity

  • Lack of remorse and shame

  • Poor judgment and failure to learn by experience

  • Pathologic egocentricity and incapacity for love


In examining the traits above and comparing them to the traits we observe in our political leaders, we no longer wonder why our leaders are not more truthful, more reliable, more representative, less arrogant, etc. In fact, in any given situation, we can expect overreach from leaders in each of the following categories:



  • An assumed right to power (over both the electorate and other sovereign states)

  • Extreme lack of concern for truth or integrity (Reality becomes whatever the leader has most recently decided it is)

  • Lack of true concern for the electorate on any level (although “concern” may very well be pretended)

  • Inconsistency and unreliability in actions and policymaking

  • Fascination with opportunities for armed conflict (both domestic and international)

  • Carelessness in the sacrifice of the lives of others in combat situations (Armed conflict is an interestinggame, rather than an unfortunate necessity)


Whatever nation the reader is from, he might reread the above description, whilst picturing each of the last several leaders his country has had, and ask himself if these traits apply. (Again, the larger the country, the more likely that all the boxes are ticked, with regard to every leader, regardless of political party.) In addition, if the reader decides to extend the exercise to those on the second and third tiers of power (deputy prime minister, vice president, chancellor of the exchequer, secretary of state, etc., depending upon the jurisdiction), my guess would be that these individuals would also fit the bill fairly well.


Right, then. We were already a bit glum about those who ostensibly were elected to “represent our interests”. Now, it appears not only that they are a bad lot, but that there’s little hope for improvement, short of exhuming Guy Fawkes and cloning him in large numbers.


So what can we glean from this exercise?


We can surmise that, whether a sovereign state was founded as a free republic (e.g., Ancient Rome or the United States), or whether it was founded right from the outset as an oppressive state (e.g., France or the Soviet Union after their respective revolutions in 1799 and 1917), it is certain that pathological individuals will be those who will most desperately seek office. This then means that, over time, the new state will invariably progress toward tyranny, until such time as the system is ended and started anew.


What this means is that the reader might wish to assess the point that his home country has reached in its decline and consider whether it has reached the point of diminishing returns as regards his own personal freedom to live his life as he sees fit.


The good news is that, at any point in history, countries exist that are at different stages of decline, and the reader has choices as to where he might reside, work, and invest, if he wishes to pursue them.


Editor’s Note: Unfortunately there’s little any individual can practically do to change the trajectory of this trend in motion. The best you can and should do is to stay informed so that you can protect yourself in the best way possible, and even profit from the situation.


It’s not all doom and gloom; the world is your oyster, and there are very attractive jurisdictions that are cause for optimism. That’s what International Man is all about—making the most of your personal freedom and financial opportunity around the world. The free IM Communiqué is a great place to start.


Reprinted with permission from Casey Research




I am plagiarizing the 1960's slogan, “What if they gave a war and nobody came?” The sad facts show that over the past 50 years the unstoppable march towards the destruction of this nation continues. Even though we have continual elections, they are carefully managed by those in control. In order to be elected to higher office, you need to be nominated. In order to be nominated, you need to be in good standing with either Republicans or Democrats.

The first results of this mid term election shows wide spread fraud from coast to coast. Dead people voting, people voting multiple times, Illegal immigrants casting ballots, as well as the customary hacking of voting machines are just some of the incidents being reported.
The subject article written by Paul Craig Roberts *, codifies his concerns on the U.S. election process. If we Americans continue to validate this process, evil people will continue to hold public offices. The wars will continue and accelerate. Jobs will continue to shipped overseas. An unpayable national debt will continue to balloon. Illegal immigrants will continue to stream across the border. Stll want to vote? Stay home tomorrow.

Bruce                        New World Order News

*Dr. Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His internet columns have attracted a worldwide following. Roberts' latest books are The Failure of Laissez Faire Capitalism and Economic Dissolution of the West and How America Was Lost.   Dysfunctional America — Paul Craig Roberts October 31, 2014Dysfunctional America Paul Craig Roberts If you require more evidence that the United States is a dysfunctional society, observe American elections. Election season is slander season. Each party’s attack teams focus on misrepresenting, defaming, and ridiculing the opposing party’s candidates. Attack ads have replaced debates and any discussion of what the issues are, or should be, and how candidates perceive the public’s interest. Each attack team tells lies designed to enrage various voters about the other team’s candidate. Whoever is elected is indebted not to voters but to the special interests that provided the campaign money. Once elected the official serves the private interest groups that put the official in office. In America the government can be bought and sold just like everything else. In its Citizens United ruling, a Republican Supreme Court put its stamp of approval on the right of corporations to purchase the US government. Each state has its own dominant interest groups that win every election. In Florida real estate developers routinely defeat the environment and local communities. Developers have even been known to form organizations that pose as conservation supporters in order to misrepresent and defeat conservation measures. Yet, despite their long string of losses to special interests, voters still participate in elections. I once read a theory that elections are a form of entertainment. President Clinton’s encounter with the young woman on MTV–”boxers or briefs”–is one indication of the lack of seriousness that Americans bring to politics. Perhaps the lighter moment of a young woman’s interest in the president’s underwear should be cherished. The Clinton years will be remembered as scandal after scandal with dark events unresolved and covered up. The Clinton years were transformative. For those who don’t remember and those too young at the time to be aware, Ambrose Evans-Pritchard’s book, The Secret Life of Bill Clinton: The Unreported Stories (1997), will be an eye-opener. Perhaps the Democrats should read the book before nominating Hillary as the party’s presidential candidate. Evans-Pritchard was Washington bureau chief for the Sunday Telegraph, one of the main British newspapers. He was stunned by how the American media ceased to function during the Clinton years. The Clinton years gave us such events as the federal government’s murder of the Branch Davidians in their Waco compound and subsequent coverup, the Oklahoma City bombing and coverup, and the coverup of the apparent murder of White House counsel Vincent Foster. Almost everyone who paid attention saw coverups, not investigations, of these extraordinary events. Evans-Pritchard was one who payed attention, and what he saw did not pass muster. Yet, there was no press asking questions. For example, the official story was that Tim McVeigh was the “lone nut” responsible for blowing up the Murrah Federal Office Building with a truck bomb. Yet, at McVeigh’s trial the prosecution did not call a single witness who could place McVeigh in Oklahoma City on the day of the bombing. “This is a rather astonishing fact,” writes Evans-Pritchard, and indeed it is. The reason the prosecution could not provide a witness to place MvVeigh at the scene of the crime is that the many witnesses all reported seeing McVeigh in the company of other men, and the prearranged official story was that McVeigh was alone. The FBI and the prosecution had to make this case, not conduct a real investigation and discover what really happened. Experts who have examined the Oklahoma City bombing have concluded that the truck bomb was cover for explosives set inside the building. For example, US Air Force munitions expert General Benton K. Partin provided an extensive and detailed study and wrote to the US Senate: “The attached report contains conclusive proof that the bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, was not caused solely by the truck bomb. Evidence shows that the massive destruction was primarily the result of four demolition charges placed at critical structural points at the third floor level.” Miquel Rodriguez, the associate independent counsel assigned the investigation of Deputy White House Counsel Vincent Foster’s mysterious death resigned after four months convinced that he was dealing with a FBI coverup and that his investigation was being sabotaged by personnel within his own office. The FBI’s official story differed completely from the story of the witness who discovered Foster’s body. Again, as in Oklahoma, the FBI’s case required the creation of a make-believe scenario at odds with the evidence. With no interference from a silent press, the FBI created the story that was needed. Evans-Pritchard wrote that the Foster case was “taboo for American journalists. In private, many concede that the official story is unbelievable, but they will not broach it in print.” When Americans think of Clinton era scandals, they recall “Whitewater” and Clinton’s sexual escapades with White House intern Monica Lewinsky. Evans-Pritchard writes that these two scandals were small potatoes compared to the Waco, Oklahoma City, and Vincent Foster coverups. Evans-Pritchard concludes that these minor events were used by the press to distract the public and perhaps Congress from inquiring into FBI coverups of criminal acts. I remember asking my Wall Street Journal colleague Robert Bartley why he put so much energy and editorial ink into Whitewater, a minor scandal involving some real estate payoffs to the Clintons that did not pan out. Serious events were ignored while Clinton’s affair with Lewinsky became a matter of impeachment. From Clinton to George W. Bush and Obama was another transformative change. The crimes of the Clinton regime were covered up and not acknowledged. The crimes of the Bush and Obama regimes are openly acknowledged by the presidents themselves and by their attorney generals who assert that the “war on terror” frees presidents from the Constitution and from domestic and international statutory law. Thus, we have indefinite detention, torture and loss of protection against self-incrimination, destruction of privacy, and execution of US citizens without due process of law. Almost overnight the US government became unaccountable, released from constitutional and legal constraints. Elections serve only to validate the unaccountability of government.      

  IT'S HERE! POLICE STATE AMERICA   The subject video covers a subject that is only too well known by most Americans, the police state. Simply put, this is a situation where police are a law unto themselves. They even have a law, not following police orders. You'll notice that no where in that “law” is any connection to existing laws. No, if the officer tells you to get on to the ground, you get on to the ground. If he tells you to sit, stand or hop on one foot, you have to do it.
As if that isn't bad enough, police do not have to obey the same laws as the rest of us. They can use deadly force whenever they feel like it. If they don't like your posture, they can fire a taser into you. If they feel their life is threatened, they can shoot you.
Since the events of 911, 10 times more people have been killed by police than by terrorists. The natural conclusion is not to call the police for anything. Be aware that the presence of police, especially if you and he or she is alone, presents a real and present danger to you. If they feel threatened and you feel threatened, they have the gun.
Bruce                           New World Order News
  Police Caught Trampling Constitution    


  99% Vaccinated Involved in Navy Flu Outbreak

This should come as no shock to anyone with a computer ----and yet---- if we mention this to the average American, they will look at you as if you had 2 heads. And there's the problem. We live in a time where the knowledge of the ages is at our fingertips. At the same time, studies show average Americans are substantially more ignorant than previous generations.



So, on command from our government masters, we roll up our sleeves and those of our children, allowing them to plunge chemicals into our bloodstreams having no idea as to what they are or  that they work. Of course, there are no evil people in positions of power and authority in our government. Everything they do is for our own good.


Bruce                                    New World Order News    

  TIME FOR GOLD AND SILVER   I have personally been invested in gold and silver stocks for many years. Up to a few years ago, I saw some pretty good profits. Since then, those stocks have tanked along with the price of gold and silver.
Economists will give many explanations for the drop in prices, but a few facts have become evident. All central governments, controlled by their central banks have waged war against the precious metals. Everything they have is based on paper currency, so their survival depends on keeping the metal prices under control. In order to do that they have done 2 things. The first is to sell gold and silver they do not have. They issue securities backed by gold and silver, even though if they had to produce it, they couldn't. The second thing is to print trillions of dollars and put it into the stock market. This pushes prices up and encourages investors to place their assets there.
Almost all independent economists have been sounding the alarm for years. Printing money out of thin air always results in disaster. Everyone knows that. So why hasn't this happened and why invest now? Since I began investing, I've learned 2 things. One is that there is no way to exactly predict major moves in the economy. The second is, it always takes longer than predicted. Smoke and mirrors only lasts so long. Whether it's 2 years or 2 days, our time is almost up. If gold and silver goes lower, it won't be much and it won't be long. I would rather be a year early, than a day late. When this hits, it will be incredibly fast.
Bruce                                           New World Order News




First, let's get this out of the way. The patent on Ebola owned by the CDC is, CA 2741523 A1. Even with this disclosure, there will be those who say it's a conspiracy theory. For some, there is no hope.


It's hard to wrap our heads around the prospect that some in our government actually may have made this killer plague in a laboratory. We keep wanting to believe that somehow those in power will voluntarily stop perpetrating evil when the evil just gets to be too much. No such luck with them. There is absolutely nothing they won't do to further their own sick agenda.

David Rockefeller, Henry Kissinger, Price Phillip and Ted Turner are just a few of many that have written their desire to kill 80 to 90% of the entire population on Earth. Price Phillip has gone so far as to write that he would like to be reincarnated as a virus to kill billions. These are your leaders. These are the ones who determine all of our lives and how we shall live and, I guess, if we shall live. Sadly, there are some who hold to the illusion that this next election in the U.S. will save us.
Bruce                                                   New World Order News   The CDC, NIH & Bill Gates Own the Patents On Existing Ebola & Related Vaccines: Mandatory Vaccinations Are Near 17 Sep, 2014 by Dave Hodges   Bill Gates, the king of vaccines. Bill Gates, the king of vaccines. I have previously reported that Monsanto, or Monsatan as many call them, has partnered with the Department of Defense to use a proxy third party company to develop a vaccine against Ebola. The seed money began at $1.5 million. The value of the deal could grow to an estimated $86 million dollars. The company’s name is Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corporation (TKMR) (TKM.TO), a leading developer of RNA interference (RNAi) therapeutics. “TKM-Ebola, an anti-Ebola virus RNAi therapeutic, is being developed under a $140 million contract with the U.S. Department of Defense’s Medical Countermeasure Systems BioDefense Therapeutics (MCS-BDTX) Joint Product Management Office”.  As breaking and shocking of a news story as this has the potential to be, the real story is that this is not the most important part of the Ebola threat which has invaded the United States. The truth of the matter is that these unholy and untrustworthy associations, when it comes to “fighting” the Ebola virus, represent the mere tip of the iceberg. The more on digs into who is behind the creation and the development of vaccines for treating Ebola, the more the conspiracy networks widen. The most amazing fact is how incredibly easy it was to locate this information. I want to be clear on this point, Ebola was invented, a vaccine for Ebola has existed for 8-10 years, some government sponsored institutions as well as some of the global elite have positioned themselves to profit enormously from the spread of the virus and the development of and dissemination of mandatory Ebola vaccines and the imposition of total martial law in the process. Here is the proof.   Human ebola virus species and compositions and methods thereof
CA 2741523 A1
Amazingly, the CDC owns “the” patent on Ebola and all future strains. The “SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION” section of the patent document also clearly claims that the U.S. government is claiming “ownership” over all Ebola viruses that share as little as 70% similarity with the Ebola it “invented”: Why would a government organization claim to have “invented” this infectious disease and then claim a monopoly over its exploitation for commercial use? It is clear that the CDC plans to claim royalties on Ebola vaccines. This certainly increases the likelihood that the vaccines will become mandatory, thus increasing the profit potential for the patent holders.   Publication number CA2741523 A1 Publication type Application Application number CA 2741523 PCT number PCT/US2009/062079 Publication date Apr 29, 2010 Filing date Oct 26, 2009 Priority date Oct 24, 2008 Also published as EP2350270A2, 4 More » Inventors Jonathan S. TownerStuart T. NicholJames A. ComerThomas G. KsiazekPierre E. Rollin Applicant Jonathan S. Towner, 5 More » Export Citation BiBTeXEndNoteRefMan Classifications (21), Legal Events (1) External Links: CIPOEspacenet   Clearly, Ebola is manmade and this patent proves this contention. Why does the CDC need to own the patent on Ebola? Perhaps, we should ask Bill Gates why he is donating $50 million to the UN and the CDC in the name of fighting Ebola (see video below). The CDC has partners in the fight against Ebola, namely, Crucell, the National Institute of Health (NIH) and the U.S. Army Medical Research Institute of Infectious Diseases (USAMRIID) and, of course, Bill and Melinda Gates.    

  AN ARMY RANGER SPEAKS OUT       Monday, October 27th, 2014 | Posted by Editor Thanks for Vietnam, Iraq and Afghanistan
  [Note for TomDispatch Readers: Today’s piece is out of the ordinary, the sort of thing that’s largely untouchable in the mainstream. A former Army Ranger writes about why the endless “thank you"s for service in America’s wars ring hollow.  And that Ranger-turned-conscientious-objector, Rory Fanning, has quite an all-American odyssey to tell, which is exactly what he’s done in his new book Worth Fighting For: An Army Ranger’s Journey Out of the Military and Across America.  As far as I’m concerned, it’s a must read and, as it happens, for a $100 contribution to this site, you can be the first on your block to get a signed, personalized copy of it. Just check out the offer at the TomDispatch donation page and while you’re at it, note that signed, personalized copies of my new book, Shadow Government: Surveillance, Secret Wars, and a Global Security State in a Single-Superpower World, are still available.  My thanks again to all of you -- it was a genuine outpouring of support -- who have already contributed! Tom] Read More at:  TOM DISPATCH   Howard Schultz. Chairman and CEO of Multi-million dollar Corporation Starbucks Howard Schultz. Chairman and CEO of Multi-million dollar Corporation Starbucks Thank You for Your Valor, Thank You for Your Service, Thank You, Thank You, Thank You…   Still on the Thank-You Tour-of-Duty Circuit, 13 Years Later   By Rory Fanning   Last week, in a quiet indie bookstore on the north side of Chicago, I saw the latest issue of Rolling Stone resting on a chrome-colored plastic table a few feet from a barista brewing a vanilla latte.  A cold October rain fell outside. A friend of mine grabbed the issue and began flipping through it. Knowing that I was a veteran, he said, “Hey, did you see this?” pointing to a news story that seemed more like an ad

. It read in part:


This Veterans Day, Bruce Springsteen, Eminem, Rihanna, Dave Grohl, and Metallica will be among numerous artists who will head to the National Mall in Washington D.C. on November 11th for ‘The Concert For Valor,’ an all-star event that will pay tribute to armed services.”

Concert For Valor? That sounds like something the North Korean government would organize,” I said as I typed into my MacBook Pro looking for more information. The sucking sound from the espresso maker was drowning out a 10-year-old Shins song. As I read, my heart sank, my shoulders slumped. Special guests at the Concert for Valor were to include: Meryl Streep, Tom Hanks, and Steven Spielberg.  The mission of the concert, according to  a press release, was to “raise awareness” of veterans issues and “provide a national stage for ensuring that veterans and their families know that their fellow Americans’ gratitude is genuine.” HBO CEO Richard Plepler  

HBO CEO Richard Plepler


Former Secretary of Defense Robert Gates and former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs Admiral Michael Mullen were to serve in an advisory capacity, and Starbucks, HBO, and JPMorgan Chase were to pay for it all. “We are honored to play a small role to help raise awareness and support for our service men and women,” said HBO chairman Richard Plepler.

Though I couldn’t quite say why, that Concert for Valor ad felt tired and sad, despite the images of Rihanna singing full-throated into a gold microphone and James Hetfield and Kirk Hammett of Metallica wailing away on their guitars. I had gotten my own share of “thanks” from civilians when I was still a U.S. Army Ranger.   

Who hadn’t?  It had been the endless theme of the post-9/11 era, how thankful other Americans were that we would do… well, what exactly, for them?  And here it was again.  I couldn’t help wondering: Would veterans somewhere actually feel the gratitude that Starbucks and HBO hoped to convey?

I went home and cooked dinner for my wife and little girl in a semi-depressed state, thinking about that word “valor” which was to be at the heart of the event and wondering about the Hall of Fame line-up of twenty-first century liberalism that was promoting it or planning to turn out to hail it: Rolling Stone, the magazine of Hunter S. Thompson and all things rock and roll; Bruce Springsteen, the billion-dollar working-class hero; Eminem, the white rapper who has sold more records than Elvis; Metallica, the crew who sued Napster and the metal band of choice for so many longhaired, disenfranchised youth of the 1980s and 1990s.  They were all going to say “thank you” — again. Raising (Whose?) Awareness Tom Dispatch Later that night, I sat down and Googled “vets honored.” Dozens and dozens of stories promptly queued up on my screen.  (Try it yourself.)  One of the first items I clicked on was the 50th anniversary celebration in Bangor, Maine, of the Gulf of Tonkin incident, the alleged Pearl Harbor of the Vietnam War.  Governor Paul LePage had spoken ringingly of the veterans of that war: “These men were just asked to go to a foreign land and protect our freedoms. And they weren’t treated with respect when they returned home. Now it’s time to acknowledge it.” Vietnam, he insisted, was all about protecting freedom — such a simple and innocent explanation for such a long and horrific war. Lest you forget, the governor and those gathered in Bangor that day were celebrating a still-murky “incident” that touched off a massive American escalation of the war.  It was claimed that North Vietnamese patrol boats had twice attacked an American destroyer, though President Lyndon Johnson later suggested that the incident might even have involved shooting at “flying fish” or “whales.” As for protecting freedom in Vietnam, tell the dead Vietnamese in America’s “free fire zones” about that. No one, however, cared about such details. The point was that eternal “thank you.”  If only, I thought, some inquisitive and valorous local reporter had asked the governor, “Treated with disrespect by whom?” And pointed out the mythology behind the idea that American civilians had mistreated GIs returning from Vietnam.  (Unfortunately, the same can’t be said for the Veterans Administration, which denied returning soldiers proper healthcare, or the Veterans of Foreign Wars and the American Legion, organizations that weren’t eager

to claim the country’s defeated veterans of a disastrous war as their own.)

When it came to thanks and “awareness raising,” no American war with a still living veteran seemed too distant to be ignored. Google told me, for example, that Upper Gwynedd, Pennsylvania, had recently celebrated its 12th annual “Multi-Cultural Day” by thanking its “forgotten Korean War Veterans.” According to a local newspaper report, included in the festivities were martial arts demonstrations and traditional Korean folk dancing. The Korean War was the precursor to Vietnam, with similar results. As with the Gulf of Tonkin incident, the precipitating event of the war that North Korea ignited on June 25, 1950, remains open to question. Evidence suggests that, with U.S. approval, South Korea initiated a bombardment of North Korean villages in the days leading up to the invasion. As in Vietnam, there, too, the U.S. supported a corrupt autocrat and used napalm on a mass scale. Millions died, including staggering numbers of civilians, and North Korea was left in rubble by war’s end.  Folk dancing was surely in short supply. As for protecting our freedoms in Korea, enough said. These two ceremonies seemed to catch a particular mood (reflected in so many similar, if more up-to-date versions of the same). They might have benefited from a little “awareness raising” when it came to what the American military has actually been doing these last years, not to say decades, beyond our borders. They certainly summed up much of the frustration I was feeling with the Concert for Valor. Plenty of thank yous, for sure, but no history when it came to what the thanks were being offered for in, say, Iraq or Afghanistan, no statistics on taxpayer dollars spent or where they went, or on innocent lives lost and why. Will the “Concert for Valor” mention the trillions of dollars rung up terrorizing Muslim countries for oil, the ratcheting up of the police and surveillance state in this country since 9/11, the hundreds of thousands of lives lost thanks to the wars of George W. Bush and Barack Obama? Is anyone going to dedicate a song to Chelsea Manning, or John Kiriakou, or Edward Snowden — two of them languishing in prison and one in exile — for their service to the American people? Will the Concert for Valor raise anyone’s awareness when it comes to the fact that, to this day, veterans lack proper medical attention, particularly for mental health issues, or that there is a veteran suicide every 80 minutes in this country? Let’s hope they find time in between drum solos, but myself, I’m not counting on it. Thank Yous While Googling around, I noticed an allied story about President Obama christening a poetic sounding “American Veterans Disabled for Life Memorial” on October 5th.  There, he wisely noted that “the U.S. should never rush into war.” As he spoke, however, the Air Force, the Navy, and Special Forces personnel (who wear boots that do touch the ground, even in Iraq), as well as the headquarters

of “the Big Red One,” the Army’s 1st Infantry Division, were already involved in the latest war he had personally ordered in Iraq and Syria, while, of course, bypassing Congress.

Thank you, thank you, thank you, thank you! Damn, I voted for Obama because he said he’d end our overseas wars. At least it’s not Bush sending the planes, drones, missiles, and troops back there, because if it were, I’d be mad. Then there were the numerous stories about “Honor Flights” sponsored by Southwest Airlines that offered all World War II veterans and the terminally ill veterans of more recent wars a free trip to Washington to “reflect at their memorials” before they died. Honor flights turn out to be a particularly popular way to honor veterans. Local papers in Richfield, Utah, Des Moines, Iowa, Elgin, Illinois, Austin, Texas, Miami, Florida, and so on place by place across significant swaths of the country have run stories about dying hometown “heroes” who have participated in these flights, a kind of nothing-but-the-best-in-corporate-sponsorship for the last of the “Greatest Generation.” Welcome home” ceremonies, with flags, marching bands, heartfelt embraces, much weeping, and the usual babies and small children missed during tours of duty in our war zones are also easy to find. In the first couple of screens Google offered in response to the phrase “welcome home ceremony,” I found the usual thank-you celebrations for veterans returning from Afghanistan in Sioux Falls, South Dakota, Ft. Sill, Oklahoma, and Saint Albans, Vermont, among other places. “We don’t do enough for our veterans, for what they do for us, we hear the news, but to be up there in a field, and be shot at, and sometimes coming home disabled, we don’t realize how lucky we are sometimes to have the people who have served their country,” one of the Saint Albans attendees was typically quoted as saying. Do enough…?” In America, isn’t thank you plenty? Oddly, it’s harder to find thank-you ceremonies for living vets involved in America’s numerous smaller interventions in places like the Dominican Republic, Lebanon, Grenada, Kosovo, Somalia, Libya, and various CIA-organized coups and proxy wars around the world, but I won’t be surprised if they, too, exist.  I was wondering, though: What about all those foreign soldiers we’ve trained to fight our wars for us in places like South Vietnam, Iraq, and Afghanistan? Shouldn’t they be thanked as well? And how about members of the Afghan Mujahedeen that we armed and funded in the 1980s while they gave the Soviet Union its own “Vietnam” (and who are now fighting for al-Qaeda, the Taliban, or other extreme Islamist outfits)? Or what about the Indonesian troops we armed under the presidency of Gerald Ford, who committed possibly genocidal acts in East Timor in 1975?  Or has our capacity for thanks been used up in the service of American vets? Since 9/11, those thank yous have been aimed at veterans with the regularity of the machine gun fire that may still haunt their dreams. Veterans have also been offered special consideration when it comes to applications for mostly menial jobs so that they can “utilize the skills” they learned in the military. While they continue to march in those welcome home parades and have concerts organized in their honor, the thank yous are in no short supply. The only question that never seems to come up is: What exactly are they being thanked for? Heroes Who Afford Us Freedom  

Starbucks Chairman Howard Schultz has said of the upcoming Concert for Valor:


The post-9/11 years have brought us the longest period of sustained warfare in our nation’s history. The less than one percent of Americans who volunteered to serve during this time have afforded the rest of us remarkable freedoms — but that freedom comes with a responsibility to understand their sacrifice, to honor them, and to appreciate the skills and experience they offer when they return home.”

It was crafty of Schultz to redirect that famed 1% label from the ultra rich, represented by CEOs like him, onto our “heroes.” At the concert, I hope Schultz has a chance to get more specific about those “remarkable freedoms.” Will he mention that the U.S. has the highest per capita prison population on the planet?  Does he include among those remarkable freedoms the guarantee that dogs, Tasers, tear gas, and riot police will be sent after you if you stay out past dark protesting the killing of an unarmed Black teenager by a representative of this country’s increasingly militarized police? Will the freedom to be too big to fail and so to have the right to melt down the economy and walk away without going to prison — as Jamie Dimon, the CEO of Chase, did — be mentioned? Do these remarkable freedoms include having every American phone call and email recorded and stored away by the NSA? And what about that term “hero”? Many veterans reject it, and not just out of Gary Cooperesque modesty either. Most veterans who have seen combat, watched babies get torn apart, or their comrades die in their arms, or the most powerful army on Earth spend trillions of dollars fighting some of the poorest people in the world for 13 years feel anything but heroic.  But that certainly doesn’t stop the use of the term.  So why do we use it?  As journalist Cara Hoffman points out at Salon:
“‘[H]ero’ refers to a character, a protagonist, something in fiction, not to a person, and using this word can hurt the very people it’s meant to laud. While meant to create a sense of honor, it can also buy silence, prevent discourse, and benefit those in power more than those navigating the new terrain of home after combat. If you are a hero, part of your character is stoic sacrifice, silence. This makes it difficult for others to see you as flawed, human, vulnerable, or exploited.”
We use the term hero in part because it makes us feel good and in part because it shuts soldiers up (which, believe me, makes the rest of us feel better). Labeled as a hero, it’s also hard to think twice about putting your weapons down. Thank yous to heroes discourage dissent, which is one reason military bureaucrats feed off the term. There are American soldiers stationed around the globe who think about filing conscientious objector status (as I once did), and I sometimes hear from some of them.  They often grasp the way in which the militarized acts of imperial America are helping to create the very enemies they are then being told to kill. They understand that the trillions of dollars being wasted on war will never be spent on education, health care, or the development of clean energy here at home.  They know that they are fighting for American control over the flow of fossil fuels on this planet, the burning of which is warming our world and threatening human existence. Then you have Bruce Springsteen and Metallica telling them “thank you” for wearing that uniform, that they are heroes, that whatever it is they’re doing in distant lands while we go about our lives here isn’t an issue.  There is even the possibility that, one day, you, the veteran, might be ushered onto that stage during a concert or onto the field during a ballgame for a very public thank you. The conflicted soldier thinks twice. Valor I’m back at that indie bookstore sitting at the same chrome-colored table trying to hash all this out, including my own experiences in the Army Rangers, and end on a positive note. The latest issue of Rolling Stone appears to have sold out. Out the window, the sun is peeking through a thick web of clouds.  They sell wine here, too. The sooner I finish this, the sooner I can start drinking.  

There is no question that we should honor people who fight for justice and liberty. Many veterans enlisted in the military thinking that they were indeed serving a noble cause, and it’s no lie to say that they fought with valor for their brothers and sisters to their left and right. Unfortunately, good intentions at this stage are no substitute for good politics. The war on terror is going into its 14th year.  If you really want to talk about “awareness raising,” it’s years past the time when anyone here should be able to pretend that our 18-year-olds are going off to kill and die for good reason. How about a couple of concerts to make that point?

Until then, I’m going to drink wine and try to enjoy the music over the sound of the espresso machine. Rory Fanning walked across the United States for the Pat Tillman Foundation in 2008-2009, following two deployments to Afghanistan with the 2nd Army Ranger Battalion. Fanning became a conscientious objector after his second tour. He is the author of the new book Worth Fighting For: An Army Ranger’s Journey Out of the Military and Across America (Haymarket, 2014).    


The subject article reveals the common denominator in school shootings and it's not guns. As near as we can tell, every single shooter was on some type of Psychotropic Drugs. Here's a question: Is there anyone out there who has heard on seen this issue covered by any of the mainstream media outlets? I didn't think so.



Bruce                                 New World Order News


  MASS VIOLENCE LINKED TO PRESCRIPTION PSYCHIATRIC MEDICATIONS - A RESOURCE PAGE SSRI stories, an archive of case studies linking SSRI and other presciption psychiatric mnedications to acts of extreme violence, including mass shootings. SSRI's make things worse, Joan Mathews-Larson, PhD Chris Greene "SSRI Drugs are responsible for School Massacre" Fox News: Are SSRI Antidepressants Causing School Shootings? Broadcast before the gun-grabbers sent out word to blame the guns for violance. Another FOX news story - Antidepressants and School Shootings, Suicide, Addiction. Michael Moore: Are SSRI Antidepressant drugs causing School Shootings? Making a Killing: The Untold Story of Psychotropic Drugging - Full Movie Psychiatry: An Industry of Death (FULL VERSION) The Marketing of Madness: The Truth About Psychotropic Drugs United States v. Miller United States Supreme Court Ruling that affirmed the Second Amendment reserves to the American people military arms equal to those of the standing army. John Bad Elk v. United States - 177 U.S. 529 (1900) United States Supreme Court Decision affirming a citizens right to tresist with lethal force infringement of their civil rights, in this specific case, arrest without probable cause. 5 U.S. 137 Marbury v. MadisonUnited States Supreme Court Decision that all laws which violate the consitution are automatically void. FLASHBACK 2005 - Depression Facts and Stats They knew there was a problem in 2005! From SSRIstories above - List of school shootings known to be linked to SSRIs Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Colombine school shooting in Littleton, Colorado), killed 12 students and 1 teacher, and wounded 23 others, before killing themselves. Klebold's medical records have never been made available to the public. Jeff Weise, age 16, had been prescribed 60 mg/day of Prozac (three times the average starting dose for adults!) when he shot his grandfather, his grandfather's girlfriend and many fellow students at Red Lake, Minnesota. He then shot himself. 10 dead, 12 wounded. Cory Baadsgaard, age 16, Wahluke (Washington state) High School, was on Paxil (which caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates hostage. He has no memory of the event. Chris Fetters, age 13, killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac. Christopher Pittman, age 12, murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft. Mathew Miller, age 13, hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days. Jarred Viktor, age 15, stabbed his grandmother 61 times after 5 days on Paxil. Kip Kinkel, age 15, (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac treatment. Luke Woodham, age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students, wounding six others. A boy in Pocatello, ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed stand off at his school. Michael Carneal (Ritalin), age 14, opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in West Paducah, Kentucky. Three teenagers were killed, five others were wounded.. A young man in Huntsville, Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another. Andrew Golden, age 11, (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson, aged 14, (Ritalin) shot 15 people, killing four students, one teacher, and wounding 10 others. TJ Solomon, age 15, (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers, Georgia opened fire on and wounded six of his class mates. Rod Mathews, age 14, (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat. James Wilson, age 19, (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood, South Carolina, took a .22 caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls, and wounding seven other children and two teachers. Elizabeth Bush, age 13, (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) – school shooting in El Cajon, California Jarred Viktor, age 15, (Paxil), after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times. Chris Shanahan, age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby, ID who out of the blue killed a woman. Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin), Huntsville, AL, killed his parents as they came home from work using a sledge hammer, hatchet, butcher knife and mechanic's file, then attacked his younger brothers and sister. Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be on Prozac along with several other medications. Kevin Rider, age 14, was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his head. Initially it was ruled a suicide, but two years later, the investigation into his death was opened as a possible homicide. The prime suspect, also age 14, had been taking Zoloft and other SSRI antidepressants. Alex Kim, age 13, hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled. Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems. Six days later, after suffering many adverse effects of the drug, she shot herself. Billy Willkomm, an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student, was prescribed Prozac at the age of 17. His family found him dead of suicide – hanging from a tall ladder at the family's Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002. Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter, age 12, was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her closet. Kara's parents said "…. the damn doctor wouldn't take her off it and I asked him to when we went in on the second visit. I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to Paxil…") Gareth Christian, Vancouver, age 18, was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002, (Gareth's father could not accept his son's death and killed himself.) Julie Woodward, age 17, was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her family's detached garage. Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school. The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft. Seven days later his mother found him dead, hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet. Kurt Danysh, age 18, and on Prozac, killed his father with a shotgun. He is now behind prison bars, and writes letters, trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill. Woody ____, age 37, committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft. Shortly before his death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug. He had seen his physician only for insomnia. He had never been depressed, nor did he have any history of any mental illness symptoms. A boy from Houston, age 10, shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased. Hammad Memon, age 15, shot and killed a fellow middle school student. He had been diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and "other drugs for the conditions." Matti Saari, a 22-year-old culinary student, shot and killed 9 students and a teacher, and wounded another student, before killing himself. Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine. Steven Kazmierczak, age 27, shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium. According to his girlfriend, he had recently been taking Prozac, Xanax and Ambien. Toxicology results showed that he still had trace amounts of Xanax in his system. Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen, age 18, had been taking antidepressants before he killed eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School – then he committed suicide. Asa Coon from Cleveland, age 14, shot and wounded four before taking his own life. Court records show Coon was on Trazodone. Jon Romano, age 16, on medication for depression, fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New York high school. Additional documented cases of the link between prescription psychiatric drugs and violence are at Back in 1971, even TIME magazine, while not saying these drugs caused violence, conceded thast there seemed to be a correlation between violence and certain medications! CALL TO ACTION: The only way Americans are going to halt this latest gun-grabber attack on the Bill of Rights is to force the issue of SSRI-caused violence into the public eye. You, yes YOU need to forward all these articles about SSRIs and violence, and the fact that the Connecticut shooter was on these medications, to all your local media, all your family and friends, every public forum you can find, and especially to flood the offices of members of Congress (who already had hearings into this very problem). Right now that fancy software the government bought to fake thousands of online identities is cranked up into rock-and-roll, full-tilt, afterburner overdrive. Unless We The People match them post for post, fact for myth, the gun-grabbers will win through attrition. The first side to quit loses. PLEASE SPREAD ALL THESE STORIES ABOUT SSRI-VIOLENCE. Demand to know what medications the shooters were on.  

  SORRY, HARPER. WE DON'T BUY IT.   I am referring to the latest “terrorist” act in Ottawa, yesterday. One man shot another man outside the Canadian Parliament building and then, the government and their media whores went into action. On and on and on and on Fox News and others repeated the same story over and over and over. If it weren't for the tragic death of the Canadian soldier, it would have been the most boring news program ever.
Then, right on cue, Canadian Prime Minister Harper, gave a speech. If one weren't aware of the real facts, one would think an ISIS division just took over Toronto. Instead, he stretched all he could to make the killing of one man by another, an international act of terror.
Here's a message to Harper, Obama, Cameron and all the other government masters drooling over the prospect of World War 3: I've had enough of you people. Please go away – far away. Face the fact that no one believes you anymore. Please don't ask for more money. Please don't ask for more power. Please don't ask for me to give up any more of my rights. Just go away.
Bruce                                                  New World Order News     Making Sense of Ottawa Shooting October 22, 2014 rcmp-tactical-officers-cross-the-road-heading-towards-the-la.jpg

Everything was calculated to exaggerate the threat. Here's why.

If Bibeau was working for ISIS,  and ISIS is Western-backed,  then this indeed was a false flag. 

by Henry Makow Ph.D.

Because I am a Canadian, some readers have asked for my take on the attack Wednesday on two of Canada's national institutions.

First, an honor guard at the National War Monument, Cpl. Nathan Cirrilo, was shot and killed. Afterward the shooter, Michael Abdul Zehaf Bibeau, whose father is from Libya, was able to enter the Parliament Building where he fired off some rounds before being killed.

police-bystanders-and-soldiers-aid-a-fallen-soldier-at-the.jpg(Bystanders tend to Cirrilo at War Memorial)

The fact that Bibeau was able to enter the Parliament Buildings with a rifle is highly suspicious. The press entrance he used is protected by airport-like security and guards.

Didn't they know a shooting had just taken place a few blocks away? 

I see this incident in the context of what Albert Pike predicted in his famous letter to Mazzini. The Third World War would be between Zionists and Islam.

There is a need for all Westerners to feel like Israelis, under the constant threat of terror. This goes a long way toward meeting that demand.

In order to have a confrontation between Zionists and Islam, you need to build up an Islamic enemy. ISIS fills that role.

It was created by "Zionist" intelligence services: CIA, CSIS, Mossad, etc. (They can't demonize all Muslims because they would have to explain why they are importing so many.)

Then you have the Zionist-controlled nations -- the US, Canada, UK, France etc.-- declare war on ISIS. Thus, even though Canada had just extricated itself from Afghanistan, and never participated in Iraq, Stephen Harper is sending six jets to Iraq and 600 support staff to make sure they run.

In response, ISIS has warned of terror attacks, and right on schedule there have been two now.
Two soldiers were hit by a car in Quebec on Monday. One died. 
B0k-rqUCMAAGQAJ.jpgISIS apparently posted this image of Bibeau. (3.38) If he was indeed working for ISIS, and ISIS is Western-backed, then this indeed was a false flag.

As we all know by now,
the mass media is a collaborator in present and future wars, including all false flag terror. 

What gets me is the exaggerated sense of danger and media hysteria Wednesday, as if the purpose was to just plain frighten Canadians.

Although the incident took place at 10 a.m., the whole downtown was in "lock down" until evening. They acted like there were another shooter on the loose when there was zero evidence of one. How hard is it to count the shooters? 

Why pretend there are more than one unless you want to exaggerate the event?

Members of Parliament, office workers etc were stuck inside all day for no reason. Children in the Parliamentary Daycare were stuck there until early evening. 

The hockey game between the Ottawa Senators and Toronto Maple Leafs place 25 miles away was cancelled. How better make Canadians feel threatened than to take away their hockey?

vivkers.jpg(left, Vickers)
 Bibeau was killed by the Sargeant at Arms, Kevin Vickers, age 58. The old guy felled the shooter using his antiquated handgun. Where were the Tactical Squads and Swat Teams with their automatic weapons? 

Meanwhile the Members of Parliament cowered in their locked caucus rooms, while the nation's figurehead leaders were whisked away to safety. Stores were closed. Downtown office workers waited anxiously for news while other buildings were "evacuated." Everything was calculated to exaggerate the threat. 

In the evening, Prime Minister Netanyahu, I mean Harper went on TV and said Canada would not be intimated by the Islamists. The whole exercise seemed calculated to make Canadians feel threatened like Israelis are, and more committed to the Israeli cause, which Harper has said he would defend to the last Canadian.  I guess that war has begun.

Related- What is the explanation for this cop's antics? Taking aim- noticing cameras, laughing it up? How do we know
Bibeau killed Cirillo?
Canadian terror Wave a Modern Day Gladio  ---------  A List of Zionist False Flag Terror
"Canada Enacts Anti Terrorism Plan"
"The lockdown remained in effect throughout the afternoon and early evening, ending only at 8:30 PM. According to one news report, police were stopping vehicles leaving Ottawa in the direction of Montreal and questioning their occupants.

The emergency measures extended well beyond Ottawa. In Toronto, additional police were deployed at the Ontario legislature, City Hall, government and military facilities and on the subway. In Montreal, City Hall was closed to visitors and at the Quebec National Assembly in Quebec City, security was doubled and a helicopter circled the building.

All Canadian Armed Forces bases have been placed on high alert and NORAD, the joint US-Canadian North American Aerospace Defense Command, has increased its "alert posture," placing an increased number of fighter jets on high alert. The US has also heightened security along the Canada-US border."

First Comment from V:
  Very suspicious events in Ottawa yesterday including:   * Ottawa Police, RCMP asked public not to post photos, videos of supposed shooting.   * Ottawa Police, RCMP pointed guns at some journalists not to take pictures, video   * Supposed suspect had a double barrel shotgun inside the Parliament Buildings. How can you have a shoot-out with a gun only holding 2 bullets at once.   * ISIS pr department (CIA, MI-6, Mossad) tweets photo of supposed shooting suspect before Ottawa police know.   * Police said initially that there were multiple shooters and then changed to the lone wolf shooter. First reports about shooting at Rideau Centre (shopping mall) then changed the story to no shooting at Rideau Centre.   * The police have the suspects cell phone. This as laughable as the mint condition passport of one of the supposed 9-11 highjackers:   "Associated Press Television News journalist Jorge Barrera reported that police are in possession of a photograph of one of the gunmen, who reportedly has dark skin and long black hair. Barrera also tweeted that police have the suspect's cellphone."   Great info on the link below:   The real terrorist is Harper and his minions but he gets his marching orders from the higher ups in Ottawa, Washington and especially London, UK.     Harry writes:   I guess I'll have to rely on you, Henry, to keep me up to date on this latest bullshit Zionist maneuver, as the whole international scene has become too ridiculous for me to invest any time in.   I don't watch TV or listen to a radio, anymore.  Out of curiosity, I switched on the truck radio a few times, briefly, throughout the day, and sure enough the crap was still being spewed forth by our mindless and complicit media.  Learned some new words, though... like "radicalized".  Lol!  I guess men like us are "radicalized", too, in some sense.   "Prime Minister Netanyahu"... Lol, good one!  Though I've always preferred "Nutandayahoo", myself.  Both are 'special' cases, nonetheless.  Equally worthless, in my view.   My antipathy for Prime Minister Nutandayahoo grows with each passing day.  I listened to his canned speech which I would compare to a root canal without anesthesia, in terms of pleasantry.  I've never liked the bozo and now I know why.  The 'attack' was inevitable... I'll bet Nutandayahoo was crying for the opportunity to subject Canada to some kind of false flag, so he could play the victim like the UK and the US.  Little brother likes to be with the big boys, too... or should I say the little ferret-face likes to hang with the big weasels?  Even if it wasn't an overt attack, his moronic foreign policy has no doubt inspired many of us to want to shoot the bastard full of holes.   In any case, I'll be sleeping soundly IN my bed, tonight, and not UNDER it.  Sorry, CBC, your plan failed!     


  The subject video covers Peter Schiff stating the obvious. QE (Quantitative Easing) has been a failure. Unfortunately, for most of us, that failure is yet to be realized. Imagine you were able to go out and borrow unlimited money to maintain a lifestyle way above your income. You would appear very prosperous for a while, but when the debt had to be paid, you would lose everything to your creditors.

Whether it's a household budget or the budget of the U.S., the math is still the same. The only difference is in how many zeros are on the right side of the numbers. So, we wait. We hope that this inevitable financial collapse takes a real long time to happen. We have given up hope that our government masters will do anything to save this nation.

Bruce                                  New World Order News

  DID EBOLA START HERE?   I am referring to the Kemena bio-lab as the source of spreading the Ebola outbreak. The subject article goes into detail as to how this might have started.
At first we might say, “It is too terrible for anyone to play with this stuff”. Then we look at all the things that our government masters have said and done over the past decades. We have to come to the conclusion that they are capable of absolutely anything. “Absolutely anything" includes releasing the Ebola virus either by accident or on purpose.
Remember, this disease started in the Kemena area. In its' present form, it never existed before. Scientists have said it appears to be weaponized.

Bruce                              New World Order News   October 20, 2014 Mad Scientists at Kenema Unleash Ebola Epidemic by Russ Winter I presented the case for the Kemena bio-lab as the source of spreading the Ebola outbreak in Saturday’s post, and I had to circle back and debunk the debunkers. It states on the hospital consortium’s own website that it is involved in research on lethal diseases at Kenema. The trump card, or the rest of the story, is in this post. Indeed, starting in January, the consortium running the Kenema lab inked a $140 million deal with Department of Defense and a pharma company called Tekmira to conduct Phase I Ebola vaccine trails at Kenema on humans [see "Tekmira Doses First Subject in Human Clinical Trial of TKM-Ebola" press release]. Source: Frontline. March 30- No cases in Kenema, Sierra Leone as yet. The information provided begs the question: Where did they get the human subjects? There was no outbreak as of the end of March in Sierra Leone. Seems the DoD/pharma goon squads were recruiting Ebola trial participants from nearby Guinea, where there was a small outbreak underway. As the program rolled out, “bad actor” rumors flew in Kenema that Africans were being deliberately injected with Ebola and then treated ineffectively with this drug. Is there precedent for infecting subjects in order to run drug trials? Absolutely. A 2008 published case involved Polish homeless people who were experimented upon with bird flu vaccine. And Wikileaks reveals in a 2012 document: The Baxter company has been associated with two deadly scandals. The first event occurred in 2006 when hemophiliac components were contaminated with HIV virus and injected in tens of thousands of people, including thousands of children. Baxter continued to release the HIV contaminated vaccine even after the contamination was known.The second event occurred recently when it was discovered that Baxter had released a seasonal flu vaccine containing the bird flu virus, which would have produced a real world pandemic, to 18 countries. Fortunately, astute lab workers in the Czech Republic discovered the deadly combination and blew the whistle before a worldwide disaster was unleashed.Despite these two deadly events, WHO maintains an agreement with Baxter Pharmaceuticals to produce the world’s pandemic vaccine.” In fact, as late as last spring, a controversy and debate on the risks inherit in highly infectious disease trials raged in the scientific community and was reported in the Guardian. In July, soon after the Guardian article, Reuters reported on three deaths of nurses at the Kenema facility and the start of a nurse’s strike. The staff abandoned the hospital. Now it seemed like the mad scientists had a little problem on their hands. Dozens of nurses at a government hospital in eastern Sierra Leone town of Kenema went on an indefinite strike on Monday following the death of three of their colleagues on Sunday. All three were suspected to have been infected with the deathly virus.The Kenema hospital has the only testing centre in the country for the haemorrhagic fever and holds the highest number of patients of the outbreak.Mohamed Sheriff, a spokesman for the nurses, said they were demanding among other things the ‘immediate relocation to an isolated area of the Ebola ward and its takeover by the French medical agency, MSF.’ The Ebola wards are situated inside the Kenema hospital compound which the striking workers say poses a health risk to them and non-Ebola patients.Yambasu said that in Kailahun in eastern Sierra Leone – the epicentre of the outbreak – locals had dug trenches to bar ambulances and police from accessing their communities. Many locals regard being taken to an isolation ward as a death sentence.” By Aug. 1, there were 450 confirmed cases in Kenema, and the locals got out the pitchforks and torches. The government of Sierra Leone closed the bio-lab and put it under guard. Unlike the lapdog, script-reading western media, which whitewashed all this with a story about “a crazy nurse at Kenema starting a rumor,” the reality was that the mad scientists used poor protocols to protect regular patients in the hospital. From there, the Kenema Ebola pandemic got out of the bag and spread throughout West Africa. Currently, there are thousands of European and American troops in Guinea, Sierra Leone and Liberia and in the midst of a highly skeptical population. Meanwhile, 800 doses of the experimental vaccine are headed for West Africa for “fast track” human trials. But it goes beyond unadulterated mad-science malfeasance, whitewashing and cover ups. The psychopaths decided to also exploit the situation in the U.S. Ebola doesn’t thrive in very cold climates, so perhaps the criminals in power are willing to gamble with Ebola to fool the American people. The purpose is to further parlay their sick agendas: vaccinations for profit, Ebola “czar” looting of the Treasury, implementing martial law, rounding folks up and targeting of “enemies of the state.” Ebola: At a hospital near you, courtesy of the DoD and their criminal cabal associates. It’s totally predictably we have Presidente Obola’s program for dealing with the situation. For the tyranny conspiracy theory debunkers still out there, what part of “swat team” do you not understand?
What I have directed the CDC to do is that as soon as somebody is diagnosed with Ebola then we want a rapid response team, a SWAT team essentially, from the CDC, to be on the ground as quickly as possible. Hopefully within 24 hours.”

  ISRAELI KIDS CHANT “DEATH TO ARABS”   Suppose you saw a video where kids were chanting “Death to Jews”. Suppose it was “Death to Blacks”. Maybe “Death to Gays”. You get the point. It is wrong to want death to anyone just because they are born a certain race or hold a certain point of view. It is particularly wrong if one claims to follow Jesus.
Years ago, I was one of those who gave a blank check to those who run the nation state of Israel. Whatever they did was O.K. Whoever they killed, deserved it. All Arabs were bad. All Moslems were bad. All Israelis were good. After many attacks of conscience, I have changed my views. What is predominate in the policies pursued by that nation is wrong. Much of it is just evil. Killing innocent people is never justified. Pursuing a policy of Israeli apartheid is wrong and we, in the United States are equally guilty by supporting this with our money and our praises.
Bruce                                   New World Order News  

  GAY AGENDA DOMINATES PRIME TIME TV   If you like the TV show Scandal, prepare to watch men kissing each other and involved in sexual situations. CSI broadcasts lesbian situations. Am I overreacting? Here's a list of shows that have or will, trumpet gay relationships.       Red Band Society, GothamFOX
How to Get Away with Murder CartagenaABCChasing LifeABC Family
Gracie Dzienny . 2014— Halt and Catch FireAMC Joe MacMillan Lee Pace 2014— DominionSyfy TyrantFXThe Night ShiftNBCPenny DreadfulShowtimeBlack SailsStarzLookingHBOStar-CrossedThe CWDefianceSyfy
BetrayalABCDraculaNBCEast Los HighHuluNetflixMasters of SexShowtimeThe OriginalsThe CWHannibalNBCThe BridgeFXDevious MaidsLifetimeOrange Is the New BlackNetflix 2013— CBSThe FostersABC FamilyThe Carrie DiariesThe CWThe Following 2013— Da Vinci's DemonsStarzLeonardo da VinciCampNBCNashvilleABCArrow (TV series)The CW
Katrina Law 2012–2013 Bomb GirlsGlobal
GirlsHBOSaving HopeCTV (Canada)
NBC (US) Major CrimesTNTScandalABCUnderemployed MTV Emily Owens, M.D.The CW
ABCThe L.A. ComplexCTV (Canada) American Horror StoryFXBeing HumanSyfyAwkwardMTVGame of ThronesHBOHell on WheelsAMCThe KillingAMC (Seasons 1-3)
Netflix (Season4) Once Upon a TimeABCRevengeABC
Gabriel MannTeen Wolf MTV Necessary RoughnessUSAThe BorgiasShowtimeFairly LegalUSARingerThe CWCrowniesABC1The Playboy ClubNBCSkinsMTVTierra de lobosMultipark Ficción y Boomerang TV
Cinemax (season 2— ) Dance AcademyABC Downton AbbeyITVLost GirlShowcase (Canada
) AMCBoardwalk EmpireHBOThe Big CShowtimeLaw & Order: LANBC
HellcatsThe CWUndercoversNBCOutlawNBCRubiconAMCThe Whole TruthABCGleeFoxThe Vampire DiariesThe CWThe Good WifeCBSWhite CollarUSAWarehouse 13SyfySouthlandNBC (season 1)
TNTMake It or Break ItABC FamilyBeing EricaCBC (Canada)
SOAPNet (US) United States of TaraShowtimeStargate UniverseSyfyTraumaNBCCapricaSyfyFlashForwardABCThe PrisonerAMCKingsNBC90210The CWThe Secret Life of the American TeenagerABC FamilySons of AnarchyFXTrue BloodHBOIn TreatmentHBORaising the BarTNTThe No. 1 Ladies' Detective AgencyHBODamagesFX (seasons 1–3)
The 101 Network (season 4– ) Mad MenAMCGossip GirlThe CWGreekABC FamilyThe TudorsShowtimePushing DaisiesABCThe Lairhere!The Best YearsGlobal/E! (Canada)
The N (US) HeroesNBCDirty Sexy MoneyABCDirtFXDexterShowtimeBrothers & SistersABC
Big LoveHBO SinchronicityBBCSupernaturalThe CWDoctor WhoBBCTorchwoodGrey's AnatomyABCWeedsShowtimeSleeper CellShowtimeBeating HeartMBCCommander in ChiefABCThe Book of DanielNBCInconceivableNBCEyesABCHouseFoxDesperate HousewivesABCRescue MeFXEntourageHBOLostABCWonderfallsFox Tree HillWBNip/TuckFXAngels in AmericaHBOThe ShieldFXEverwoodWBLeap YearsShowtime 2001–2002 100 Centre StreetA&EFurther Tales of the CityShowtimeQueer as FolkShowtime 2000–2002 Dark AngelFoxGrosse PointeWBFrank Herbert's DuneSci Fi ChannelLaw & Order: Special Victims UnitNBC SopranosHBOOnce and AgainABCLos BeltránTelemundo 1999–2006 Bad GirlsITVWastelandABC 1998–2003 Dawson's CreekWBPlaying the FieldBBC One Tales of the CityShowtime 1997–2003 Buffy the Vampire SlayerWBOzHBOProfilerNBCRelativityABCMurder OneABC 1995–1996 Live ShotUPNCourthouseCBSERNBC 1994–2000 Party of FiveFoxMy So-Called LifeABCNYPD BlueABC 1993–1996 SistersNBCNora Dunn 1993 Wild PalmsABC 1993 Tales of the CityPBSOranges Are Not the Only FruitBBC 1988–1989 HeartBeatABCthirtysomethingL.A. LawNBCHe's a Crowd" Dress GrayNBCHollywood BeatNBCCBS Schoolbreak SpecialCBSCelebrityNBCOne Summer 1987 Hill Street BluesNBC 1981 Brideshead RevisitedGranadaPrisoner   No, no agenda here. We are being subjected to a barrage of gay propaganda. Even if one is sympathetic to the gay lifestyle, we have to be alarmed that those in control feel it necessary to brainwash the general public into celebration of their lifestyle.
When you see one of those episodes come on TV, change the channel or shut it off. Cancel HBO, Showtime and Cinemax. Don't reward their efforts. Hit them where it hurts --- in the wallet.

Bruce                          New World Order News    

  City of Houston demands pastors turn over sermons   Many of us have been warning our Christian brothers and sisters that this is coming. Even though there are reportedly over 40,000 pastors, priests and rabbis, in the Clergy Response team, our government masters are preparing for a double cross.
The subject article covers a demand from the lesbian mayor of Houston that some Pastors turn over written copies of sermons they delivered. Believe me, this is only the beginning. We get frustrated trying to communicate that this government is not a friend of Christians. At best, they only use us to achieve their long term goals. Once this happens, you can bet they will come after Christians in the same way as other tyrannys.
When Nehemiah was commanded by God to rebuild the Temple in Jerusalem, Nehemiah instructed those working there, to work with one hand and carry a sword in the other. This is good advice for us today. Phony celebrations for 4th of July, Memorial Day and other government holidays, only lets them worm their way into our churches. If we are Christians, we have to remember, the Bible never said anything about God and country--- and for good reason.

Bruce                                                     New World Order News     City of Houston demands pastors turn over sermons  Todd Starnes By Todd Starnes Published October 14, 2014   660-Houston-Mayor.jpg Houston Mayor Annise Parker (AP) The city of Houston has issued subpoenas demanding a group of pastors turn over any sermons dealing with homosexuality, gender identity or Annise Parker, the city’s first openly lesbian mayor. And those ministers who fail to comply could be held in contempt of court. The city’s subpoena of sermons and other pastoral communications is both needless and unprecedented,” Alliance Defending Freedom attorney Christina Holcomb said in a statement. “The city council and its attorneys are engaging in an inquisition designed to stifle any critique of its actions.” ADF, a nationally-known law firm specializing in religious liberty cases, is representing five Houston pastors. They filed a motion in Harris County court to stop the subpoenas arguing they are “overbroad, unduly burdensome, harassing, and vexatious.”  Political and social commentary is not a crime,” Holcomb said. “It is protected by the First Amendment.” The subpoenas are just the latest twist in an ongoing saga over the Houston’s new non-discrimination ordinance. The law, among other things, would allow men to use the ladies room and vice versa.  The city council approved the law in June. The Houston Chronicle reported opponents of the ordinance launched a petition drive that generated more than 50,000 signatures – far more than the 17,269 needed to put a referendum on the ballot. However, the city threw out the petition in August over alleged irregularities. After opponents of the bathroom bill filed a lawsuit the city’s attorneys responded by issuing the subpoenas against the pastors. The pastors were not part of the lawsuit. However, they were part of a coalition of some 400 Houston-area churches that opposed the ordinance. The churches represent a number of faith groups – from Southern Baptist to non-denominational. City council members are supposed to be public servants, not ‘Big Brother’ overlords who will tolerate no dissent or challenge,” said ADF attorney Erik Stanley.  “This is designed to intimidate pastors.” Mayor Parker will not explain why she wants to inspect the sermons. I contacted City Hall for a comment and received a terse reply from the mayor’s director of communications. We don’t comment on litigation,” said Janice Evans. However, ADF attorney Stanley suspects the mayor wants to publicly shame the ministers. He said he anticipates they will hold up their sermons for public scrutiny. In other words – the city is rummaging for evidence to “out” the pastors as anti-gay bigots. Among those slapped with a subpoena is Steve Riggle, the senior pastor of Grace Community Church. He was ordered to produce all speeches and sermons related to Mayor Annise Parker, homosexuality and gender identity. The mega-church pastor was also ordered to hand over “all communications with members of your congregation” regarding the non-discrimination law. This is an attempt to chill pastors from speaking to the cultural issues of the day,” Riggle told me. “The mayor would like to silence our voice. She’s a bully.” Rev. Dave Welch, executive director of the Texas Pastor Council, also received a subpoena. He said he will not be intimidated by the mayor. We’re not afraid of this bully,” he said. “We’re not intimidated at all.” He accused the city of violating the law with the subpoenas and vowed to stand firm in the faith. We are not going to yield our First Amendment rights,” Welch told me. ‘This is absolutely a complete abuse of authority.” Tony Perkins, the head of the Family Research Council, said pastors around the nation should rally around the Houston ministers. The state is breaching the wall of separation between church and state,” Perkins told me. ‘Pastors need to step forward and challenge this across the country. I’d like to see literally thousands of pastors after they read this story begin to challenge government authorities – to dare them to come into their churches and demand their sermons.” Perkins called the actions by Houston’s mayor “obscene” and said they “should not be tolerated.” This is a shot across the bow of the church,” he said. This is the moment I wrote about in my book, “God Less America.” I predicted that the government would one day try to silence American pastors. I warned that under the guise of “tolerance and diversity” elected officials would attempt to deconstruct religious liberty.  Sadly, that day arrived sooner than even I expected. Tony Perkins is absolutely right. Now is the time for pastors and people of faith to take a stand.  We must rise up and reject this despicable strong-arm attack on religious liberty. We cannot allow ministers to be intimidated by government thugs. The pastors I spoke to tell me they will not comply with the subpoena – putting them at risk for a “fine or confinement, or both.” Heaven forbid that should happen. But if it does, Christians across America should be willing to descend en masse upon Houston and join these brave men of God behind bars. Pastor Welch compared the culture war skirmish to the 1836 Battle of San Jacinto, fought in present-day Harris County, Texas. It was a decisive battle of the Texas Revolution. This is the San Jacinto moment for traditional family,” Welch told me. “This is the place where we stop the LGBT assault on the freedom to practice our faith.” We can no longer remain silent. We must stand together - because one day – the government might come for your pastor. Todd Starnes is host of Fox News & Commentary, heard on hundreds of radio stations. Sign up for his American Dispatch newsletter, be sure to join his Facebook page, and follow him on Twitter. His latest book is "God Less America."          
  DID EBOLA ORIGINATE AT U.S. BIO-WEAPONS LAB?   That is the contention in the subject article. You can always tell when there is substance to an accusation against our government masters. That is when they will not address specific questions relating to that accusation. This is just another. Judge for yourself.
Bruce                                     New World Order News     Another Foreign News Outlet Links U.S. Bio-Warfare Labs to Ebola Outbreak By Melissa Melton on October 14, 2014   ebolacapitalb (Truthstream Media) Russian news outlet Ria Novosti recently featured an interview with Professor Francis Boyle, University of Illinois College of Law, implicating the United States military-industrial complex in the current Ebola outbreak which the World Health Organization claims has now taken over 4,000 lives in West Africa. Via Ria Novosti: US government agencies have a long history of carrying out allegedly defensive biological warfare research at labs in Liberia and Sierra Leone. This includes the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), which is now the point agency for managing the Ebola spill-over into the US,” Prof. Francis Boyle said.Why has the Obama administration dispatched troops to Liberia when they have no training to provide medical treatment to dying Africans? How did Zaire/Ebola get to West Africa from about 3,500km away from where it was first identified in 1976?”Why is the CDC not better-prepared for this emergency after the US government spent about $70 billion since the anthrax attacks of October 2001 to prepare for this exact contingency?” Boyle said. Great question…how exactly did the Ebola virus get to West Africa from 3,500km away where it was first discovered in the Democratic Republic of the Congo? Why isn’t anyone else asking that question? That question should be asked by every talking head on every mainstream media outlet on repeat 500 times a day every day until it is answered. Of course, predictably, none of the Western establishment media puppets are asking any of the tough questions about Ebola. Questions like what happens if a mosquito bites an infected person, then flies off and bites someone else. Can Ebola spread then? Bill Gates certainly seemed to think so when he was funding research into mosquitoes as vaccine deployment systems. Aside from that, billions of dollars have been poured into the CDC over the years. Mac Slavo of recently asked similar questions to those of Professor Boyle after CDC Head Dr. Thomas Frieden claimed that it was a protocol breach which led to the first ever diagnosis of Ebola caught within the U.S. in the case of the Dallas Hospital nurse who reportedly tested positive after caring for Patient Zero Thomas Duncan. Duncan’s nurse somehow contracted the deadly virus despite reportedly wearing all the requisite protective gear. In response, Director Frieden claimed it was a breach in protocol, despite Frieden’s nearly continuous reassurances in the media leading up to the diagnosis that there was “rigorous protocol” in place to stop the disease both before and after Duncan brought it here. Quite obviously the CDC’s “rigorous protocol” has utterly failed. Now Frieden, a man who contradicted himself

live on CNN as to how the virus is even spread, has once again changed his tune, responding that, “We have to rethink the way we address Ebola infection control.”

Four decades and billions of dollars later and now the CDC has to rethink the whole darn thing, huh? The 2014 budget for the Centers for Disease Control is $6.6 billion,” Slavo wrote

. “What, exactly, have these people been doing since Ebola was first discovered nearly 40 years ago? You’d think for $6.6 billion a year we’d have already thought through the infection control protocols.”

Yes. You would. (Unless, of course, the government is being intentionally evasive or dishonest about the way in which Ebola is spread…) Back when Duncan first brought the virus with him to the U.S. from Liberia, Dr. Frieden repeatedly told the media almost on loop that he was “confident” that officials could stop Ebola from that point on, even claiming, “We will stop it in its tracks.” The CDC has yet to specify exactly what specific protocol was supposedly breached in the case of Duncan’s nurse, but the virus has definitely not been stopped in its tracks. The alternative media is reporting the truth: that most U.S. hospitals are ill-equipped to safely handle Ebola patients and stop the virus from spreading. Even though the CDC and the National Institutes of Health have both gone on record to say that any American hospital should be able to adequately and safely handle a deadly disease like Ebola, Duncan was the only patient not treated at one of the nation’s hospitals with specialized units specifically designed for dealing with such a highly infectious disease, and he is the only one out of six patients treated for Ebola here who has died thus far. Then again, the entire government response to Ebola in America has been like watching a bad scary movie from the start. Ria Novosti isn’t the first foreign news outlet to openly implicate the U.S. government in the 2014 West African Ebola outbreak, either. Dr. Cyril Broderick, Professor of Plant Pathology at the University of Liberia’s College of Agriculture and Forestry, recently wrote the article, “Ebola, AIDS Manufactured by Western Pharmaceuticals, US DoD? Scientists Allege,” in which he made the following five points out the outbreak: 1. Ebola is a genetically modified organism (GMO)
2. Ebola has a terrible history, and testing has been secretly taking place in Africa
3. Sites around Africa, and in West Africa, have over the years been set up for testing emerging diseases, especially Ebola
4. The need for legal action to obtain redress for damages incurred due to the perpetuation of injustice in the death, injury and trauma imposed on Liberians and other Africans by the Ebola and other disease agents
5. African leaders and African countries need to take the lead in defending babies, children, African women, African men, and the elderly. These citizens do not deserve to be used as guinea pigs!
When Western media outlets responded to this article and its points, they largely attempted to portray the people of these nations as woefully ignorant, but as Broderick himself points out, “African people are not ignorant and gullible, as is being implicated.” I’ve written before about how large swaths of the West African population have believed and still believe this Ebola outbreak is a government conspiracy. Perhaps that’s why such a massive 24/7 propaganda campaign has been launched there to inundate the population with the message first and foremost that, indeed, Ebola is real. Then again, you won’t hear about any of this in the mainstream press over here.  
POSTED OCTOBER 13, 2014   WHAT DO WE KNOW ABOUT EBOLA?   In asking this question, we first have to ask “What do we know about those who are in charge of controlling Ebola”? We know that those in charge are our government masters. We know they are pathological liars. We know they are capable of absolutely anything. There are no limits on the evil they will perpetrate in the furtherance of their goals. If we can't accept that, we cannot get any other true answers.
So now we have a disease called Ebola. The problem with that title is that it is not the same Ebola present in the past. This is a new disease, coming out of nowhere. It appears to have been weaponized. There are many diseases that have popped up over the years that have been weaponized. That means disease altered in a laboratory.
One day, and maybe one day soon, they will go too far. One day, they will create a situation that cannot be undone. Whether it be nuclear or economic or genetic alterations or man made diseases, one day it will be too much. Maybe Ebola is that, maybe it's something else, but the trend is clear.
Bruce                                                   New World Order News    


AMERICA'S PLAN FOR WORLD DOMINATION   It's called The Project For A New American Century. This was a document written by several neo conservatives, who would later go on to serve in high government positions. The subject video covers this document. You can read it for yourself. It's no secret. They are proud of it.
Among other things, the paper outlines the plan to take over governments throughout the Middle East and North Korea. This paper as written prior to George Bush jr., being elected President.
So here we are. The wars that they wanted are being pursued. The sad thing is how the vast majority of Americans know nothing about PNAC. It is even sadder that most don't care. So their husbands, wives, sisters, brothers, sons and daughters, follow any order to march into the meat grinder of war. If they didn't go, this would all end, but they do, so it doesn't. What will it take to make the madness stop?

Bruce                                     New World Order News

OCTOBER 9, 2014
  GEORGE GALLOWAY: EU POLICY OF AGGRESSION TOWARDS RUSSIA   The subject video just released comes from UK MP, George Galloway. He comes right to the point on a wide variety of issues. The fact that he speaks his mind has consequences as he was recently attacked and beaten, sending him to the hospital.
In this video, Galloway covers the EU sanctions against Russia. This hurts Europeans much more than Russia, but no matter, government knows best. Of course, none in the governments in Europe or the U.S. bothered to ask their citizens what they think. No, most governments now do what they want, when they want. They only come to their subjects when they want more money.
Bruce                             New World Order News  

RACISM ALIVE AND WELL IN ISRAEL   No, it's not just against Arabs or Palestinians, it's against Christians and blacks. In essence, the belief that God has chosen Jews has allowed many Israelis to claim superiority above anyone else. ---Adolf Hitler anyone?
The subject video shows a demonstration against African immigrants. In the video the demonstrators call the Africans the “N” word and whores. They call for them to be raped and wish them to contract AIDS. Admittedly, it isn't fair to ascribe these views to all Israelis, but a reading of the holy book, the Talmud, gives permission for Jews to rape, cheat, lie to and commit, what would otherwise be crimes, to non Jews.
Now here's a question ---- Why are so many Christians in support of Israel? I'm a Christian, but I don't believe in racism. I don't believe in rape. I don't believe in calling those who are black the “N” word. It's not Christian. By the way, when God “Chose” the children of Israel, he did not choose them because they were better than everyone else. He chose them to proclaim the glory of the one true God. Apparently, many in the Jewish faith have neglected to read their own Bible.
Bruce                                                           New World Order News


  WILL WE LOSE THE NEXT WAR?   By using the word “we”, I am referring to the U.S. The subject article covers this subject and advances the theory that the U.S. military has embarked on a misguided and expensive program to conquer the world using nuclear weapons, if necessary.
Yes, I know. This is insane. In some of my past postings, I refer to our government masters as “insaniacs”. Both Russia and China have developed weapons to bypass the technology used by the U.S. military. Their missiles cannot be intercepted as they do not follow a pattern. Russian jets are not susceptible to EMPs as they use old technology without computers. On top of all this, the U.S. military is exhausted. They have spent the last 13 years fighting wars in several countries. Billions of dollars have been spent dropping bombs, firing missiles and sending drones around the world. On the other side, Russia and China have spent the last 13 years developing their military and not exhausting their troops fighting wars.
Russia and China have 1.5 billion people. The U.S. has 315 million. Both Russia and China are debt free. The U.S. is hopelessly in debt. As it was in the last days of the Roman empire, we, in the U.S., are living in a deteriorating nation. We have all we can do to save ourselves. Starting a war with Russia and China is insane. Could we win a nuclear war? I pray we never find out.
Bruce                                  New World Order News   Russia, China capable of defeating US in nuclear war: Prof. Fetzer    
  Tue Oct 7, 2014 10:56AM GMT

An eminent American political commentator says Russia and China are capable of defeating the United Sates in a nuclear war. In an interview with Press TV on Monday, Professor James Henry Fetzer also said that Americans must wake up to the fact that a nuclear exchange would kill hundreds of millions of people. He said, “The very idea that the United States should be concerned that Russia and China are giving every indication that they are not going to back down from American and Western encroachment in the Middle East and in Eastern Europe,  is incredibly naïve on the part of any American authorities because we have been undertaking one provocative action after another; [for example]:  Attempting to encircle Russia with a series of anti-missile batteries ostensibly directed toward Iran because of its ‘nuclear weapons program’ when Americans and Russians and most of the world know that Iran has no nuclear weapons program.
The undermining of Ukraine - which appears to be part of Brzezinski’s Grand Chessboard theory that if Russia can be deprived of the Ukraine, then it [will] become crippled internationally.
[T]he American bombing now of Syria - which appears to me to be an act of treachery and duplicity  where the Americans are claiming to go after ISIS,  or Islamic State, but in fact actually,  as Alan Sabrosky has observed,  appear to be destroying the infrastructure by taking out grain silos and oil depots and no doubt bridges and other important forms of support for the conducting of  life in Syria - which I regard as one of the most disgraceful actions ever undertaken by the United States  in any situation whatsoever, and where the leading figures/spokespersons for the administration such as Victoria Nuland of the Department of State and Samantha Power at the United Nations, Samantha  Rice, the National Security advisor -  are all extreme hawks – neoconservatives -  who believe in lying and cheating and stealing to promote the interests of the United States, where Victoria Nuland even admitted recently on a television program that the United Sates is not in Syria to defeat ISIS but to bring down Assad."
Under these circumstances it seems to me that Russia and China have every right to exercise or display their military power, which in my opinion is actually capable of defeating the United States in a nuclear exchange,” he stated. He went on to say that the leaders of the US “have to stop and give a serious pause to where they are leading the nation because the actions of the United States have become comparable to those of Nazi Germany.”
 “All of this requires that the American authorities wake up to the reality that a nuclear exchange is going to bring about the death of hundreds of millions -- HUNDREDS OF MILLIONS --, which may very well may include  them and members of their family,” noted Fetzer, professor emeritus at the University of Minnesota Duluth.
“The world is at a precipice with these kinds of risks involved, and the United States needs to back down and start acting like a responsible citizen of the world at last,” he advised.

  YOU COULD WEAR PINK   Or you could run in a race. Maybe you could dump a bucket of water over your head. Does this sound familiar? Over the past couple of months these are just some of the suggestions made by mainstream media to fight against cancer and ALS. O.K. How are the wars against these 2 diseases and many others going? They are going the same as if we did nothing over the past 40 years.
In the early 1970's Richard Nixon declared a war on cancer. Today, in 2014, there are more cases of cancer than ever before in history. There are no cures. Even though we, in the U.S., have given billions of dollars to researchers to find cures, they have found nothing. Instead, we have been relegated to wearing pink socks and dumping water over our heads.
Sadly, those in the mainstream refuse to acknowledge there are treatments for cancer, ALS and most other diseases. They all center around natural foods and herbs. Think about all the diseases that are in your body now. Why don't they grow out of control? It is because your immune system fights them. It's just that simple. If we could use a fraction of the money given to these researchers for education in natural cures, cancer and diseases like this would dwindle down to nothing.
Bruce                            New World Order News

Why you SHOULD NOT support National Breast Cancer Awareness Month!

  POSTED OCTOBER 3, 2014   THE COST OF MCDONALDS FOOD   I use the word “food” advisedly. The subject article and chart shows just how much the various items on the McDonalds menu costs them – not much. It has been said, you get what you pay for. Since it only costs McDonalds pennies for their menu items, one can be sure there is little, if any, food value in their products.
The amazing thing is how Americans still line up in their cars at the drive up windows for McDonalds and other fast food restaurants. The evidence is overwhelming that the health of Americans is declining rapidly. It goes hand and hand with poor eating habits.
Every week we pray for the sick in our church. There are way too many. I also pray that Americans will stop committing slow suicide by eating crap on a daily basis. Some can literally save their own lives by consuming healthy food. That means no more trips to McDonalds.

Bruce                                                New World Order News This Shows Exactly How Much McDonald’s Costs Friday, October 03, 2014 

  By Amanda Froelich, True Activist

McDonalds is one of the
largest fast food franchises in the world, the average distance from any one point (in the US) being about 115 miles away. While the price tag on any menu option or meal is relatively cheap, its food has lately become recognized as less-than-optimal for many reasons.

Being high in trans and saturated fats, toxic chemicals (such as
putty and cosmetic petrochemicals
), and low quality animal products, most fast food meals contribute to an increase in ‘bad’ cholesterol, a raised Diabetes risk, lowered immunity, and damaged DNA. And for both client and corporation, the low costs are not what they seem.
A leaked sheet displaying the true food costs of McDonald’s meal may add to the discussion for others to deeply consider just what they are consuming and how much their health is worth.

While it is normal for a company to seek profit, the list is shared in effort to raise food awareness and assist consumers in becoming more vigilant. McDonalds is not the only fast food company that operates with such low food costs and charges a much higher price. KFC, Wendy’s, and other restaurants are all selling chemically laden, poor quality, and highly refined meals to a public desperately in need of nutrient-dense, real food options.

With the obesity epidemic continuing to increase (
current statistics state 1/3, or 37.5% of the population is overweight or obese in the US) and unsatisfactory results from Western medicine modalities, change is imperatively needed.  

What most do not realize is that the low cost of a cheeseburger is only one reason the packaged meals are so appealing. Franken-foods born of genetically modified sources, refined sugars, hormones, and preservatives wreak havoc physiologically in the body.

An addictive cycle is born from consuming the readily available foods, and it’s one that will have
disastrous effect in the future.

Studies report that from a basic economic perspective, little to no money is saved when it comes to long-term health costs. In fact, True Activist has previously covered how it is possible to break this cycle and eat healthily for only about $1 more per day.

Raising awareness of just how lacking processed foods are is one option, sharing this post is another. Being the change in the end is always the best way to positively influence others and contribute to a world vision where only healthy, life-promoting foods are available.


McDonalds & Chemicals
Effect of Fast Food
Why Fast Food is Addicting, Scientific Review

Amanda Froelich writes for
Truth Activist where this article first appeared.

  STILL WANT TO VACCINATE YOUR CHILD? Boy Gets Diagnosed with Autism After 32 Shots Augustina Ursino October 2 2014 Landen Like millions of parents before her, Natalie Steffen was faced with her children receiving pediatric vaccines starting after birth and during subsequent well child visits. This story is one mother’s journey to exempt her children from further vaccinations. Natalie gave birth to her firstborn daughter Skylar in October 2004. Skylar received all the shots on the schedule, starting with the hepatitis B vaccine, given within the first 12 hours of life. Skylar reacted to the vaccines, but her parents didn’t know their daughter was suffering side effects and adverse reactions to them. This is How the Nightmare Began After her first hep B shot, Skylar immediately began to suffer from colic. Up until age one, she would cry every night at the same time for about an hour and a half before she went to sleep. She had horrible night terrors from age 2-4 years before these finally ceased. When Natalie had Skylar, she had no idea vaccine injuries were prevalent and never thought to question this link. Skylar’s pediatrician said this behavior was normal and led her to believe this is what normal babies go through. Natalie gave birth to her second child, Landen, in 2009, four years later. He was also given the hepatitis B vaccine within 12 hours of life and started receiving the vaccines on schedule. Landen was born perfectly healthy. Once he started receiving the vaccinations on schedule, he suffered from the toxins. His reactions were much more severe. He was reaching the typical milestones until he was given the MMR, Varicella and flu shots at his 14 month pediatric visit, and by 18 months old, he lost everything and was later diagnosed with autism. In Natalie’s words, this is what happened to her son after he received those shots at 14 months old: Landen lost all his speech (he can parrot now here and there) He stems by running back-and-forth He flaps, raising his arms and screaming He chews on everything including wood and walls He is still not potty trained and is now 5 years old He went through a stage where he would smear his feces all over himself and the walls He is relearning to eat with utensils He is constantly plugging his ears He had horrific tantrums for 2 years, but now instead of tantrum meltdowns, when his surroundings are too loud, he goes into a laughing state in which he drops onto the ground and laughs uncontrollably He hums when he is eating He has an extremely high level of pain tolerance 50 percent of the time, he walks on his tippy toes He is constantly jumping or moving very quickly He can walk through the house repeatedly without looking while touching the same objects He breaks and eats his toys instead of playing with them He flips all his toys and furniture upside down (we had to move all the furniture out of his bedroom except his bed) He always wants to eat and can eat as much as my husband He has no sense of fear or what is dangerous He will take off running without looking at any moment” All of these symptoms hit Landen at 18 months of age after receiving the MMR, Varicella, and flu shots. He had received a total of 32 shots before he was diagnosed with autism by age three, and that was when Natalie finally figured out that the vaccines were the source of her children’s ill health. What Did This Brave Mother Do Next? Natalie was never told a thing about vaccines except that they protect against diseases, until her son was diagnosed with autism and she started researching. That was when the blinding veil was lifted and she learned the truth behind the injections and their ingredients. Once Natalie learned the truth about these man-made drugs, she stopped vaccinating her children. By this time, her oldest daughter, Skylar, was seven years old and had received all her routine vaccinations up to the recommended kindergarten round. During the break in the vaccine schedule for her daughter, it became clear to Natalie that Landen’s autism was vaccine-induced. At that time, all vaccines were stopped on both children; Skylar at age seven and Landen at age three. Natalie had to re-focus to heal her children through detoxing them and learned how to manipulate their gut by healing them from the inside with a good, healthy, organic and non-genetically modified food diet. At age nine, Skylar is a highly intelligent, straight-A student. Landen, at age five, still suffers from autism but is healing slowly through the help of his parents. Notice, those responsible are not being held responsible. It is the parents who deal with the burden of feeling guilty for trusting the lies and now they have to pay for them while their child suffers. Natalie later gave birth to another beautiful and healthy daughter, Haven, in 2013. Because of what her older brother and sister had endured, her parents felt the best route to protect Haven was NOT to vaccinate. Natalie stopped all vaccines and Haven never received one shot. Haven is now one year old and is completely unvaccinated. She has never had any unusual behavior. Natalie has informed us: Haven goes to the chiropractor every other week to get adjusted (she started going when she was two days old). She has never been sick or had a temperature, just a runny nose here and there. She eats all organic food and drinks such as coconut milk or organic juice. She is healthy and happy, hitting all her milestones, naps on schedule, says ‘momma’ and ‘dada’ and interacts with her brother and sister every day. She has never been taken to a pediatrician, just our primary care chiropractor doctor.” Two of Natalie Steffen's three children were harmed by vaccines. Where Do Parents Go From Here? Natalie and her husband were not informed on the subject of vaccines, vaccine ingredients and vaccine injuries. Nor were they aware a reporting system is set in place named the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) to which they or their child’s pediatrician or their health care provider’s staff should’ve reported all of these events. [1]. This is something their pediatrician should have been forth coming about and recognized. They were also not aware that a vaccine compensation fund has been set up to receive compensation to help cover the financial burden of treating a vaccine-injured loved one. There is also compensation given to those who lost their child or loved one after vaccination. One down side to this program is that two-thirds of these cases are denied. Parents are left without much-needed help. Different countries have different laws. In the United States, if your child is harmed by a vaccine, there is little action you can take legally. The 1986 National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act was passed to protect pharmaceutical companies from anyone claiming a vaccine injured their child. Under this law, no parent can sue a vaccine manufacturer, regardless if the FDA or CDC helped get an untested vaccine approved. [2] Doctors, nurses, vaccine manufacturers and those mandating and forcing these vaccines, sometimes through illegal threats, are not held responsible when you or your child suffers from a vaccine injury. If you decide to vaccinate yourself or your children, you do so at your own risk. Parents can still have their children enrolled in school or daycare by filing a vaccine exemption allowed in the state they live in. Schools rarely advise parents about their rights to opt out of vaccinating. The National Vaccine Information Center has a portal to which you can sign in to retrieve important information on the current laws being set forth to restrict or expand your states vaccine exemption rights. [3] VAERS Did Not Help This Family Like the majority of parents before her, Natalie didn’t question vaccines. She trusted her child’s doctor to make these decisions for her family. Natalie filed a case with VAERS as soon as she learned Landen was vaccine-injured back in early 2012, only after doing her own research. She was informed VAERS would send a case number in the mail, which she has still not received, even after requesting this information again three weeks ago in 2014. When she filed a case with VAERS, Natalie also requested the forms to fill out a claim for the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program (VICP) and never received anything. [4] It’s been more than two years since she requested this paperwork and the three-year limit to file a vaccine injury claim has now passed. So, Landen will never be compensated for the drugs his doctor was taught to give him. Imagine if Landen’s pediatrician had informed these parents that these were vaccine injuries instead of telling the parents vaccines weren’t the cause; they could’ve moved faster to file their claim before the short statute ended and prevented further harm from future shots. Sadly, this is the norm. Doctors rarely admit vaccines cause their patients ill health or death. After reading reports and seeing how claims were denied when the parents had so much documentation, Natalie gave up hope her family would receive anything and figured it wasn’t worth taking the time away from her family to follow up and go through the horrendous and inconvenient, time-consuming process of dealing with the vaccine court while dealing with their vaccine-injured children. Watch this short video to understand how the law does not protect your family but rather is set in place to protect the vaccine program. [5] Natalie can no longer file a vaccine injury claim due to the statute of limitations having passed for her son Landen. It is noted on the HRSA website, “You must file your claim within 3 years after the first symptom of the vaccine injury or within 2 years of a death and 4 years after the start of the first symptom of the vaccine injury that resulted in the death.” [6] The Ugly Truth About VICP One major problem with this statute is that vaccine ingredients contain untold carcinogens and pathogens that can cause cancer, mutations, infertility and diseases worse than the disease the vaccines were supposed to protect against. These severe adverse health conditions would not likely show up till years later. If parents were informed of this, people would be in an uproar due to high cancer and infertility rates in the vaccinated population. Vaccine manufacturers avoid testing for these things and by not doing these causation studies, they can say we never tested for it, so we didn’t know. Then they are not held liable. The ruling in the late ’80s that made vaccine manufacturers exempt from any kind of lawsuit resulted in more dangerous vaccines being made and more vaccines being fast-tracked without proper safety tests done. This also led to a dramatic increase on the children’s vaccine schedule. The package inserts state vaccines are not tested for cancer, mutations, and infertility. For confirmation, you can view the vaccine package inserts on [7] This severely limits people from filing a vaccine injury claim before the deadlines set forth. Skylar and Landen won’t be taken care of by those who are responsible for what future health problems arise due to being vaccinated. This is what autism looks like, in a video of Landen who is now autistic because he was vaccinated. From now on, Natalie will be filing for a vaccine exemption for all of her children. Conclusion: Leaving You with Words from Natalie  

As a woman of faith I must speak the truth in love, and sometimes it can come across harsh. Not everyone who sees Autism really understands what Autism is. Yes, our children look normal on the outside and occasionally we can get a great picture of them making eye contact and smiling into the camera, but that is not easily done. When someone says that their child is blessed with Autism, and that God made him/her that way… maybe your child really doesn’t have Autism, just enough symptoms for them to be placed on the spectrum?


Autism is not a curse; it is a damaged brain and gut/immune system disorder that our child got from something ingested, not genetically. You may have an autoimmune disorder that passes down in your family making you believe that your child was made this way for a reason, when really it was our decision to place toxins into their small developing bodies through vaccines, food, etc.; anything consumed.


The side that parents and teachers deal with in the cases of Autism that isn’t seen by others may include: chewing and eating anything, screaming, crying, humming, flapping, walking on their tippy toes, groaning, cannot sleep, holding their gut in pain, laying on furniture to put pressure on their gut, unable to speak, behave in lashing out tantrums, smearing their feces everywhere and eating it, cannot understand simple vocabulary words, no instinct of danger, bang their heads on walls repeatedly, biting themselves to the point they bleed and are severely hurt, and have extremely high pain tolerance. There is so much more that I can list, but you should now have a better idea of what is behind the label Autism.

When parents warn you in love to please protect your child, it’s because they know what the truth is and care about you. My son was vaccine injured and I will stand by him every step we take with tremendous love, and heal what I have injured. My son was not born Autistic, he was injured by my poor decisions. One day he will be able to tell you his story because this Mom is never stopping, and my son Landen Von Steffen will be healed.”



POSTED MAY 2, 2014



Before you send your son or daughter to fight in another war or before you yourself go to fight another war for “freedom” or before you rise to your feet to applaud anyone who wears a U.S. military uniform or before you sing a patriotic song, you need to read this expose'.

As one studies history it becomes obvious that the common denominator in all large wars is money. No, not for you. It's for the international bankers. Just yesterday, the head of the IMF, (a group of international bankers) said they will give the thugs ruling Ukraine a big pile of money if they'll go out and kill their own citizens. Today, dozens of Ukraine citizens are dead.

Bruce                            New World Order News



By Michael Rivero

"Banking was conceived in iniquity and was born in sin. The Bankers own the Earth. Take it away from them, but leave them the power to create deposits, and with the flick of a pen they will create enough deposits to buy it back again. However, take it away from them, and all the fortunes like mine will disappear, and they ought to disappear, for this world would be a happier and better world to live in. But if you wish to remain slaves of the Bankers and pay for the cost of your own slavery, let them continue to create deposits." -- Sir Josiah Stamp, President of the Bank of England in the 1920s, the second richest man in Britain

I know many people have a great deal of difficulty comprehending just how many wars are started for no other purpose than to force private central banks onto nations, so let me share a few examples, so that you understand why the US Government is mired in so many wars against so many foreign nations. There is ample precedent for this.

The United States fought the American Revolution primarily over King George III's Currency act, which forced the colonists to conduct their business only using printed bank notes borrowed from the Bank of England at interest.

"The bank hath benefit of interest on all moneys which it creates out of nothing." -- William Paterson, founder of the Bank of England in 1694

After the revolution, the new United States adopted a radically different economic system in which the government issued its own value-based money, so that private banks like the Bank of England were not siphoning off the wealth of the people through interest-bearing bank notes.

"The refusal of King George 3rd to allow the colonies to operate an honest money system, which freed the ordinary man from the clutches of the money manipulators, was probably the prime cause of the revolution." -- Benjamin Franklin, Founding Father

Following the revolution, the US Government actually took steps to keep the bankers out of the new government!

"Any person holding any office or any stock in any institution in the nature of a bank for issuing or discounting bills or notes payable to bearer or order, cannot be a member of the House whilst he holds such office or stock." -- Third Congress of the United States Senate, 23rd of December, 1793, signed by the President, George Washington

But bankers are nothing if not dedicated to their schemes to acquire your wealth, and know full well how easy it is to corrupt a nation's leaders. Just one year after Mayer Amschel Rothschild had uttered his infamous "Let me issue and control a nation's money and I care not who makes the laws", the bankers succeeded in setting up a new Private Central Bank called the First Bank of the United States, largely through the efforts of the Rothschild's chief US supporter, Alexander Hamilton. Founded in 1791, by the end of its twenty year charter the First Bank of the United States had almost ruined the nation's economy, while enriching the bankers. Congress refused to renew the charter and signaled their intention to go back to a state issued value based currency on which the people paid no interest at all to any banker. This resulted in a threat from Nathan Mayer Rothschild against the US Government, "Either the application for renewal of the charter is granted, or the United States will find itself involved in a most disastrous war." Congress still refused to renew the charter for the First Bank of the United States, whereupon Nathan Mayer Rothschild railed, "Teach those impudent Americans a lesson! Bring them back to colonial status!" The British Prime Minister at the time, Spencer Perceval was adamently opposed to war with the United States, primarily because the majority of England's military might was occupied with the ongoing Napoleonic wars. Spencer Perceval was concerned that Britain might not prevail in a new American war, a concern shared by many in the British government. Then, Spencer Perceval was assassinated (the only British Prime Minister to be assassinated in office) and replaced by Robert Banks Jenkinson, the 2nd Earl of Liverpool, who was fully supportive of a war to recapture the colonies.

Click for larger image of the Geneva Gazette for July 1, 1912, reporting on the assassination of Spencer Perceval together with the declaration of the War of 1812.


"If my sons did not want wars, there would be none." -- Gutle Schnaper, wife of Mayer Amschel Rothschild and mother of his five sons

Financed at virtually no interest by the Rothschild controlled Bank of England, Britain then provoked the war of 1812 to recolonize the United States and force them back into the slavery of the Bank of England, or to plunge the United States into so much debt they would be forced to accept a new private central bank. And the plan worked. Even though the War of 1812 was won by the United States, Congress was forced to grant a new charter for yet another private bank issuing the public currency as loans at interest, the Second Bank of the United States. Once again, private bankers were in control of the nation's money supply and cared not who made the laws or how many British and American soldiers had to die for it.

Once again the nation was plunged into debt, unemployment, and poverty by the predations of the private central bank, and in 1832 Andrew Jackson successfully campaigned for his second term as President under the slogan, "Jackson And No Bank!" True to his word, Jackson succeeds in blocking the renewal of the charter for the Second Bank of the United States.

"Gentlemen! I too have been a close observer of the doings of the Bank of the United States. I have had men watching you for a long time, and am convinced that you have used the funds of the bank to speculate in the breadstuffs of the country. When you won, you divided the profits amongst you, and when you lost, you charged it to the bank. You tell me that if I take the deposits from the bank and annul its charter I shall ruin ten thousand families. That may be true, gentlemen, but that is your sin! Should I let you go on, you will ruin fifty thousand families, and that would be my sin! You are a den of vipers and thieves. I have determined to rout you out, and by the Eternal, (bringing his fist down on the table) I will rout you out!" -- Andrew Jackson, shortly before ending the charter of the Second Bank of the United States. From the original minutes of the Philadelphia committee of citizens sent to meet with President Jackson (February 1834), according to Andrew Jackson and the Bank of the United States (1928) by Stan V. Henkels

Shortly after President Jackson (the only American President to actually pay off the National Debt) ended the Second Bank of the United States, there was an attempted assassination which failed when both pistols used by the assassin, Richard Lawrence, failed to fire. Lawrence later said that with Jackson dead, "Money would be more plenty."

President Zachary Taylor opposed the creation of a new Private Central Bank, owing to the historical abuses of the First and Second Banks of the United States.

"The idea of a national bank is dead, and will not be revived in my time." -- Zachary Taylor

Taylor died on July 9, 1850 after eating a bowl of cherries and milk rumored to have been poisoned. The symptoms h displayed are consistent with acute arsenic poisoning.

President James Buchanan also opposed a private central bank. During the panic of 1857 he attempted to set limits on banks issuing more loans than they had actual funds, and to require all issued bank notes to be backed by Federal Government assets. He was poisoned with arsenic and survived, although 38 other people at the dinner died.

Of course, the public school system is as subservient to the bankers' wishes to keep certain history from you, just as the corporate media is subservient to Monsanto's wishes to keep the dangers of GMOs from you, and the global warming cult's wishes to conceal from you that the Earth has actually been cooling for the last 16 years. Thus is should come as little surprise that much of the real reasons for the events of the Civil War are not well known to the average American.

"The few who understand the system will either be so interested in its profits or be so dependent upon its favours that there will be no opposition from that class, while on the other hand, the great body of people, mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous advantage that capital derives from the system, will bear its burdens without complaint, and perhaps without even suspecting that the system is inimical to their interests." -- The Rothschild brothers of London writing to associates in New York, 1863

When the Confederacy seceded from the United States, the bankers once again saw the opportunity for a rich harvest of debt, and offered to fund Lincoln's efforts to bring the south back into the union, but at 30% interest. Lincoln remarked that he would not free the black man by enslaving the white man to the bankers and using his authority as President, issued a new government currency, the greenback. This was a direct threat to the wealth and power of the central bankers, who quickly responded.

"If this mischievous financial policy, which has its origin in North America, shall become endurated down to a fixture, then that Government will furnish its own money without cost. It will pay off debts and be without debt. It will have all the money necessary to carry on its commerce. It will become prosperous without precedent in the history of the world. The brains, and wealth of all countries will go to North America. That country must be destroyed or it will destroy every monarchy on the globe." -- The London Times responding to Lincoln's decision to issue government Greenbacks to finance the Civil War, rather than agree to private banker's loans at 30% interest.

In 1872 New York bankers sent a letter to every bank in the United States, urging them to fund newspapers that opposed government-issued money (Lincoln's greenbacks).

"Dear Sir: It is advisable to do all in your power to sustain such prominent daily and weekly newspapers... as will oppose the issuing of greenback paper money, and that you also withhold patronage or favors from all applicants who are not willing to oppose the Government issue of money. Let the Government issue the coin and the banks issue the paper money of the country... [T]o restore to circulation the Government issue of money, will be to provide the people with money, and will therefore seriously affect your individual profit as bankers and lenders." -- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler
"It will not do to allow the greenback, as it is called, to circulate as money any length of time, as we cannot control that." -- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler
"Slavery is likely to be abolished by the war power, and chattel slavery destroyed. This, I and my European friends are in favor of, for slavery is but the owning of labor and carries with it the care for the laborer, while the European plan, led on by England, is for capital to control labor by controlling the wages. THIS CAN BE DONE BY CONTROLLING THE MONEY." -- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler

Goaded by the private bankers, much of Europe supported the Confederacy against the Union, with the expectation that victory over Lincoln would mean the end of the Greenback. France and Britain considered an outright attack on the United States to aid the confederacy, but were held at bay by Russia, which had just ended the serfdom system and had a state central bank similar to the system the United States had been founded on. Left free of European intervention, the Union won the war, and Lincoln announced his intention to go on issuing greenbacks. Following Lincoln's assassination, the Greenbacks were pulled from circulation and the American people forced to go back to an economy based on bank notes borrowed at interest from the private bankers. Tsar Alexander II, who authorized Russian militarey assistance to Lincoln, was subsequently the victim of multiple attempts on his life in 1866, 1879, and 1880, until his assassination in 1881.

James A. Garfield was elected President in 1880 on a platform of government control of the money supply.

"The chief duty of the National Government in connection with the currency of the country is to coin money and declare its value. Grave doubts have been entertained whether Congress is authorized by the Constitution to make any form of paper money legal tender. The present issue of United States notes has been sustained by the necessities of war; but such paper should depend for its value and currency upon its convenience in use and its prompt redemption in coin at the will of the holder, and not upon its compulsory circulation. These notes are not money, but promises to pay money. If the holders demand it, the promise should be kept. -- James Garfield
"By the experience of commercial nations in all ages it has been found that gold and silver afford the only safe foundation for a monetary system. Confusion has recently been created by variations in the relative value of the two metals, but I confidently believe that arrangements can be made between the leading commercial nations which will secure the general use of both metals. Congress should provide that the compulsory coinage of silver now required by law may not disturb our monetary system by driving either metal out of circulation. If possible, such an adjustment should be made that the purchasing power of every coined dollar will be exactly equal to its debt-paying power in all the markets of the world. --James Garfield
"He who controls the money supply of a nation controls the nation. -- James Garfield

Garfield was shot on July 2, 1881 and died of his wounds several weeks later. Chester A. Arthur succeeded Garfield as President.

In 1896, William McKinley was elected President in the middle of a depression-driven debate over gold-backed government currency versus bank notes borrowed at interest from private banks. McKinley favored gold-backed currencies and a balanced government budget which would free the public from accumulating debt.

"Our financial system needs some revision; our money is all good now, but its value must not further be threatened. It should all be put upon an enduring basis, not subject to easy attack, nor its stability to doubt or dispute. Our currency should continue under the supervision of the Government. The several forms of our paper money offer, in my judgment, a constant embarrassment to the Government and a safe balance in the Treasury." -- William McKinley

McKinley was shot by an out-of-work anarchist on September 14, 1901, in Buffalo, NY, succumbing to his wounds a few days later. He was suceeded in office by Theodore Roosevelt.

Finally, in 1913, the Private Central Bankers of Europe, in particular the Rothschilds of Great Britain and the Warburgs of Germany, met with their American financial collaborators on Jekyll Island, Georgia to form a new banking cartel with the express purpose of forming the Third Bank of the United States, with the aim of placing complete control of the United States money supply once again under the control of private bankers. Owing to hostility over the previous banks, the name was changed to "The Federal Reserve" system in order to grant the new bank a quasi-governmental image, but in fact it is a privately owned bank, no more "Federal" than Federal Express. Indeed, in 2012, the Federal Reserve attempted to rebuff a Freedom of Information Lawsuit by Bloomberg News on the grounds that as a private banking corporation and not actually a part of the government, the Freedom of Information Act did not apply to the "trade secret" operations of the Federal Reserve.

"When you or I write a check, there must be sufficient funds in our account to cover the check; but when the Federal Reserve writes a check, there is no bank deposit on which that check is drawn. When the Federal Reserve writes a check, it is creating money." -- From the Boston Federal Reserve Bank pamphlet, "Putting it Simply."
"Neither paper currency nor deposits have value as commodities. Intrinsically, a 'dollar' bill is just a piece of paper. Deposits are merely book entries." -- "Modern Money Mechanics Workbook" � Federal Reserve of Chicago, 1975
"I am afraid the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can and do create money. And they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of Governments and hold in the hollow of their hand the destiny of the people." -- Reginald McKenna, as Chairman of the Midland Bank, addressing stockholders in 1924
"States, most especially the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great Britain, are controlled by the international central banking system, working through secret agreements at the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks (such as the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve)... The same international banking cartel that controls the United States today previously controlled Great Britain and held it up as the international hegemon. When the British order faded, and was replaced by the United States, the US ran the global economy. However, the same interests are served. States will be used and discarded at will by the international banking cartel; they are simply tools." -- Andrew Gavin Marshall

1913 proved to be a transformative year for the nation's economy, first with the passage of the 16th "income tax" Amendment and the false claim that it had been ratified.

"I think if you were to go back and and try to find and review the ratification of the 16th amendment, which was the internal revenue, the income tax, I think if you went back and examined that carefully, you would find that a sufficient number of states never ratified that amendment." - U.S. District Court Judge James C. Fox, Sullivan Vs. United States, 2003.

Later that same year, and apparently unwilling to risk another questionable amendment, Congress passed the Federal Reserve Act over Christmas holiday 1913, while members of Congress opposed to the measure were at home. This was a very underhanded deal, as the Constitution explicitly vests Congress with the authority to issue the public currency, does not authorize its delegation, and thus should have required a new Amendment to transfer that authority to a private bank. But pass it Congress did, and President Woodrow Wilson signed it as he promised the bankers he would in exchange for generous campaign contributions. Wilson later regretted that decision.

"I am a most unhappy man. I have unwittingly ruined my country. A great industrial nation is now controlled by its system of credit. We are no longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men." -- Woodrow Wilson 1919

The next year, World War One started, and it is important to remember that prior to the creation of the Federal Reserve, there was no such thing as a world war.

World War One started between Austria-Hungary and Serbia, but quickly shifted to focus on Germany, whose industrial capacity was seen as an economic threat to Great Britain, who saw the decline of the British Pound as a result of too much emphasis on financial activity to the neglect of agriculture, industrial development, and infrastructure (not unlike the present day United States). Although pre-war Germany had a private central bank, it was heavily restricted and inflation kept to reasonable levels. Under government control, investment was guaranteed to internal economic development, and Germany was seen as a major power. So, in the media of the day, Germany was portrayed as the prime opponent of World War One, and not just defeated, but its industrial base flattened. Following the Treaty of Versailles, Germany was ordered to pay the war costs of all the participating nations, even though Germany had not actually started the war. This amounted to three times the value of all of Germany itself. Germany's private central bank, to whom Germany had gone deeply into debt to pay the costs of the war, broke free of government control, and massive inflation followed (mostly triggered by currency speculators) , permanently trapping the German people in endless debt.

When the Weimar Republic collapsed economically, it opened the door for the National Socialists to take power. Their first financial move was to issue their own state currency which was not borrowed from private central bankers. Freed from having to pay interest on the money in circulation, Germany blossomed and quickly began to rebuild its industry. The media called it "The German Miracle". TIME magazine lionized Hitler for the amazing improvement in life for the German people and the explosion of German industry, and even named him TIME Magazine's Man Of The Year in 1938.

Once again, Germany's industrial output became a threat to Great Britain.

"Should Germany merchandise (do business) again in the next 50 years we have led this war (WW1) in vain." - Winston Churchill in The Times (1919)

"We will force this war upon Hitler, if he wants it or not." - Winston Churchill (1936 broadcast)

"Germany becomes too powerful. We have to crush it." - Winston Churchill (November 1936 speaking to US - General Robert E. Wood)

"This war is an English war and its goal is the destruction of Germany." - Winston Churchill (- Autumn 1939 broadcast)

Germany's state-issued value based currency was also a direct threat to the wealth and power of the private central banks, and as early as 1933 they started to organize a global boycott against Germany to strangle this upstart ruler who thought he could break free of private central bankers!

Click for larger image

As had been the case in World War One, Great Britain and other nations threatened by Germany's economic power looked for an excuse to go to war, and as public anger in Germany grew over the boycott, Hitler foolishly gave them that excuse. Years later, in a spirit of candor, the real reasons for that war were made clear.

"The war wasn't only about abolishing fascism, but to conquer sales markets. We could have, if we had intended so, prevented this war from breaking out without doing one shot, but we didn't want to."- Winston Churchill to Truman (Fultun, USA March 1946)
"Germany's unforgivable crime before WW2 was its attempt to loosen its economy out of the world trade system and to build up an independent exchange system from which the world-finance couldn't profit anymore. ...We butchered the wrong pig." -Winston Churchill (The Second World War - Bern, 1960)

As a side note, we need to step back before WW2 and recall Marine Major General Smedley Butler. In 1933, Wall Street bankers and financiers had bankrolled the successful coups by both Hitler and Mussolini. Brown Brothers Harriman in New York was financing Hitler right up to the day war was declared with Germany. And they decided that a fascist dictatorship in the United States based on the one on Italy would be far better for their business interests than Roosevelt's "New Deal" which threatened massive wealth re-distribution to recapitalize the working and middle class of America. So the Wall Street tycoons recruited General Butler to lead the overthrow of the US Government and install a "Secretary of General Affairs" who would be answerable to Wall Street and not the people, would crush social unrest and shut down all labor unions. General Butler pretended to go along with the scheme but then exposed the plot to Congress. Congress, then as now in the pocket of the Wall Street bankers, refused to act. When Roosevelt learned of the planned coup he demanded the arrest of the plotters, but the plotters simply reminded Roosevelt that if any one of them were sent to prison, their friends on Wall Street would deliberatly collapse the still-fragile economy and blame Roosevelt for it. Roosevelt was thus unable to act until the start of WW2, at which time he prosecuted many of the plotters under the Trading With The Enemy act. The Congressional minutes into the coup were finally released in 1967 and became the inspiration for the movie, "Seven Days in May" but with the true financial villains erased from the script.

"I spent 33 years and four months in active military service as a member of our country's most agile military force -- the Marine Corps. I served in all commissioned ranks from second lieutenant to Major General. And during that period I spent more of my time being a high--class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and for the bankers. In short, I was a racketeer, a gangster for capitalism. "I suspected I was just a part of a racket at the time. Now I am sure of it. Like all members of the military profession I never had an original thought until I left the service. My mental faculties remained in suspended animation while I obeyed the orders of the higher-ups. This is typical with everyone in the military service. Thus I helped make Mexico and especially Tampico safe for American oil interests in 1914. I helped make Haiti and Cuba a decent place for the National City Bank boys to collect revenues in. I helped in the raping of half a dozen Central American republics for the benefit of Wall Street. The record of racketeering is long. I helped purify Nicaragua for the international banking house of Brown Brothers in 1909-12. I brought light to the Dominican Republic for American sugar interests in 1916. In China in 1927 I helped see to it that the Standard Oil went its way unmolested. During those years, I had, as the boys in the back room would say, a swell racket. I was rewarded with honors, medals and promotion. Looking back on it, I feel I might have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do was to operate his racket in three city districts. I operated on three continents." -- General Smedley Butler, former US Marine Corps Commandant,1935

As President, John F. Kennedy understood the predatory nature of private central banking. He understood why Andrew Jackson fought so hard to end the Second Bank of the United States. So Kennedy wrote and signed Executive Order 11110 which ordered the US Treasury to issue a new public currency, the United States Note.

Click for larger

Kennedy's United States Notes were not borrowed form the Federal Reserve but created by the US Government and backed by the silver stockpiles held by the US Government. It represented a return to the system of economics the United States had been founded on, and was perfectly legal for Kennedy to do. All told, some four and one half billion dollars went into public circulation, eroding interest payments to the Federal Reserve and loosening their control over the nation. Five months later John F. Kennedy was assassinated in Dallas Texas, and the United States Notes pulled from circulation and destroyed (except for samples held by collectors). John J. McCloy, President of the Chase Manhattan Bank, and President of the World Bank, was named to the Warren Commission, presumably to make certain the banking dimensions behind the assassination were concealed from the public.

As we enter the eleventh year of what future history will most certainly describe as World War Three, we need to examine the financial dimensions behind the wars.

Towards the end of World War Two, when it became obvious that the allies were going to win and dictate the post war environment, the major world economic powers met at Bretton Woods, a luxury resort in New Hampshire in July of 1944, and hammered out the Bretton Woods agreement for international finance. The British Pound lost its position as the global trade and reserve currency to the US dollar (part of the price demanded by Roosevelt in exchange for the US entry into the war). Absent the economic advantages of being the world's "go-to" currency, Britain was forced to nationalize the Bank of England in 1946. The Bretton Woods agreement, ratified in 1945, in addition to making the dollar the global reserve and trade currency, obligated the signatory nations to tie their currencies to the dollar. The nations that ratified Bretton Woods did so on two conditions. The first was that the Federal Reserve would refrain from over-printing the dollar as a means to loot real products and produce from other nations in exchange for ink and paper; basically an imperial tax. That assurance was backed up by the second requirement, which was that the US dollar would always be convertible to gold at $35 per ounce.

Of course, the Federal Reserve, being a private bank and not answerable to the US Government, did start overprinting paper dollars, and much of the perceived prosperity of the 1950s and 1960s was the result of foreign nations' obligations to accept the paper notes as being worth gold at the rate of $35 an ounce. Then in 1970, France looked at the huge pile of paper notes sitting in their vaults, for which real French products like wine and cheese had been traded, and notified the United States government that they would exercise their option under Bretton Woods to return the paper notes for gold at the $35 per ounce exchange rate. Of course, the United States had nowhere near the gold to redeem the paper notes, so on August 15th, 1971, Richard Nixon "temporarily" suspended the gold convertibility of the US Federal Reserve Notes. This "Nixon shock" effectively ended Bretton Woods and many global currencies started to delink from the US dollar. Worse, since the United States had collateralized their loans with the nation's gold reserves, it quickly became apparent that the US Government did not in fact have enough gold to cover the outstanding debts. Foreign nations began to get very nervous about their loans to the US and understandably were reluctant to loan any additional money to the United States without some form of collateral. So Richard Nixon started the environmental movement, with the EPA and its various programs such as "wilderness zones", Roadless areas", Heritage rivers", "Wetlands", all of which took vast areas of public lands and made them off limits to the American people who were technically the owners of those lands. But Nixon had little concern for the environment and the real purpose of this land grab under the guise of the environment was to pledge those pristine lands and their vast mineral resources as collateral on the national debt. The plethora of different programs was simply to conceal the true scale of how much American land was being pledged to foreign lenders as collateral on the government's debts; eventually almost 25% of the nation itself.

click for full size image

With open lands for collateral already in short supply, the US Government embarked on a new program to shore up sagging international demand for the dollar. The United States approached the world's oil producing nations, mostly in the Middle East, and offered them a deal. In exchange for only selling their oil for dollars, the United States would guarantee the military safety of those oil-rich nations. The oil rich nations would agree to spend and invest their US paper dollars inside the United States, in particular in US Treasury Bonds, redeemable through future generations of US taxpayers. The concept was labeled the "petrodollar". In effect, the US, no longer able to back the dollar with gold, was now backing it with oil. Other peoples' oil. And that necessity to keep control over those oil nations to prop up the dollar has shaped America's foreign policy in the region ever since.

But as America's manufacturing and agriculture has declined, the oil producing nations faced a dilemma. Those piles of US Federal Reserve notes were not able to purchase much from the United States because the United States had little (other than real estate) anyone wanted to buy. Europe's cars and aircraft were superior and less costly, while experiments with GMO food crops led to nations refusing to buy US food exports. Israel's constant belligerence against its neighbors caused them to wonder if the US could actually keep their end of the petrodollar arrangement. Oil producing nations started to talk of selling their oil for whatever currency the purchasers chose to use. Iraq, already hostile to the United States following Desert Storm, demanded the right to sell their oil for Euros in 2000 and in 2002, the United Nations agreed to allow it under the "Oil for food" program instituted following Desert Storm. One year later the United States re-invaded Iraq, lynched Saddam Hussein, and placed Iraq's oil back on the world market only for US dollars.

The clear US policy shift following 9-11, away from being an impartial broker of peace in the Mideast to one of unquestioned support for Israel's aggressions only further eroded confidence in the Petrodollar deal and even more oil producing nations started openly talking of oil trade for other global currencies.

Over in Libya, Muammar Gaddafi had instituted a state-owned central bank and a value based trade currency, the Gold Dinar. Gaddafi announced that Libya's oil was for sale, but only for the Gold Dinar. Other African nations, seeing the rise of the Gold Dinar and the Euro, even as the US dollar continued its inflation-driven decline, flocked to the new Libyan currency for trade. This move had the potential to seriously undermine the global hegemony of the dollar. French President Nicolas Sarkozy reportedly went so far as to call Libya a “threat” to the financial security of the world. So, the United States invaded Libya, brutally murdered Qaddafi ( the object lesson of Saddam's lynching not being enough of a message, apparently), imposed a private central bank, and returned Libya's oil output to dollars only. The gold that was to have been made into the Gold Dinars is, as of last report, unaccounted for.

According to General Wesley Clark, the master plan for the "dollarification" of the world's oil nations included seven targets, Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan, and Iran (Venezuela, which dared to sell their oil to China for the Yuan, is a late addition). What is notable about the original seven nations originally targeted by the US is that none of them are members of the Bank for International Settlements, the private central bankers private central bank, located in Switzerland. This meant that these nations were deciding for themselves how to run their nations' economies, rather than submit to the international private banks.

Now the bankers' gun sights are on Iran, which dares to have a government central bank and sell their oil for whatever currency they choose. The war agenda is, as always, to force Iran's oil to be sold only for dollars and to force them to accept a privately owned central bank. Malaysia, one of the new nations without a Rothschild central bank, is now being invaded by a force claimed to be "Al Qaeda", and with the death of President Hugo Chavez, plans to impose a US and banker friendly regime on Venezuela are clearly being implemented.

The German government recently asked for the return of some of their gold bullion from the Bank of France and the New York Federal Reserve. France has said it will take 5 years to return Germany's gold. The United States has said they will need 8 years to return Germany's gold. This suggests strongly that the Bank of France and the NY Federal Reserve have used the deposited gold for other purposes, most likely to cover gold futures contracts used to artificially suppress the price of gold to keep investors in the equities markets, and the Central Banks are scrambling to find new gold to cover the shortfall and prevent a gold run. So it is inevitable that suddenly France invades Mali, ostensibly to combat Al Qaeda, with the US joining in. Mali just happens to be one of the world's largest gold producers with gold accounting for 80% of Mali exports. War for the bankers does not get more obvious than that!

Mexico has demanded a physical audit of their gold bullion stored at the Bank of England, and along with Venezuela's vast oil reserves (larger than Saudi Arabia), Venezuela's gold mines are a prize lusted after by all the Central Banks that played fast and loose with other peoples' gold bullion. So we can expect regime change if not outright invasion soon.

You have been raised by a public school system and media that constantly assures you that the reasons for all these wars and assassinations are many and varied. The US claims to bring democracy to the conquered lands (they haven't; the usual result of a US overthrow is the imposition of a dictatorship, such as the 1953 CIA overthrow of Iran's democratically elected government of Mohammad Mosaddegh and the imposition of the Shah, or the 1973 CIA overthrow of Chile's democratically elected government of President Salvador Allende, and the imposition of Augusto Pinochet), or to save a people from a cruel oppressor, revenge for 9-11, or that tired worn-out catch all excuse for invasion, weapons of mass destruction. Assassinations are always passed off as "crazed lone nuts" to obscure the real agenda.

The real agenda is simple. It is enslavement of the people by creation of a false sense of obligation. That obligation is false because the Private Central Banking system, by design, always creates more debt than money with which to pay that debt. Private Central Banking is not science, it is a religion; a set of arbitrary rules created to benefit the priesthood, meaning the owners of the Private Central Bank. The fraud persists, with often lethal results, because the people are tricked into believing that this is the way life is suppoed to be and no alternative exists or should be dreamt of. The same was true of two earlier systems of enslavement, Rule by Divine Right and Slavery, both systems built to trick people into obedience, and both now recognized by modern civilizatyion as illegitimate. Now we are entering a time in human history where we will recognize that rule by debt, or rule by Private Central Bankers issuing the public currency as a loan at interest, is equally illegitimate. It only works as long as people allow themselves to believe that this is the way life is supposed to be.

But understand this above all; Private Central Banks do not exist to serve the people, the community, or the nation. Private Central Banks exist to serve their owners, to make them rich beyond the dreams of Midas and all for the cost of ink, paper, and the right bribe to the right official.

Behind all these wars, all these assassinations, the hundred million horrible deaths from all the wars lies a single policy of dictatorship. The private central bankers allow rulers to rule only on the condition that the people of a nation be enslaved to the private central banks. Failing that, said ruler will be killed, and their nation invaded by those other nations enslaved to private central banks.

The so-called "clash of civilizations" we read about on the corporate media is really a war between banking systems, with the private central bankers forcing themselves onto the rest of the world, no matter how many millions must die for it. Indeed the constant hatemongering against Muslims lies in a simple fact. Like the ancient Christians (prior to the Knights Templars private banking system) , Muslims forbid usury, or the lending of money at interest. And that is the reason our government and media insist they must be killed or converted. They refuse to submit to currencies issued at interest. They refuse to be debt slaves.

So off to war your children must go, to spill their blood for the money-junkies' gold. We barely survived the last two world wars. In the nuclear/bioweapon age, are the private central bankers willing to risk incinerating the whole planet just to feed their greed?

Apparently so.

This brings us to the current situation in the Ukraine.

The European Union had been courting the government of the Ukraine to merge with the EU, and more to the point, entangle their economy with the private-owned European Central Bank. The government of the Ukraine was considering the move, but had made no commitments. Part of their concern lay with the conditions in other EU nations enslaved to the ECB, notably Cyprus, Greece, Spain, and Italy. So they were properly cautious. Then Russia stepped in with a better deal and the Ukraine, exercising the basic choice all consumers have to choose the best product at the best price, dropped the EU and announced they were going to go with Russia's offer. It was at that point that agents provocateurs flooded into the Ukraine, covertly funded by intelligence agency fronts like CANVAS and USAID, stirring up trouble, while the western media proclaimed this was a popular revolution. Snipers shot at people and this violence was blamed on then-President Yanukovich. However a leaked recording of a phone call between the EU's Catherine Ashton and Estonia's Foreign Minister Urmas Paet confirmed the snipers were working for the overthrow plotters, not the Ukrainian government. Urmas Paet has confirmed the authenticity of that phone call.

This is a classic pattern of covert overthrow we have seen many times before. Since the end of WW2, the US has covertly tried to overthrow the governments of 56 nations, succeeding 25 times. Examples include the 1953 overthrow of Iran's elected government of Mohammed Mossadegh and the imposition of the Shah, the 1973 overthrow of Chile's elected government of Salvador Allende and the imposition of the Pinochet dictatorship, and of course, the current overthrow of Ukraine's elected government of Yanukovich and the imposition of the current unelected government, which is already gutting the Ukraine's wealth to hand to the western bankers.

Flag waving and propaganda aside, all modern wars are wars by and for the private bankers, fought and bled for by third parties unaware of the true reason they are expected to gracefully be killed and croppled for. The process is quite simple. As soon as the Private Central Bank issues its currency as a loan at interest, the public is forced deeper and deeper into debt. When the people are reluctant to borrow any more, that is when the Keynesian economists demand the government borrow more to keep the pyramid scheme working. When both the people and government refuse to borrow any more, that is when wars are started, to plunge everyone even deeper into debt to pay for the war, then after the war to borrow more to rebuild. When the war is over, the people have about the same as they did before the war, except the graveyards are far larger and everyone is in debt to the private bankers for the next century. This is why Brown Brothers Harriman in New York was funding the rise of Adolf Hitler.

As long as Private Central Banks are allowed to exist, inevitably as the night follows day there will be poverty, hopelessness, and millions of deaths in endless World Wars, until the Earth itself is sacrificed in flames to Mammon.

The path to true peace on Earth lies in the abolishment of all private central banking everywhere, and a return to the state-issued value-based currencies that allow nations and people to become prosperous.

"Banks do not have an obligation to promote the public good." -- Alexander Dielius, CEO, Germany, Austrian, Eastern Europe Goldman Sachs, 2010
"I am just a banker doing God's work." -- Lloyd Blankfein, CEO, Goldman Sachs, 2009



- 1+ 1 (+1 rating, 1 votes)

September 11, 2012 in Uncategorized Edit this entry





Once upon a time there were 19 bad men. Some were from Saudi Arabia, some were from the United Arab Emirates, one was from Egypt and one was from Lebanon. One day as they were wandering around Afghanistan, they went into a cave where the mean Osama was living. They all decided it would be fun if they would go to the U.S., learn how to fly Boeing 757′s, go to airports, get on 4 different planes, take them over and fly them into buildings, setting the buildings on fire, thus causing them to collapse. The wise and evil Osama agreed.

But there were problems. One said “how can we get into the U.S. since most of us are on terrorist watch lists”? The wise and evil Osama said, we will pray that Allah will cause those in charge in the U.S. to intervene and allow you into the U.S.  Another said, “Since none of us know how to fly, how will we fly the 4, Boeing 757′s”? The wise and evil Osama said “you will go to the Pensacola Naval Air base and they will teach you how to fly a single engine plane”. “How will we take over the planes’? ” You will each carry a box cutter. Once you show the box cutter, then the several hundred passengers will cower in terror as you take over the planes”.

After they did as they were told and all of the pieces fell into place, they did, indeed take over 4, Boeing 757′s, only carrying box cutters. And after only becoming mildly proficient in flying small engine planes and not being able to perform any complex maneuvers, the pilots miraculously performed aerobatic maneuvers that not even the most experienced jet pilots are able to perform. After they had taken over these 4 planes, they were all allowed to fly these planes around Washington, D.C. and the entire east coast without any challenge from the U.S. military. The wise and evil Osama arranged for NORAD to run a drill at the exact same time, with the exact same scenario, calling for a complete stand down of the U.S. air defense.

Once they crashed their planes into buildings, more miracles happened. The jet fuel from 2 of the planes, normally burning at a maximum at 1800 degrees, magically heated up to almost 3000 degrees and melted not only the 47 steel columns in the core of the buildings, but all of the exterior steel as well. This was being done while people, braving the 3000 degree temperatures, still healthy and alive in the buildings, were begging for help at the blown out windows. Not even their clothes were burned. Then, as if by magic, first one, then the other skyscraper, fell down in 12 seconds.

Meanwhile, the wise and evil Osama had still more miracles planned. The third plane performed an impossible maneuver and crashed only a few feet above the ground into the Pentagon building. Even though the plane was 125 feet wide, it managed to slam into a wall of the building and leave only a 16 foot hole. Then the evil and wise Osama made that plane disappear without a trace of debris. He even managed to preserve a book and a wooden table without any burns right next to the exploding jet fuel. He then arranged for more than 40 cameras that recorded the crash to either malfunction or be taken by the authorities.

But the wise and evil Osama wasn’t through. The fourth plane was still flying around un opposed when brave passengers took over the plane. No, Osama didn’t explain why the brave passengers didn’t resist the evil man with the box cutter in the first place, but no matter. The wise and evil Osama then arranged for cell phone calls to be made from this jet liner flying at 500mph and cruising at 30,000 feet. This was indeed another miracle since this was never done before, nor since. Those brave passengers then decided not to try to fly the plane, they decided to crash it into a field. But the wise and evil Osama performed still another miracle. Even though the 4th plane crashed into a field, the plane’s debris was spread over 5 miles — almost as if the debris came from the sky above and not the ground below.

Oh, but the wise and evil Osama had one more trick up his sleeve. Back in the city, where 2 steel skyscrapers had collapsed in their own footprint due to fire, a third skyscraper in the area also had a moderate fire going in a couple of its’ floors. This time the evil and wise Osama would announce his next evil miracle. He caused both  the BBC and CNN to announced that this 3rd building had collapsed due to fire, even though it would not collapse for another 23 minutes. Then it did collapse, but to show the evil Osama was not totally evil, he arranged for this building with fires almost totally out, to collapse in its’ own footprint, so not to damage the surrounding area.

There is a happy ending. All of the King’s soldiers and all of the King’s police and all of the King’s airport security officers and all of the King’s swat teams and all of the King’s stooges and all of the King’s dupes, lived happily ever after.



I have attempted over the past several months not to write this article. It's never easy to disappoint. It's never easy to admit defeat. It's never easy to invite criticism. In spite of all that, I am choosing to proceed.

Over the past several years I have posted news on a daily basis. Recently, I have expanded those posts to a new group, Planet Infowars. Both of these venues are very much preaching to the choir, with the hope that some will "wake up" and thus wake up others. I assume those who read these posts and participate in similar actions have the same goal. I have come to the conviction that this is not going to happen -- at least not enough, soon enough. I know this because I know what it takes to turn a nation from bad to good.

During the 1960's a generation set out to end an unjust war based on lies, end 400 years of racial discrimination and remove a corrupt President from office. All three were accomplished, mostly,if not completely. I know this because I was there. I joined thousands of military personnel in opposing the war in Vietnam. I had my life threatened and eventually spent time in Canada with 50,000 other American refugees. I participated in a civil rights demonstration while police with high powered rifles aimed at us were on roof tops across the street. I watched as 10's of thousands demonstrated against various government policies and the President himself. It wasn't me. It was us. We were there by the millions and we turned a nation from evil, albeit temporarily.

Today our battle is much greater. The enemies of this Republic are much stronger, while a new generation is much weaker. Yesterday, we could count on 10's of thousands in the streets. Today, we might get a few hundred. Every city, every college campus, every media outlet knew we were there. We never let them rest. Today, with 100 million more residents in the U.S., all we see is "rest". Those of us who continue in the struggle to save the nation given to us by God and our ancestors, are collectively frustrated. We are frustrated by the smirks, the blank stares, the rolling eyes, the laziness, the lack of study, the lack of life within the souls of most Americans. I said I know what it takes to turn a nation. I also know we, in the U.S. don't have it. We don't have even a small fraction of what we need. It's over. There just isn't enough time to gather what we need to stop the inevitable.

I should say there were two events that finally pushed me into throwing in the towel. The first was last Friday night coming home around midnight. On Alcoa Highway in Knoxville, there were 3 Police checkpoints in a span of about a mile. Each checkpoint had 25 to 30 police cars from all jurisdictions. We were not stopped. I remarked to my wife, and companion of the past 25 years, that's what a Police State looks like. She scoffed that it's just because a little girl was killed by a drunk driver 2 years ago and they just want to get drunks off the road. Then it hit me. In spite of thousands of articles written by me, tens of thousands of documents, videos, and audios and all of the discussions over many years, she remains unconvinced. The second event is the group, Planet Infowars. I was excited at it's founding. Now, with over 20,000 members you would think the communication would be white hot. In spite of 100's posting videos and articles on a regular basis, there is almost no discussion. 20,000 out of the 300 plus million in this country and even that is lukewarm.

I keep thinking about the passage in the Bible where God said he will send the "Grand Delusion". He must have had our nation on his mind, because it sure is there. History is replete with citizens of empires having this kind of attitude just before the fall.

To those who have stayed the course. I honor you. I honor those who went to the Bilderberger meeting. I honor those in We Are Change, who confront those evil beings who have destroyed our Republic. I honor those who go to Police checkpoints to confront their illegal searches. I honor those in Occupy Wall Street, who risk jail and assault to represent those millions who have been victimized by out of control greed. If I can be so bold as to speak for my generation (although no one asked me to), Thank You.

Now, what to do next? First and foremost, our remnant needs to ramp up to survive what's coming. If you haven't stored food yet, store it. If you don't have water filtration, get it. Ammunition, weapons, crossbows, medical supplies, sanitation supplies etc. You know the drill. If you have planned to leave the U.S., go now. If you thought about building a shelter, build it now. If you wanted an escape in the country, get it now. Nothing you can do is more important than your survival. Use this and other forums to exchange ideas on survival. You cannot be too prepared. If there is spare time, continue to educate and give opportunities for the few that may still be convinced. Pray for the rest. Be prepared to witness family, friends and loved ones, dying, arrested, homeless, poor, sick and in despair.

As for me, I will continue to post. I don't want anyone to say to me, "You never warned me". This isn't to convince. It is to convict. I will no more hand out any videos or articles or any other information to anyone I feel doesn't want it. I'm sure all of you know people who won't even watch a video or look something up on the internet. They are lost and because of them, America is lost.